Simpson Strong Tie

Anchoring, Fastening, Restoration
and Strengthening Systems

for Concrete and Masonry
C-A-2021 | (800) 999 -5099 | strongtie.com
Taking testing and
service to new heights.
For nearly sixty-five years, Simpson Strong-Tie has believed the only true strength
is tested strength. That’s why our products are rigorously tested and load rated.
But we also know every construction project is unique. So we frequently take the
added step of offering full-scale application testing. Which means that whatever
your design and building specs, we can create real-world conditions in our
university-grade labs to make sure our products will work in your project.
It’s just another example of how we exceed other manufacturers’ practices to

ensure your success. From design services to technical support to cutting-edge
software — like Anchor Designer™ — we’re uncompromising in our quest to help
you design the best solution for your building challenges.
Simpson Strong-Tie® Anchoring, Fastening, Restoration and Strengthening Systems for Concrete and Masonry
Product Selection Guide
Tested Base Materials and Code Listings

Page Other
Product Concrete Concrete CMU Unreinforced
No. Listings
on Clay Brick
Cracked Uncracked Metal Deck Grout-Filled Hollow Masonry
ASTM C881/
ESR-4057 (COLA), AASHTO M235, DOT,
SET-3G ™
22 — — — —
FL15730 CDPH Std. Method v1.2,
NSF/ANSI/CAN Std 61
ASTM C881/
ESR-2508 (COLA), ER-265 (COLA), AASHTO M235, DOT,
SET-XP ®
30 — —
FL15730 FL16230 CDPH Std. Method v1.2,
Adhesive Anchors
NSF/ANSI/CAN Std 61
ER-241
ESR-3372 (COLA), ESR-3638 ASTM C881/
ET-HP® 44 — (COLA), —
FL15730 (COLA) AASHTO M235, DOT
FL16230
ASTM C881/
ER-281 (COLA),
ER-263 (COLA), AASHTO M235, DOT,
AT-XP ®
54 — RR25966, —
FL16230 CDPH Std. Method v1.2,
FL16230
NSF/ANSI/CAN Std 61
ASTM C881/
CI-SLV 208 — — — — — —
AASHTO M235
ASTM C881/
CI-LV 210 — — — — — — AASHTO M235
C-A-2021 © 2021 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

NSF/ANSI/CAN Std 61
ASTM C881/
CI-LV FS 212 — — — — — —
Restoration Solutions
AASHTO M235
ASTM C881/
CI-LPL 214 — — — — — —
AASHTO M235
ASTM C881/
CI-GV 216 — — — — — —
AASHTO M235
Wood
Heli-Tie™ 230 — Non-IBC — Non-IBC Non-IBC Non-IBC
Metal Stud
Refer to footnotes on p. 6.
4

Page Other
No. Listings
on Clay Brick Other
Titen HD® ESR-2713 (COLA), ESR-1056 (COLA),

78 — — FM, DOT
(THD) FL15730 FL15730
Stainless-Steel
ER-493 (COLA), ESR-1056 (COLA),
Titen HD® 92 — — DOT
FL16230 FL15730
(THD-SS)
Titen HD® ESR-2713 (COLA), ESR-1056 (COLA),

79 — — DOT
Countersunk FL15730 FL15730
(THD-CS)
Stainless-Steel ER-493 (COLA), ESR-1056 (COLA),

Titen HD® 93 — — DOT
FL16230 FL15730
Countersunk
(THD-CS-SS)
Titen HD® ESR-2713 (COLA)

79 IBC — — DOT
Washer Head FL 15730
(THD-WH)
Titen HD®
ESR-2713 (COLA),
Rod Coupler 104 — IBC — — DOT
FL15730
Mechanical Anchors
(THD-RC)
Titen HD®
ESR-2713 (COLA),
Rod Hanger 152 — — — — FM
FL15730
(THD-RH)
ER-240
Strong-Bolt® 2 ESR-3037 (COLA), UL, FM,
108 (COLA), — — —
(STB2) FL15730 DOT
FL16230
Wedge-All® ESR-1396, UL, FM,

123 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — —
(WA) FL15730 DOT
Sleeve-All® UL, FM,

136 — Non-IBC — Non-IBC — — —
(SL) DOT
Easy-Set
141 — Non-IBC — — — — — —
(EZAC)
Tie-Wire
142 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — — — —
(TW)
ER-712
ER-716 (COLA),
Titen Turbo™ 144 — (COLA), — — — —
FL16230
(TNT) FL16230
Steel
IBC
Rod Hanger 156 — — — — — — UL, FM
(Steel)
(RSH, RSV)
Refer to footnotes on p. 6.
5

Page Other
No. Listings
on Clay Brick Other
Wood
IBC
Rod Hanger 158 — — — — — — UL, FM
(Wood)
(RWH, RWV)
Drop-In
160 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — — — UL, FM
(DIAB)
Drop-In Anchor Non-IBC

(Stainless (Hollow-Core UL, FM,
165 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — —
Steel: DIA-SS) Concrete DOT
(Short: DIA-S) Panel)
Hollow Non-IBC
(Hollow-Core
Mechanical Anchors
Drop-In 170 — Non-IBC — — IBC — UL,FM

Concrete
(HDIA) Panel)
Zinc Nailon™
174 — Non-IBC — — — — — —
(ZN)
Crimp Drive®
175 — Non-IBC Non-IBC — — — — FM
(CD)
Split Drive
179 — Non-IBC — — — — — —
(CSD, DSD)

Sure Wall
181 — — — — — — Drywall —
(SWN, SWZ)
Steel,
Powder-
ESR-2138 (COLA), ESR-2138
Actuated 184 — — —
FL15730 (COLA),
Direct Fastening
Fasteners
FL15730
Steel,
Gas-Actuated ESR-2811 (COLA), ESR-2811
188 — — —
Fasteners FL15730 (COLA),
FL15730
ESR-4057 (SET-3G™)
Drill Bits
DXS Bits 236 ESR-2508 (SET-XP®) — — — — — —

ER-263 (AT-XP®)
ESR — ICC-ES code report available at icc-es.org. Non-IBC — Load data is available in this catalog, but it is outside
ER — IAPMO UES code report available at iapmoes.org. the scope of the current IBC. May be permitted for non-IBC applications.
COLA — City of Los Angeles Supplement within the ICC-ES or IAPMO UES UL — Underwriters Laboratories listing available.
code report. See supplement for LA Building Code compliance. FM — Factory Mutual listing available.
FL — Florida building code approval available. DOT — Various departments of transportation listings available.
IBC — Load data is available in this catalog intended for See strongtie.com/DOT for details.
use under IBC, but code listings are not available.
Consult the code listings for more detailed information on which models of each product are covered by the listing.
6
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.

For more than 60 years, Simpson Strong-Tie has focused on creating structural products that
help people build safer and stronger homes and buildings. A leader in structural systems
research and technology, Simpson Strong‑Tie is one of the largest suppliers of structural building
products in the world. The Simpson Strong-Tie commitment to product development, engineering, Product Identification Key
testing and training is evident in the consistent quality and delivery of its products and services.
Products and additional information
For more information, visit the company’s website at strongtie.com. are divided into eight general
The Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. No Equal Pledge® includes: categories, identified by tabs
along the page’s outer edge.
• Quality products value-engineered for the lowest installed
cost at the highest-rated performance levels
• The most thoroughly tested and
evaluated products in the industry
• Strategically located manufacturing
and warehouse facilities
• National code agency listings Adhesive Anchors 20–75
• The largest number of patented Pitt Meadows, BC
connectors in the industry Kent, WA
Brampton, ON
• Global locations with an Eagan, MN
Enfield, CT
international sales team

W. Chicago, IL
Stockton, CA Columbus, OH Jessup, MD
Pleasanton, CA
Kansas City, KS
• In-house R&D and tool and Kapolei, HI

Riverside, CA
Gallatin, TN High Point, NC
die professionals Chandler, AZ

McKinney, TX
Marietta, GA
Mechanical Anchors 76–181
Jacksonville, FL
• In-house product testing and Houston, TX
quality control engineers Santiago, Chile
• Support of industry groups

including AISI, AITC, ASTM, ASCE, Canada Northwest Northeast Southwest Southeast Chile
AWC, AWPA, ACI, AISC, CSI, CFSEI,

ICFA, NBMDA, NLBMDA, SDI, SETMA, SFA, Direct Fastening
182–197
SFIA, STAFDA, SREA, NFBA, TPI, WDSC, Solutions
WIJMA, WTCA and local engineering groups
The Simpson Getting Fast

Strong ‑Tie Technical Support
Restoration Solutions 198–233
Quality Policy When you call for engineering technical

support, we can help you quickly if you
We help people build safer structures have the following information at hand.
economically. We do this by designing, This will help us to serve you promptly
engineering and manufacturing No-Equal® and efficiently. Carbide Drill Bits 234–239
structural connectors and other related • Which Simpson Strong‑Tie® catalog
products that meet or exceed our customers’ are you using? (See the front cover
needs and expectations. Everyone is for the form number.)
responsible for product quality and is
committed to ensuring the effectiveness • Which Simpson Strong‑Tie product
of the Quality Management System. are you using?
Appendix 240–269
• What are the design requirements
(i.e., loads, anchor diameter,
base material, edge/spacing
distance, etc.)?
Karen Colonias
Chief Executive Officer
Glossary of Terms 270–272
We Are ISO 9001:2015 Registered

Simpson Strong‑Tie is an ISO 9001:2015 registered company. ISO 9001:2015
is an internationally recognized quality assurance system that lets our domestic
and international customers know they can count on the consistent quality of
Simpson Strong‑Tie® products and services. Alphabetical Index
273–274
of Products
800-999-5099 | strongtie.com
All Rights Reserved. This catalog may not be reproduced in whole or in part without the
prior written approval of Simpson Strong‑Tie Company Inc.
7
Table of Contents
Adhesive Anchors Direct Fastening Solutions
Adhesive Accessories............................................................... 68–75 Gas- and Powder-Actuated Fasteners Load Tables.............. 189–197
Adhesive Anchoring Installation Instructions.............................. 64–67 Gas Tool / Fastener Suitability....................................................... 188
Adhesive Retaining Caps................................................................ 70 Powder-Actuated Tool / Fastener Suitability.................................. 184
All Thread Rod................................................................................ 75 Powder-Actuated Tools, Fasteners and Loads...................... 185–187
AT-XP Acrylic Adhesive.......................................................... 54–63
®
ET-HP® Epoxy Adhesive........................................................... 44–53 Restoration Solutions

Hole-Cleaning Brushes................................................................... 68 CI-SLV Super Low Viscosity Injection Epoxy......................... 208–209
Opti-Mesh Adhesive-Anchoring Screen Tubes.......................... 71–72 CI-LV Low Viscosity Injection Epoxy...................................... 210–211
Piston Plug Delivery System..................................................... 69–70 CI-LV FS Low Viscosity Fast Setting Injection Epoxy............. 212–213
Retrofit Bolts................................................................................... 74 CI-LPL Low Viscosity Long Pot Life Injection Epoxy.............. 214–215
SET-3G® Epoxy Adhesive......................................................... 22–28 CI-GV Gel Viscosity Injection Epoxy...................................... 216–217
SET-XP® Epoxy Adhesive.......................................................... 30–43 CIP-F Flexible Paste-Over Adhesive and Crack Sealant................ 222
Steel Adhesive-Anchoring Screen Tubes......................................... 73 CIP-LO Low Odor Paste-Over Epoxy and Crack Sealant.............. 222
Wire Brushes / Extensions / T-Handles........................................... 68 Crack Injection Guide........................................................... 224–229
Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O™......................................................... 220–221
Mechanical Anchors Crack-Pac® Injection Epoxy.................................................. 218–219
Crack Repair Accessories............................................................. 223
Crimp Drive® Anchor............................................................. 175–178
CSS Composite Strengthening Systems™............................. 200–204
Drop-In Internally Threaded Anchor (DIAB)............................ 160–164
ETR Concrete Repair and Paste-Over Epoxy................................ 222
Drop-In Stainless-Steel Internally Threaded Anchor (DIA)...... 165–169
FX-70® Structural Pile Repair and Protection System............ 206–207
Easy-Set Pin-Drive Anchor........................................................... 141
Heli-Tie™ Helical Stitching Tie........................................................ 233
Hollow Drop-In Anchor......................................................... 170–173
Sleeve-All® Sleeve Anchor.................................................... 136–140 Heli-Tie™ Helical Wall Tie....................................................... 230–232
Split-Drive Anchor................................................................. 179–180

Carbide Drill Bits and Accessories
Steel Rod Hanger................................................................. 156–157
Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge Anchor.............................................. 108–122 Core Bits...................................................................................... 238

Sure Wall Drywall Anchor.............................................................. 181 Demolition Bits............................................................................. 239
Tie-Wire Anchor................................................................... 142–143 SDS-max® Drill Bits...................................................................... 237
Titen HD® Countersunk Screw Anchor........................................... 79 SDS-plus® Drill Bits............................................................... 236–237
Titen HD® Rod Coupler......................................................... 104–106 Speed Clean™ DXS Dust Extraction Drill Bits................................. 236
Titen HD® Screw Anchor.......................................................... 78–91 Spline Shank Drill Bits................................................................... 238
Titen HD Stainless-Steel Countersunk Screw Anchor............ 93–103

® Straight Shank Drill Bits................................................................ 238
Titen HD Stainless-Steel Screw Anchor................................ 92–103

®
Titen HD® Threaded Rod Hanger.......................................... 152–155 Additional Information

Titen HD Washer-Head Screw Anchor.......................................... 79
®
Alphabetical Index of Products............................................. 273–274
Titen® Stainless-Steel Screw................................................. 150–151
Corrosion Information........................................................... 261–262
Titen Turbo™ Screw Anchor.................................................. 144–149
General Instructions for the Designer.............................................. 16
Wedge-All® Wedge Anchor................................................... 123–135
General Instructions for the Installer................................................ 14
Wood Rod Hanger............................................................... 158–159
Glossary of Common Terms................................................. 270–272
Zinc Nailon™ Pin Drive Anchor...................................................... 174 Market Segments and Applications...................................... 241–253
Product Selection Guide............................................................... 4–6
Supplemental Topics for Anchors......................................... 254–269
New products are shown with the symbol. Table Icon System.......................................................................... 12
8
New Products
Titen Turbo™ Concrete and Masonry Screw Anchor

Reliable installation. Less torque. Superior holding power. The Titen Turbo is the
next-generation concrete and masonry screw anchor. The revolutionary Torque
Reduction Channel traps dust where it can’t obstruct the thread action, drastically
reducing binding, stripping or snapping.
6-lobe drive
See pp. 144–149 for more information.
Flat Head Hex-Head

Screw Screw
Titen HD ®
Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor Countersunk Head Style
For use in cracked and uncracked concrete, as well as masonry. The Titen HD (carbon steel)
is designed for use in dry, interior, noncorrosive environments or temporary outdoor
applications, while the Titen HD Type 316 stainless-steel option offers you long-lasting
corrosion resistance for unsurpassed peace of mind. The countersunk head style is for
applications that require a flush-mount profile.
6-lobe drive
See p. 79 for more information.
Carbon Stainless
Steel Steel
Titen HD ®
Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor with Washer Head
A high-strength screw anchor for use in cracked and uncracked concrete, as well as
masonry. The washer-head design is commonly used where a minimal head profile is
necessary. The anchor’s 6-lobe drive eases driving and is less prone to stripping.
6-lobe drive See p. 79 for more information.
9
New Products
Crack Repair CI Structural Injection Epoxy

CI structural injection epoxies are two-component, high solids formulations for injection
into cracks in concrete. These epoxies provide a waterproof, high-strength structural repair.
Available in five formulations (CI-SLV, CI-LV, CI-LVFS, CI-LPL and CI-GV) for cracks ranging
from 0.002" to 1/4" (0.05 mm to 6.4 mm).
Opti-Mesh Screen Tubes for SET-3G™ and AT-XP®

Screen tubes are vital to the performance of adhesive anchors in base materials that are
hollow or contain voids, such as hollow block and brick. Our Opti-mesh screen tubes
are now available to support our SET-3G and AT-XP products.
AWSP 3GWSP
for for
AT-XP SET-3G
10
How to Use This Catalog
Using Data Tables and Load Tables

This catalog contains both strength design data tables and allowable load tables. Some allowable load tables for concrete were
established under old qualification standards that are no longer valid under the IBC. The following icons indicate whether or not
a given table is intended to be used under the IBC (or under other building codes that use the IBC as their basis):
IBC IBC
Tables that are “not valid for International Building Code” may be used
where the designer determines that other building codes or regulations
permit it — for example, under AASTHO or temporary construction.
Valid for Not Valid for
International International
Building Code Building Code
Strength Design Data Tables

Under the IBC, strength design (see p. 272) must be used for cast-in-place and post-installed mechanical and adhesive anchors that
are installed into concrete. The design data from these tables are to be used with the design provisions of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17,
ACI 318-11 Appendix D, IBC Chapter 19 and the respective ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria. Given the complexity of strength design
calculations, designers may find Simpson Strong-Tie® Anchor Designer™ software (strongtie.com/software) to be a great time saver
for computing anchor design strengths.
Example Strength Design Data Table
Allowable Load Tables

Under the IBC, allowable stress design (see p. 270) may be used for cast-in-place and post-installed adhesive and mechanical
anchors installed into masonry or for gas/powder-actuated fasteners installed into concrete, masonry or steel.
Example Allowable Load Table
11
How to Use This Catalog
Table Icon System

In order to facilitate easier identification of performance data, the following icon system has been incorporated into the sections of the
catalog with multiple load tables. These icons will appear in the heading of the table to promote easier visual identification of the type
of load, insert type and substrate addressed in the table. Icons are intended for quick identification. All specific information regarding
suitability should be read from the table itself.
Threaded Rod Rebar Normal-Weight Lightweight

Concrete Concrete
Concrete Block Lightweight Concrete Unreinforced Brick Steel

(CMU) over Metal Deck (URM)
Tension Load Shear Load Oblique Load Edge Distance
IBC IBC

Spacing Valid for Not Valid for
International International
Building Code Building Code
12
Important Information and General Notes
General Notes
These general notes are provided to ensure proper installation of Simpson Strong‑Tie Company Inc. products and must be followed fully.
a. Simpson Strong‑Tie Company Inc. reserves the right to change shall not exceed design strengths calculated in accordance with
specifications, designs, and models without notice or liability for published design data.
such changes. Please refer to strongtie.com for the latest product
d. Some hardened fasteners may experience premature failure if
updates, availability and load tables.
exposed to moisture. These fasteners are recommended to be
b. Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in inches and loads are used in dry interior applications.
in pounds.
e. Do not weld products listed in this catalog. Some steel types
c. Do not overload, which will jeopardize the anchorage. Service have poor weldability and a tendency to crack when welded.
loads shall not exceed published allowable loads. Factored loads
Warning
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. anchors, fasteners and structural • Instructional builder/contractor training kits containing
connectors are designed and tested to provide specified design an instructional video, an instructor guide and a student
loads. To obtain optimal performance from Simpson Strong-Tie guide in both English and Spanish;
products and to achieve maximum design load, the products must
• Information on workshops Simpson Strong-Tie conducts
be properly installed and used in accordance with the installation
at various training centers throughout the United States;
instructions and design limits provided by Simpson Strong-Tie.
To ensure proper installation and use, designers and installers • Product-specific installation videos;
must carefully read the General Notes, General Instructions to
• Specialty catalogs;
the Installer and General Instructions to the Designer contained
in this catalog, as well as consult the applicable catalog pages • Code reports – Simpson Strong-Tie® Code Report Finder;
for specific product installation instructions and notes. Please
always consult the Simpson Strong-Tie website at strongtie.com • Technical fliers, bulletins and engineering letters;
for updates regarding all Simpson Strong-Tie products. • Master format specifications;
Proper product installation requires careful attention to all notes
• Safety data sheets;
and instructions, including the following basic rules:
• Corrosion information;
1. Be familiar with the application and correct use of the
anchor, connector or fastener. • Adhesive cartridge estimator;
2. Follow all installation instructions provided in the • Simpson Strong-Tie Software and Web Applications at
catalog, website, Product Guide (S-A-PG) or any other strongtie.com/softwareandwebapplications/category;

Simpson Strong-Tie publication. and
3. Follow all product-related warnings provided in the catalog,
• Answers to frequently asked questions and technical topics.
website or any other Simpson Strong-Tie publication.
4. Install anchors, structural connectors and fasteners in Failure to fully follow all of the notes and instructions provided
accordance with their intended use. by Simpson Strong-Tie may result in improper installation of
products. Improperly installed products may not perform to the
5. Install all anchors, structural connectors and fasteners per
specifications set forth in this catalog and may reduce a structure’s
installation instructions provided by Simpson Strong-Tie.
ability to resist the movement, stress and loading that occur from
6. When using power tools to install fasteners: (a) use proper gravity loads as well as impact events such as earthquakes and
fastener type for direct fastening tool; (b) use proper powder high-velocity winds.
or gas loads; and (c) follow appropriate safety precautions
as outlined in this catalog, on the website or in the tool Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. does not guarantee the
performance or safety of products that are modified, improperly
Operator’s Manual.
installed or not used in accordance with the design and load
In addition to following the basic rules provided above as well limits set forth in this catalog.
as all notes, warnings and instructions provided in the catalog,
installers, designers, engineers and consumers should consult
the Simpson Strong-Tie website at strongtie.com to obtain
additional design and installation information, including:
13
General Instructions Finished Diameters for Rotary and Rotary-Hammer

Carbide-Tipped Concrete Drills per ANSI B212.15
for the Installer Nominal Drill Bit Tolerance Range Tolerance Range
Diameter Minimum Maximum
These general instructions for the installer are provided to ensure (in.) (in.) (in.)
the proper selection and installation of Simpson Strong-Tie
products and must be followed carefully. They are in addition to 1⁄8 0.134 0.140
the specific design and installation instructions and notes provided
for each particular product, all of which should be consulted prior 5⁄32 0.165 0.171
to and during the installation of Simpson Strong-Tie products.
3⁄16 0.198 0.206
a. Do not modify Simpson Strong-Tie products as the
performance of modified products may be substantially 7⁄32 0.229 0.237
weakened. Simpson Strong-Tie will not warrant or
1⁄4 0.260 0.268
guarantee the performance of such modified products.
b. Do not alter installation procedures from those set forth 5⁄16 0.327 0.335
in this catalog.
3⁄8 0.390 0.398
c. Drill holes for post-installed anchors with carbide-tipped
drills meeting the diameter requirements of ANSI B212.15 7⁄16 0.458 0.468
(shown in the table to the right). A properly sized hole is
1⁄2 0.520 0.530
critical to the performance of post-installed anchors.
Rotary-hammered drills with light, high-frequency impact 9⁄16 0.582 0.592
are recommended for drilling holes. When holes are to be
drilled in archaic or hollow base materials, the drill should 5⁄8 0.650 0.660
be set to “rotation only” mode.
11⁄16 0.713 0.723
d. Failure to apply the recommended installation torque
can result in excessive displacement of the anchor under 3⁄4 0.775 0.787
load or premature failure of the anchor. These anchors
will lose pre-tension after setting due to pre-load relaxation. 13⁄16 0.837 0.849
See p. 263 for more information. 0.869 0.881
27⁄32
e. Do not disturb, make attachments, or apply load to
adhesive anchors prior to the full cure of the adhesive. 7⁄8 0.905 0.917
f. Use proper safety equipment. 15⁄16 0.968 0.980
1 1.030 1.042

1 1⁄8 1.160 1.175
1 3⁄16 1.223 1.238
1 1⁄4 1.285 1.300
1 5⁄16 1.352 1.367
1 3⁄8 1.410 1.425
1 7⁄16 1.472 1.487
1 1⁄2 1.535 1.550
1 9⁄16 1.588 1.608
1 5⁄8 1.655 1.675
1 3⁄4 1.772 1.792
2 2.008 2.028
14
Additional Instructions for the Installer

for Gas- and Powder-Actuated Fastening
Before operating any Simpson Strong-Tie gas- or powder-actuated e. Never attempt to bypass or circumvent any of the safety features
tool, you must read and understand the Operator’s Manual and on a gas- or powder-actuated tool.
be trained by an authorized instructor in the operation of the tool.
f. Always keep the tool pointed in a safe direction.
Simpson Strong-Tie recommends you read and fully understand
the safety guidelines of the tool you use. To become a Certified g. Always keep your finger off the trigger.
Operator of Simpson Strong-Tie gas- and powder-actuated tools, h. Always keep the tool unloaded until ready to use.
you must pass a test and receive a certified operator card (for
online powder-actuated tool test, visit strongtie.com/products/ i. Always hold the tool perpendicular (90°) to the fastening
anchoring-systems/technical-notes/direct-fastening-systems/ surface to prevent ricocheting fasteners. Use the spall guard
powder-actuated-operators-exam). Test and Operator’s Manual whenever possible.
are included with each tool kit. Extra copies may be obtained by j. Never attempt to fasten into thin, brittle or very hard materials
contacting Simpson Strong-Tie at (800) 999-5099. such as glass, tile or cast iron as these materials are inappropriate.
To avoid serious injury or death: Conduct a pre-punch test to determine base material adequacy.
a. Always make sure that the operators and bystanders wear safety k. Never attempt to fasten into soft material such as drywall or wood.
glasses. Hearing and head protection is also recommended. Fastening through soft materials into appropriate base material
may be allowed if the application is appropriate.
b. Always post warning signs within the area when gas- or powder-
actuated tools are in use. Signs should state “Tool in Use.” l. Never attempt to fasten to a spalled, cracked or uneven surface.
c. Always store gas- and powder-actuated tools unloaded. m. Re-driving of pins is not recommended.
Store tools and powder loads in a locked container out of
reach of children.
d. Never place any part of your body over the front muzzle of
the tool, even if no fastener is present. The fastener, pin or
tool piston can cause serious injury or death in the event of
accidental discharge.
15
General Instructions for the Designer

These general instructions for the designer are provided to ensure j. Allowable loads and design strengths do not consider bending
the proper selection and installation of Simpson Strong-Tie® products stresses due to shear loads applied with large eccentricities.
and must be followed carefully. They are in addition to the specific
k. Metal anchors and fasteners will corrode and may lose
design and installation instructions and notes provided for each
load-carrying capacity when installed in corrosive environments
particular product, all of which should be consulted prior to and
or exposed to corrosive materials. See p. 261.
during the design process.
l. Mechanical anchors should not be installed into concrete that is
a. The term “Designer” used throughout this catalog is intended to
less than 7 days old. The allowable loads and design strengths
mean a licensed/certified building design professional, a licensed
of mechanical anchors that are installed into concrete less than
professional engineer or a licensed architect.
28 days old should be based on the actual compressive strength
b. All connected members and related elements shall be designed of the concrete at the time of installation.
by the designer and must have sufficient strength (bending,
m. Nominal embedment depth (“embedment depth”) is the distance
shear, etc.) to resist the design loads.
from the surface of the base material to the installed end of the
c. When the allowable stress design method is used, the design anchor and is measured prior to application of an installation
service load shall not exceed the published allowable loads torque (if applicable). Effective embedment depth is the distance
reduced by load-adjustment factors for temperature, spacing from the surface of the base material to the deepest point at which
and edge distance. the load is transferred to the base material.
d. When the strength design method is used, the factored loads n. Drill bits shall meet the diameter requirements of ANSI B212.15.
shall not exceed the design strengths calculated in accordance For adhesive anchor installations in oversized holes, see p. 264.
with the published design data. For adhesive anchor installations into core-drilled holes, see
p. 265.
e. Simpson Strong-Tie strongly recommends the following
addition to construction drawings and specifications: o. Threaded-rod inserts for adhesive anchors shall be oil-free UNC
“Simpson Strong-Tie products are specifically required to fully threaded steel. Bare steel, zinc plating, mechanical galvanizing
meet the structural calculations. Before substituting another or hot-dip galvanizing coatings are acceptable.
brand, confirm load capacity based on reliable published
p. Allowable loads and design strengths are generally based
testing data or calculations. The designer should evaluate and
on testing of adhesive anchors installed into dry holes. For
give written approval for substituton prior to installation.”
installations into damp, wet and submerged environments,
f. Where used in this catalog, “IBC” refers to the 2018 International see p. 265.
Building Code, and “ACI 318” refers to ACI 318-14 Building
q. ACI 318 states that adhesive anchors should not be installed
Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. Local and/or regional
into concrete that is less than 21 days old. For information on
building codes may require meeting special conditions. Building
adhesive anchors installed into concrete less than 21 days old,
codes often require special inspection of post-installed anchors
see p. 264.
installed in concrete and masonry. For compliance with these
requirements, contact the local and/or building authority having r. Adhesive anchors can be affected by elevated base material

jurisdiction. Except where mandated by code, Simpson Strong-Tie temperature. See p. 266.
products do not require special inspection.
s. Anchors are permitted to support fire-resistant construction
g. Allowable loads and design strengths are determined from test provided at least one of the following conditions is fulfilled:
results, calculations and experience. These are guide values for (a) anchors are used to resist wind or seismic forces only;
sound base materials with known properties. Due to variation in (b) anchors that support gravity-load-bearing structural elements
base materials and site conditions, site-specific testing should are within a fire-resistive envelope or a fire-resistive membrane,
be conducted if exact performance in a specific base material at are protected by approved fire-resistive materials, or have been
a specific site must be known. evaluated for resistance to fire exposure in accordance with
recognized standards; or (c) anchors are used to support
h. Unless stated otherwise, tests conducted to derive performance
non-structural elements.
information were performed in members with thickness that
comply with the appropriate acceptance criteria during testing t. Exposure to some chemicals may degrade the bond strength of
and assessment. Anchoring into members thinner than adhesive anchors. Refer to the product description for chemical
recommended in this catalog requires the evaluation and resistance information or refer to see p. 268.
judgment of a qualified designer.
u. Use of rodless pneumatic tools to dispense single-tube,
i. Tests are conducted with anchors installed perpendicular (± 6°) coaxial adhesive cartridges is prohibited.
from a vertical reference to the surface of the base material.
Deviations can result in anchor bending stresses that may reduce
the load-carrying capacity of the anchor.
16
Limited Warranty
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. warrants catalog products to be used, the quality of construction, and the condition of the soils involved,
free from defects in material or manufacturing. Simpson Strong-Tie damage may nonetheless result to a structure and its contents even
Company Inc. products are further warranted for adequacy of design if the loads resulting from the impact event do not exceed Simpson
when used in accordance with design limits in this catalog and when Strong-Tie catalog specifications and Simpson Strong-Tie connectors
properly specified, installed and maintained. This warranty does are properly installed in accordance with applicable building codes.
not apply to uses not in compliance with specific applications and
All warranty obligations of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. shall be
installations set forth in this catalog, or to non-catalog or modified
limited, at the discretion of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc., to repair
products, or to deterioration due to environmental conditions.
or replacement of the defective part. These remedies shall constitute
Simpson Strong-Tie® anchors, fasteners and connectors are designed the sole obligation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. and the sole
to enable structures to resist the movement, stress and loading that remedy of purchaser under this warranty. In no event will Simpson
results from impact events such as earthquakes and high-velocity Strong-Tie Company Inc. be responsible for incidental, consequential,
winds. Other Simpson Strong-Tie products are designed to the load or special loss or damage, however caused.
capacities and uses listed in this catalog. Properly installed Simpson
This warranty is expressly in lieu of all other warranties, expressed
Strong-Tie products will perform in accordance with the specifications
or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness
set forth in the applicable Simpson Strong-Tie catalog. Additional
for a particular purpose, all such other warranties being hereby
performance limitations for specific products may be listed on the
expressly excluded. This warranty may change periodically —
applicable catalog pages.
consult our website strongtie.com for current information.
Due to the particular characteristics of potential impact events, the
specific design and location of the structure, the building materials
Terms and Conditions of Sale

Product Use Non-Catalog and Modified Products
Products in this catalog are designed and manufactured for the Consult Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. for applications for
specific purposes shown, and should not be used with other which there is no catalog product, or for connectors for use in hostile
connectors not approved by a qualified designer. Modifications environments, with excessive wood shrinkage, or with abnormal
to products or changes in installations should only be made by a loading or erection requirements.
qualified designer. The performance of such modified products or
Non-catalog products must be designed by the customer and will
altered installations is the sole responsibility of the designer.
be fabricated by Simpson Strong-Tie in accordance with customer
specifications.
Indemnity Simpson Strong-Tie cannot and does not make any representations
Customers or designers modifying products or installations, or regarding the suitability of use or load-carrying capacities of non-catalog
designing non-catalog products for fabrication by Simpson Strong-Tie products. Simpson Strong-Tie provides no warranty, express or implied,
Company Inc. shall, regardless of specific instructions to the user, on non-catalog products. F.O.B. Shipping Point unless otherwise
indemnify, defend and hold harmless Simpson Strong-Tie Company specified.
Inc. for any and all claimed loss or damage occasioned in whole or
in part by non-catalog or modified products.
17
Anchor Software and Web Apps
Rebar Development Length Calculator
Rebar Development Length
Calculator is a web application
that supports the design of
post-installed rebar in concrete
applications by calculating
the necessary tension and
compression development
lengths required in accordance
with ACI 318-19 / ACI 318-14.
Rebar
RDLC
Development
Length
Calculator
Visit: strongtie.com/softwareandwebapplications/category.
Adhesive Cartridge Estimator

With the Adhesive Cartridge Estimator you can easily estimate how much adhesive you will need for
your project, including threaded rod and rebar doweling, and crack injection.
Adhesive
ACE
Cartridge
Estimator
18
Anchor Designer™ Software for ACI 318, ETAG and CSA
Simpson Strong-Tie® Anchor Designer Software is the latest anchorage design tool for structural engineers to
satisfy the strength design provisions and methodologies. Anchor Designer will quickly and accurately analyze
an existing design or suggest anchorage solutions based upon user-defined design elements in cracked and
uncracked concrete conditions.
The real-time design is visually represented in a fully-interactive 3D graphic user interface, supports Imperial and
Metric-sized Simpson Strong-Tie mechanical and adhesive anchors, and offers cast-in-place anchor solutions.
Anchor Designer can calculate single anchor solutions or with multiple anchors in a single plate. Anchor
locations are fully customizable to assist engineers in complex design conditions.
Features include:
• Design standards: ACI 318-14

Chapter 17 / ACI 318-11
Appendix D, CAN / CSA A23.3
Annex D, ETAG 001 Annex C
or EOTA TR029.
• Customizable anchor pattern.
• Easy-to-use menus.
• Ability to calculate single anchor

model or to calculate multiple
anchor models at once.
• Multi-lingual options include

English, German, French, Spanish,
Polish and Danish languages.
• Rectangular, circular, L-shape

and T-shape base plate
geometries with the option
to include slotted holes.
• And much more!
19
Adhesive Anchors
SET-3G™ High-Strength Epoxy Adhesive

Adhesive Anchors
SET-3G is the latest innovation in epoxy anchoring adhesives with high design strength and proven
performance. SET-3G is a 1:1 ratio, two-component, anchoring adhesive for concrete (cracked and uncracked).
SET-3G installs and performs in a variety of environmental conditions and temperature extremes.
Features Cracked
• Exceptional performance — superior bond strengths permit ductile solutions Concrete
CODE LISTED
in high seismic areas
• Design flexibility — improved sustained load performance at elevated temperature
• Jobsite versatility — can be specified for all base material conditions when
in-service temperatures range from -40°F (-40°C) to 176°F (80°C)
• Recognized per ICC ES AC308 for post-installed rebar development and
splice length design provisions
• Code listed for installation with the Speed Clean™ DXS, dustless drilling system
without further hole cleaning
Product Information
Mix Ratio/Type 1:1 epoxy
Mixed Color Gray
Base Materials Concrete — cracked and uncracked
Base Material Conditions Dry, water-saturated, water-filled
Anchor Type Threaded rod or rebar
Substrate Installation Temperature 40°F (4°C) to 100°F (38°C)
In-Service Temperature Range -40°F (-40°C) to 176°F (80°C)
Storage Temperature 45°F (7°C) and 90°F (32°C)
Shelf Life 24 months
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) 2 g/L
Chemical Resistance See pp. 268–269
Manufactured in the USA using global materials
Test Criteria
SET-3G has been tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC308, ACI 355.4 and

applicable ASTM test methods. SET-3G Adhesive
Code Reports, Standards and Compliance

Concrete — ICC-ES ESR-4057 (including post-installed rebar connections Installation Instructions
and City of LA); FL15730.
Installation instructions are located at the following
Masonry — coming 2021.
locations: pp. 64–67; product packaging; or
ASTM C881 and AASHTO M235 — Types I/IV and II/V, Grade 3, Class B& C.
strongtie.com/set3g.
UL Certification — CDPH Standard Method v1.2.
NSF/ANSI/CAN 61 (216 in.2 / 1,000 gal.). • Hole cleaning brushes are located on p. 68.
SET-3G Adhesive Cartridge System

Model Capacity Cartridge Carton Dispensing Mixing
No. (ounces) Type Quantity Tool(s) Nozzle3
SET3G10 1 8.5 Coaxial 12 CDT10S
EDT22S,
SET3G22-N 1 22 Side-by-side 10 EMN22I
EDTA22P, EDTA22CKT
SET3G56 56 Side-by-side 6 EDTA56P
1. One EMN22I mixing nozzle and one extension are supplied with each cartridge.
2. Cartridge estimation guidelines are available at strongtie.com/softwareandwebapplications/category.
3. Use only Simpson Strong-Tie® mixing nozzles in accordance with Simpson Strong-Tie instructions.
Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair SET-3G adhesive performance.
4. Use of rodless pneumatic tools to dispense single-tube, coaxial adhesive cartridges is prohibited.
22
SET-3G™ High-Strength Epoxy Adhesive
Adhesive Anchors
SET-3G Cure Schedule1, 2
Concrete Temperature Gel Time Cure Time
(°F) (°C) (min.) (hr.)
40 4 120 192
50 10 75 72
60 16 50 48
70 21 35 24
90 32 25 24
100 38 15 24
For SI: 1°F = (°C x 9/5) + 32.
1. For water-saturated concrete and water-filled holes, the cure times shall be doubled.
2. For installation of anchors in concrete where the temperature is below 70°F (21°C),
the adhesive must be conditioned to a minimum temperature of 70°F (21°C).
SET-3G Typical Properties

Class B Class C Test
Property
(40°– 60°F) (> 60°F) Method
Consistency Non-sag Non-sag ASTM C881
Hardened to Hardened Concrete, 2-Day Cure1 3,700 psi 3,300 psi
Bond Strength, Slant Shear Hardened to Hardened Concrete, 14-Day Cure1 3,850 psi 3,350 psi ASTM C882
Fresh to Hardened Concrete, 14-Day Cure 2
2,750 psi 2,750 psi
Compressive Yield Strength, 7-Day Cure2 13,000 psi 15,350 psi ASTM D695
Compressive Modulus, 7-Day Cure2 650,000 psi 992,000 psi ASTM D695
Heat Deflection Temperature, 7-Day Cure2 147°F (64°C) ASTM D648
Glass Transition Temperature, 7-Day Cure 2
149°F (65°C) ASTM E1356
Decomposition Temperature, 24-Hour Cure2 500°F (260°C) ASTM E2550
Water Absorption, 24-Hours, 7-Day Cure2 0.13% ASTM D570
Shore D Hardness, 24-Hour Cure2 84 ASTM D2240
Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage, 7-Day Cure2 0.002 in./in. ASTM D2566
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion2 2.3 x 10-5 in./in.°F ASTM C531
1. Material and curing conditions: Class B at 40° ± 2°F, Class C at 60° ± 2°F.
2. Material and curing conditions: 73° ± 2°F.
IBC *
SET-3G Installation Information and Additional Data for Threaded Rod and Rebar1
Nominal Anchor Diameter da (in.) / Rebar Size
Characteristic Symbol Units
3/8 / #3 1/2 / #4 5/8 / #5 3/4 / #6 7/8 / #7 1 / #8 1 1/4 / #10
Installation Information
Drill Bit Diameter for Threaded Rod dhole in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 3/8
Drill Bit Diameter for Rebar dhole in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 3/8
SD
Maximum Tightening Torque Tinst ft.-lb. 15 30 60 100 125 150 200
Minimum Embedment Depth hef, min in. 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Maximum Embedment Depth hef, max in. 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. hef + 11/4 hef + 2dhole
Critical Edge Distance cac in. See footnote 2
Minimum Edge Distance cmin in. 1 3/4 2 3/4
Minimum Anchor Spacing smin in. 1 2 1/2 3 6
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 and ACI 318-11.
2. cac = hef (τk,uncr /1,160)0.4 x [3.1 – 0.7(h/hef)], where:
[h/hef] ≤ 2.4
τk,uncr = the characteristic bond strength in uncracked concrete, given in the tables that follow ≤ kuncr ((hef x f 'c )0.5/(π x da))
h = the member thickness (inches)
hef = the embedment depth (inches)
da = nominal anchor diameter
* See p. 12 for an explanation of the load table icons.

23
SET-3G™ Design Information — Concrete

Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
SET-3G Tension Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod 1,8
Nominal Rod Diameter (in.)
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
Steel Strength in Tension
Minimum Tensile Stress Area Ase in.2 0.078 0.142 0.226 0.334 0.462 0.606 0.969
Tension Resistance of Steel — ASTM F1554, Grade 36 4,525 8,235 13,110 19,370 26,795 35,150 56,200
Tension Resistance of Steel — ASTM A193, Grade B7 9,750 17,750 28,250 41,750 57,750 75,750 121,125
Tension Resistance of Steel — Stainless Steel ASTM A193, Grade B8 and B8M Nsa lb.
4,445 8,095 12,880 19,040 26,335 34,540 55,235
(Types 304 and 316)
Tension Resistance of Steel — Stainless Steel ASTM F593 CW (Types 304 and 316) 7,800 14,200 22,600 28,390 39,270 51,510 82,365
Tension Resistance of Steel — Stainless Steel ASTM A193, Grade B6 (Type 410) 8,580 15,620 24,860 36,740 50,820 66,660 106,590
Strength Reduction Factor for Tension — Steel Failure φ — 0.755
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi)
Effectiveness Factor for Cracked Concrete kc,cr — 17
Effectiveness Factor for Uncracked Concrete kc,uncr — 24
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Breakout Failure in Tension φ — 0.656
Bond Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi)7
Minimum Embedment hef,min in. 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Maximum Embedment hef,max in. 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Characteristic Bond Strength τk,cr
SD
psi 1,448 1,402 1,356 1,310 1,265 1,219 1,128
Temperature Range A2,4 in Cracked Concrete9
Characteristic Bond Strength
in Uncracked Concrete9 τk,uncr psi 2,357 2,260 2,162 2,064 1,967 1,868 1,672
Continuous Inspection

in Cracked Concrete9 τk,cr psi 1,201 1,163 1,125 1,087 1,050 1,012 936
Temperature Range B3,4 Characteristic Bond Strength
Anchor Category Dry Concrete — — 1
Strength Reduction Factor Dry Concrete φdry,ci — 0.6510
Water-Saturated Concrete,
Anchor Category — — 3 2
or Water-Filled Hole
Strength Reduction Factor or Water-Filled Hole φwet,ci — 0.4510 0.5510
in Cracked Concrete9 τk,cr psi 1,346 1,304 1,356 1,310 1,265 1,219 1,128
Temperature Range A2,4 Characteristic Bond Strength
τk,uncr psi 2,192 2,102 2,162 2,064 1,967 1,868 1,672

in Uncracked Concrete9
Periodic Inspection
in Cracked Concrete9 τk,cr psi 1,117 1,082 1,125 1087 1,050 1,012 936
Temperature Range B3,4 Characteristic Bond Strength
Anchor Category Dry Concrete — 2 1
Strength Reduction Factor Dry Concrete φdry,pi — 0.5510 0.6510
Anchor Category — — 3
or Water-Filled Hole
Strength Reduction Factor or Water-Filled Hole φwet,pi — 0.4510
Reduction Factor for Seismic Tension αN,seis11 — 1.0 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
2. Temperature Range A: Maximum short-term temperature = 160°F, maximum long-term temperature = 110°F.
3. Temperature Range B: Maximum short-term temperature = 176°F, maximum long-term temperature = 110°F.
4. Short-term concrete temperatures are those that occur over short intervals (diurnal cycling).
Long-term temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time.
5. The tabulated value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2 are used.
If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
6. The tabulated value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3, or ACI 318-11 9.2 are used and the requirements of
ACI 318-14 17.3.3 (c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c), as applicable, for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used,
refer to ACI 318 D.4.4 (c) for Condition B to determine the appropriate value of φ.
7. Bond strength values shown are for normal-weight concrete having a compressive strength of f'c = 2,500 psi. For higher compressive strengths up to 8,000 psi,
the tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by a factor of (f'c /2,500)0.35 for uncracked concrete and a factor of (f'c /2,500)0.24 for cracked concrete.
8. For lightweight concrete, the modification factor for bond strength shall be as given in ACI 318-14 17.2.6 or ACI 318-11 D.3.6, as applicable, where applicable.
9. Characteristic bond strength values are for sustained loads, including dead and live loads.
refer to ACI 318 D.4.4(c) for Condition B to determine the appropriate value of φ.
11. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values must be multiplied by αN,seis.

24
Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
SET-3G Tension Strength Design Data for Rebar 1,8
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
Tension Resistance of Steel — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) 9,900 18,000 27,900 39,600 54,000 71,100 114,300
Nsa lb.
Tension Resistance of Steel — Rebar (ASTM A706 Grade 60) 8,800 16,000 24,800 35,200 48,000 63,200 101,600
Strength Reduction Factor for Tension — Steel Failure φ — 0.755
Effectiveness Factor for Cracked Concrete kc,cr — 17
Effectiveness Factor for Uncracked Concrete kc,uncr — 24
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Breakout Failure in Tension φ — 0.656
Minimum Embedment hef,min in. 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Maximum Embedment hef,max in. 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Temperature Range A2,4
SD
Continuous Inspection

in Cracked Concrete9 τk,cr psi 1,201 1,163 1,125 1,087 1,050 1,012 936
Temperature Range B3,4
Anchor Category Dry Concrete — — 1

Strength Reduction Factor Dry Concrete φdry,ci — 0.6510
Anchor Category Water-Saturated Concrete, or Water-Filled Hole — — 3 2
Strength Reduction Factor Water-Saturated Concrete, or Water-Filled Hole φwet,ci — 0.4510 0.5510
Temperature Range A 2,4
Characteristic Bond Strength τk,uncr psi 2,110 1,995 2,022 1,898 1,774 1,651 1,403
Periodic Inspection
Characteristic Bond Strength τk,cr psi 1,117 1,082 1,125 1,087 1,050 1,012 936
in Cracked Concrete9
Temperature Range B3,4
Anchor Category Dry Concrete — — 2 1
Strength Reduction Factor Dry Concrete φdry,pi — 0.55 10
0.6510
Anchor Category Water-Saturated Concrete, or Water-Filled Hole — — 3
Strength Reduction Factor Water-Saturated Concrete, or Water-Filled Hole φwet,pi — 0.4510
Reduction Factor for Seismic Tension αN,seis11 — 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
2. Temperature Range A: Maximum short-term temperature = 160°F, maximum long-term temperature = 110°F.
3. Temperature Range B: Maximum short-term temperature = 176°F, maximum long-term temperature = 110°F.
Long-term temperatures are roughly constant over significant periods of time.
7. Bond strength values shown are for normal-weight concrete having a compressive strength of f'c = 2,500 psi. For higher compressive strengths
up to 8,000 psi, the tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by a factor of (f'c /2,500)0.36 for uncracked concrete and a factor
of (f'c /2,500)0.25 for cracked concrete.
8. For lightweight concrete, the modification factor for bond strength shall be as given in ACI 318-14 17.2.6 or ACI 318-11 D.3.6, as applicable, where applicable.
9. Characteristic bond strength values are for sustained loads, including dead and live loads.
11. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values must be multiplied by αN,seis.

25

Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
SET-3G Shear Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod1
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
Steel Strength in Shear
Minimum Shear Stress Area Ase in.2 0.078 0.142 0.226 0.334 0.462 0.606 0.969
Shear Resistance of Steel — ASTM F1554, Grade 36 2,715 4,940 7,865 11,625 16,080 21,090 33,720
Shear Resistance of Steel — ASTM F1554, Grade 55 Vsa lb. 3,510 6,390 10,170 15,030 20,790 27,270 43,605
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel — ASTM A193, Grade B7 5,850 10,650 16,950 25,050 34,650 45,450 72,675
Reduction factor for Seismic Shear — Carbon Streel αV,seis4 — 0.75 1.0
Shear Resistance of Steel — Stainless Steel ASTM A193, 2,665 4,855 7,730 11,425 15,800 20,725 33,140
Grade B8 and B8M (Types 304 and 316)
Shear Resistance of Steel — Stainless Steel ASTM F593 CW

(Types 304 and 316) Vsa lb. 4,680 8,520 13,560 17,035 23,560 30,905 49,420
Shear Resistance of Steel — Stainless Steel ASTM A193, 5,150 9,370 14,915 22,040 30,490 40,000 63,955
Grade B6 (Type 410)
Reduction factor for Seismic Shear — Stainless Steel αV,seis4 — 0.80 0.75 1.0
Strength Reduction Factor for Shear — Steel Failure φ — 0.652
Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear
Outside Diameter of Anchor da in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 0.875 1 1.25
Load-Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear le in. Min. of hef and 8 times anchor diameter
Strength Reduction Factor for Shear — Breakout Failure φ — 0.703
Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear/
Coefficient for Pryout Strength kcp in. 1.0 for hef < 2.50"; 2.0 for hef ≥ 2.50"

4. The values of Vsa are applicable for both cracked concrete and uncracked concrete. For anchors installed in regions assigned to
Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, Vsa must be multiplied by αVseis for the corresponding anchor steel type.

26
Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
SET-3G Shear Strength Design Data for Rebar1
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) 5,940 10,800 16,740 23,760 32,400 42,660 68,580
Vsa lb.
Shear Resistance of Steel — Rebar (ASTM A706 Grade 60) 5,280 9,600 14,880 21,120 28,800 37,920 60,960
Reduction Factor for Seismic Shear — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) 0.60 0.8
αV,seis4 —
Reduction Factor for Seismic Shear — Rebar (ASTM A706 Grade 60) 0.60 0.8
Strength Reduction Factor for Shear — Steel Failure φ — 0.65 2

Outside Diameter of Anchor da in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 0.875 1 1.25
Load-Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear le in. Min. of hef and 8 times anchor diameter
Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear
Coefficient for Pryout Strength kcp in. 1.0 for hef < 2.50"; 2.0 for hef ≥ 2.50"
3. The tabulated value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 9.2 are used and the requirements of
Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, Vsa must be multiplied by αVseis for the corresponding anchor steel type.
For additional load tables, visit strongtie.com/set3g.

Anchor Designer™ Software

for ACI 318, ETAG and CSA
Simpson Strong-Tie® Anchor Designer software accurately
analyzes existing design or suggests anchor solutions
based on user-defined design elements in cracked and

27

Adhesive Anchors
SET-3G is code listed under IBC/IRC for cracked and uncracked concrete per ICC-ES ESR-4057.
In March 2020, the evaluation report was updated for SET-3G to be an equivalent to cast-in-place reinforcing
bars governed by ACI 318 and IBC Chapter 19.
c ≥ cmin.
Concrete edge
c ≥ cmin.
s ≥ smin.
Cast-in-place
reinforcing bars
ld Post-installed
Development length reinforcing bars
IBC *
SET-3G Development Length for Rebar Dowel
Development Length,
Drill Bit Clear Cover, in. (mm)
Rebar
Diameter in. f'c = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi f'c = 8,000 psi
Size
(in.) (mm) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (55.2 MPa)
Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete
#3 1/2 1.125 12 12 12 12 12
(29) (305) (305) (305) (305) (305)
1.125 14.4 14 12 12 12
#4 5/8
(29) (366) (356) (305) (305) (305)

#5 3/4 1.125 18 17 14.2 12 12
(29) (457) (432) (361) (305) (305)
#6 7/8 1.125 21.6 20 17.1 14 13

(29) (549) (508) (434) (356) (330)
2.30 31.5 29 25 21 18
#7 1 (58) (800) (737) (635) (533) (457)
#8 1 1/8 2.30 36 33 28.5 24 21

(58) (914) (838) (724) (610) (533)
2.30 40.5 38 32 27 23
#9 1 3/8 (58) (1,029) (965) (813) (686) (584)
#10 1 3/8 2.30 45 42 35.6 30 26

(58) (1,143) (1,067) (904) (762) (660)
#11 1 3/4 2.30 51 47 41 33 29

(58) (1,295) (1,194) (1,041) (838) (737)
1. Tabulated development lengths are for static, wind and seismic load cases in Seismic Design Category A and B.
Development lengths in Seismic Design Category C through F must comply with ACI 318-14 Chapter 18 or ACI 318-11 Chapter 21, as applicable.
2. Rebar is assumed to be ASTM A615 Grade 60 or A706 (fy = 60,000 psi). For rebar with a higher yield strength, multiply tabulated values by f y /60,000 psi.
3. Concrete is assumed to be normal-weight concrete. For lightweight concrete, multiply tabulated values by 1.33.
4. Tabulated values assume bottom cover less that 12" cast below rebars (Ψ1 = 1.0).
5. Uncoated rebar must be used.
6. The value of Κtr is assumed to be 0. Refer to ACI318-14 Section 25.4.2.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 12.2.3.

28
Anchor Web App
Adhesive Anchors
RDLC Rebar Rebar Development
Development
Length
Calculator Length Calculator
Rebar Development Length Calculator is a web application
that supports the design of post-installed rebar in concrete
applications by calculating the necessary tension and
compression development lengths required in accordance
with ACI 318-19 / ACI 318-14.
29
SET-XP® High-Strength Epoxy Adhesive

Adhesive Anchors
SET-XP is an epoxy-based high-strength anchoring adhesive. SET-XP is a 1:1 ratio, two-component anchoring adhesive
for anchoring and doweling into concrete (cracked and uncracked) and masonry (uncracked) applications.
Features
• Design flexibility — permitted for sustained load performance at elevated temperature
• Jobsite versatility — can be specified for dry and damp conditions when in-service Cracked
temperatures range from -40°F (-40°C) to 150°F (65°C) Concrete
CODE LISTED
• Recognized per AC308 to be used for rebar development and splice length design
provisions of ACI 318
• Code listed for installation with the Speed Clean™ DXS system without any
further cleaning
Product Information
Mixed Color Teal
Base Materials Concrete — Cracked and uncracked
Masonry — Uncracked
Base Material Conditions Dry, water-saturated
Test Criteria
SET-XP has been tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC308, AC58, ACI 355.4
and applicable ASTM test methods.

Concrete — ICC-ES ESR-2508 (including post-installed rebar and
City of LA Report); FL15730.
Masonry — IAPMO UES ER-265 (including City of LA Report); FL16230. SET-XP Adhesive
ASTM C881 and AASHTO M235 — Types I/IV and II/V, Grade 3, Class C.
UL Certification — CDPH Standard Method v1.2.
NSF/ANSI/CAN 61 (216 in.2 / 1,000 gal.)
Installation Instructions
Installation instructions are located at the following locations: pp. 64–67;
product packaging; or strongtie.com/setxp.
• Hole cleaning brushes are located on p. 68.
SET-XP Cartridge System

Model Capacity Cartridge Carton Dispensing Mixing
No. (ounces) Type Quantity Tool(s) Nozzle3
SET‑XP104 8.5 Single 12 CDT1OS

SET‑XP22-N 4
22 Side-by-Side 10 EDT22S, EDTA22P, EDTA22CKT EMN22I
SET‑XP56 56 Side-by-Side 6 EDTA56P
2. Detailed information on dispensing tools, mixing nozzles and other adhesive accessories is available at strongtie.com.
3. Use only Simpson Strong-Tie mixing nozzles in accordance with Simpson Strong-Tie instructions.
Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair SET-XP adhesive performance.
4. One EMN22I mixing nozzle and one nozzle extension are supplied with each cartridge.
30
SET-XP® High-Strength Epoxy Adhesive
Adhesive Anchors
SET-XP Cure Schedule
Base Material Temperature Gel Time Cure Time
°F °C (minutes) (hrs.)
50 10 75 72
60 16 60 48
70 21 45 24
90 32 35 24
110 43 20 24
For water-saturated concrete, the cure times must be doubled.
SET-XP Typical Properties

Class C Test
Property
(> 60°F) Method
Consistency non-sag ASTM C881

Hardened to Hardened Concrete, 2-Day Cure1 2,900 psi
Bond Strength, Slant Shear Hardened to Hardened Concrete, 14-Day Cure1 3,200 psi ASTM C882
Fresh to Hardened Concrete, 14-Day Cure2 2,000 psi
Compressive Yield Strength, 7-Day Cure2 14,100 psi ASTM D695
Compressive Modulus, 7-Day Cure2 612,000 psi ASTM D695
Heat Deflection Temperature, 7-Day Cure 2
136°F (58°C) ASTM D648
Glass Transition Temperature, 7-Day Cure2 126°F (52°C) ASTM E1356
Decomposition Temperature, 24-Hour Cure2 500°F (260°C) ASTM E2550
Shore D Hardness, 24-Hour Cure 2
84 ASTM D2240
IBC *
SET-XP Installation Information and Additional Data for Threaded Rod and Rebar1
Nominal Anchor Diameter (in.) / Rebar Size
3/8 / #3 1/2 / #4 5/8 / #5 3/4 / #6 7/8 / #7 1 / #8 1 1/4 / #10
Drill Bit Diameter dhole in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 3/8
SD
Minimum hef in. 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Permitted Embedment Depth Range
Maximum hef in. 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. hef + 5dhole
Critical Edge Distance2 cac in. See footnote 2
Minimum Anchor Spacing smin in. 3 6
2. cac = hef (τk,uncr /1,160)0.4 x [3.1 – 0.7(h/hef )], where:
[h/hef ] ≤ 2.4
τk,uncr = the characteristic bond strength in uncracked concrete, given in the tables that follow ≤ kuncr ((hef x f'c )0.5/(π x dhole ))

31
SET-XP® Design Information — Concrete

Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
SET-XP Tension Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod1
Nominal Anchor Diameter (in.)
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
Minimum Tensile Stress Area Ase in2 0.078 0.142 0.226 0.334 0.462 0.606 0.969
Threaded Rod Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless Nsa lb. 8,580 15,620 24,860 36,740 50,820 66,660 106,590
(ASTM A193, Grade B6)
Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316 Stainless
4,445 8,095 12,880 19,040 26,335 34,540 55,235
(ASTM A193, Grade B8 and B8M)
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φ — 0.75 7
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi)12

Effectiveness Factor — Uncracked Concrete kuncr — 24
Effectiveness Factor — Cracked Concrete kcr — 17
Strength Reduction Factor — Breakout Failure φ — 0.659
SD
Bond Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi) 12
Characteristic Bond Strength 5,13 τk,uncr psi 770 1,150 1,060 970 885 790 620
Uncracked Minimum 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Concrete 2,3,4 Permitted Embedment Depth Range hef in.
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Characteristic Bond Strength 5,10,11, 13 τk,cr psi 595 510 435 385 355 345 345
Cracked Minimum 3 4 5 6 7 8 10
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Bond Strength in Tension — Bond Strength Reduction Factors for Continuous Special Inspection
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry, ci — 0.658
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete — hef ≤ 12da φsat,ci — 0.55 8
0.458
Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete — hef ≤ 12da Ksat,ci 6 — 1 0.84
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete — hef > 12da φsat,ci — 0.45 8
Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete — hef > 12da ksat,ci 6 — 0.57

Bond Strength in Tension — Bond Strength Reduction Factors for Periodic Special Inspection
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry,pi — 0.558
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete — hef ≤ 12da φsat,pi — 0.458
Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete — hef ≤ 12da Ksat,pi 6 — 1 0.93 0.71
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete — hef > 12da φsat,pi — 0.458
Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete — hef > 12da Ksat,pi 6 — 0.48
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 or ACI 318-11.
2. Temperature Range: Maximum short-term temperature of 150°F. Maximum long-term temperature of 110°F.
4. Long-term concrete temperatures are constant temperatures over a significant time period.
5. For anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads, bond strengths may be increased by 72%.
6. In water-saturated concrete, multiply τk,uncr and τk,cr by Ksat.
7. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used.
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
8. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements
of ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.4 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to
ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
9. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of
ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.4 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and
the requirements of ACI 318-11 D.4.4 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ. If the load
combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.5 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
10. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 7/8" anchors must be multiplied by αN,seis = 0.80.
11. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 1" anchors must be multiplied by αN,seis = 0.92.
12. The values of f'c used for calculation purposes must not exceed 8,000 psi (55.1 MPa) for uncracked concrete. The value of f'c used for calculation
purposes must not exceed 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) for tension resistance in cracked concrete.

32
Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
SET-XP Tension Strength Design Data for Rebar1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
Tension Resistance of Steel — Rebar
Rebar Nsa lb. 9,900 18,000 27,900 39,600 54,000 71,100 110,700
(ASTM A615 Grade 60)
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φ — 0.657
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi) 10

SD
Characteristic Bond Strength5,11 τk,uncr psi 895 870 845 820 795 770 720
Uncracked Concrete 2,3,4
Permitted Embedment Minimum 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
hef in.
Depth Range Maximum 10 15 20 25
7 1/2 12 1/2 17 1/2
Characteristic Bond Strength 5,11
τk,cr psi 365 735 660 590 515 440 275
Cracked Concrete 2,3,4
Permitted Embedment Minimum 3 4 5 6 7 8 10
hef in.
Depth Range Maximum 10 15 20 25
7 1/2 12 1/2 17 1/2
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry,ci — 0.658
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete – hef ≤ 12da φsat,ci — 0.558 0.458
Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete – hef ≤ 12da Ksat,ci 6 — 1 0.84
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete – hef > 12da φsat,ci — 0.458
Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete – hef > 12da Ksat,ci 6 — 0.57
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry,pi — 0.558

Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete – hef ≤ 12da φsat,pi — 0.458
Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete – hef ≤ 12da Ksat,pi6 — 1 0.93 0.71
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete – hef > 12da φsat,pi — 0.45 8
Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete – hef > 12da Ksat,pi 6 — 0.48
2. Temperature Range: Maximum short-term temperature of 150°F. Maximum long-term temperature of 110˚F.
5. For anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads, bond strengths may be increased by 72%.
of ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.4 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used,
refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
of ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.4 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and
the requirements of ACI 318-11 D.4.4 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
10. The values of f'c used for calculation purposes must not exceed 8,000 psi (55.1 MPa) for uncracked concrete. The value of f'c used for
calculation purposes must not exceed 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) for tension resistance in cracked concrete.

33

Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
SET-XP Shear Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod1
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless Vsa lb. 4,290 9,370 14,910 22,040 30,490 40,000 63,955
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316 Stainless
Threaded 2,225 4,855 7,730 11,420 15,800 20,725 33,140
(ASTM A193, Grade B8 & B8M)
Rod
Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM F1554, Grade 36 0.87 0.78 0.68 0.65
Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM A193, Grade B7 0.87 0.78 0.68 0.65
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B6) αV,seis
5 — 0.69 0.82 0.75 0.83 0.72
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Stainless
0.69 0.82 0.75 0.83 0.72
Outside Diameter of Anchor do in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 0.875 1 1.25
Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. Min. of hef and 8 times anchor diameter
Coefficient for Pryout Strength kcp — 1.0 for hef < 2.50"; 2.0 for hef ≥ 2.50"
Strength Reduction Factor — Pryout Failure φ — 0.704

3. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the
requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met,
refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.3 to determine the appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used,
of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer
to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, Vsa must be multiplied by αV,seis for the corresponding anchor steel type.

34
Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
SET-XP Shear Strength Design Data for Rebar1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
Minimum Shear Stress Area Ase in2 0.11 0.2 0.31 0.44 0.6 0.79 1.23
Shear Resistance of Steel — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) Vsa lb. 4,950 10,800 16,740 23,760 32,400 42,660 66,420
Rebar
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) αV,seis5 — 0.85 0.88 0.84 0.77 0.59

Load-Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. Min. of hef and 8 times anchor diameter
3. The value of φ applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the
requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met,
refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.3 to determine the appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used,
of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer
to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, Vsa must be multiplied by αV,seis.
For additional load tables, visit strongtie.com/setxp.


35

Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
SET-XP Development Length for Rebar Dowels
Development Length, in. (mm)
Drill Bit Clear Cover
Rebar
Diameter in. f'c = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi f'c = 8,000 psi
Size (in.) (mm) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (55.2 MPa)
Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete
#3 1 1/2 12 12 12 12 12
(9.5) 1/2 (305) (305) (305) (305) (305)
(38)
#4 1 1/2 14.4 14 12 12 12
(12.7) 5/8 (366) (356) (305) (305) (305)
(38)
#5 1 1/2 18 17 14.2 12 12
(15.9) 3/4 (457) (432) (361) (305) (305)
(38)
#6 1 1/2 21.6 20 17.1 14 13
(19.1) 7/8 (549) (508) (434) (356) (330)
(38)
#7 3 31.5 29 25 21 18
1
(22.2) (76) (800) (737) (635) (533) (457)
#8 3 36 33 28.5 24 21
(25.4) 1 1/8 (76) (914) (838) (724) (610) (533)
#9 3 40.5 38 32 27 23
(28.7) 1 3/8 (76) (1,029) (965) (813) (686) (584)
#10 3 45 42 35.6 30 26
(32.3) 1 3/8 (76) (1,143) (1,067) (904) (762) (660)
#11 3 51 47 41 33 29
(35.8) 1 3/4 (76) (1,295) (1,194) (1,041) (838) (737)
1. Tabulated development lengths are for static, wind and seismic load cases in Seismic Design Category A and B.
Development lengths in SDC C through F must comply with ACI 318-14 Chapter 18 or ACI 318-11 Chapter 12, as applicable.
The value of f'c used to calculate development lengths shall not exceed 2,500 psi in SDC C through F.
2. Rebar is assumed to be ASTM A615 Grade 60 or A706 (fy = 60,000 psi). For rebar with a higher yield strength,
multiply tabulated values by fy / 60,000 psi.
3. Concrete is assumed to be normal-weight concrete. For lightweight concrete, multiply tabulated values by 1.33.
4. Tabulated values assume bottom cover of less than 12" cast below rebars (Ψt = 1.0).
5. Uncoated rebar must be used.
6. The value of Ktr is assumed to be 0. Refer to ACI 318-14 Section 25.4.2.3 or ACI 318 Section 12.2.3.

Rebar
Development
Length
Calculator
Rebar Development Length
Calculator is a web application
that supports the design of
post-installed rebar in concrete
applications by calculating
the necessary tension and
compression development
lengths required in accordance
with ACI 318-18 / ACI 318-14.

36
SET-XP® Design Information — Masonry
Adhesive Anchors
SET-XP Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod and *
Rebar in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 IBC
Diameter (in.) or Drill Bit Diameter Minimum Embedment2 Allowable Load Based on Bond Strength7 (lb.)
Rebar Size No. (in.) (in.) Tension Load Shear Load
Threaded Rod Installed in the Face of CMU Wall
3/8 1/2 3 3/8 1,490 1,145
1/2 5/8 4 1/2 1,825 1,350
5/8 3/4 5 5/8 1,895 1,350
3/4 7/8 6 1/2 1,895 1,350
Rebar Installed in the Face of CMU Wall
#3 1/2 3 3/8 1,395 1,460
#4 5/8 4 1/2 1,835 1,505
#5 3/4 5 5/8 2,185 1,505
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of the bond values shown in this table and steel values, shown on p. 43.
2. Embedment depth shall be measured from the outside face of masonry wall.
3. Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing shall comply with the information on p. 38. Figure 2 on p. 38 illustrates
critical and minimum edge and end distances.
4. Minimum allowable nominal width of CMU wall shall be 8". No more than one anchor shall be permitted per masonry cell.
5. Anchors shall be permitted to be installed at any location in the face of the fully grouted masonry wall construction (cell, web, bed joint),
except anchors shall not be installed within 1 1/2" of the head joint, as show in Figure 2 on p. 38.
6. Tabulated allowable load values are for anchors installed in fully grouted masonry walls.
7. Tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 .
8. Tabulated allowable load values shall be adjusted for increased base material temperatures in accordance with Figure 1 below, as applicable.
9. Threaded rod and rebar installed in fully grouted masonry walls are permitted to resist dead, live, seismic and wind loads.
10. Threaded rod shall meet or exceed the tensile strength of ASTM F1554, Grade 36 steel, which is 58,000 psi.
11. For installations exposed to severe, moderate or negligible exterior weathering conditions, as defined in Figure 1 of ASTM C62,
allowable tension loads shall be multiplied by 0.80.
120
100% 100%
110 @50°F @70°F
Percent of Allowable Load Values (%)
100 81%
90 @110°F
67%
80 @135°F 63%
70 @150°F
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Base Material Temperature (°F)
Figure 1. Load Capacity Based on In-Service Temperature for SET-XP®

Epoxy Adhesive in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction

37

Adhesive Anchors
SET-XP Edge Distance and Spacing Requirements and

Allowable Load Reduction Factors — Threaded Rod and Rebar IBC *
in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction7
Edge or End Distance1,8 Spacing2,9
Critical Minimum Critical Minimum
(Full Anchor Capacity)3 (Reduced Anchor Capacity)4 (Full Anchor Capacity)5 (Reduced Anchor Capacity)6
Rod Dia.
(in.) Minimum Critical Allowable Minimum Allowable
Critical Minimum
or Embed. Edge or End Load Edge or End Allowable Load Spacing, Scr Load Spacing, Allowable Load
Rebar Depth Distance, Reduction Distance, Reduction Factor Reduction Reduction Factor
(in.) Smin (in.)
Size (in.) Ccr (in.) Factor Cmin (in.) Factor
No.
Load Direction Load Direction Load Direction Load Direction
Tension or Tension or Tension or Shear 10

Tension or Tension or Tension or
Tension Tension Shear
Shear Shear Shear Perp. Para. Shear Shear Shear
3/8 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 0.91 0.72 0.94 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00

1/2 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.58 0.87 8 1.00 4 0.82 1.00
5/8 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.48 0.87 8 1.00 4 0.82 1.00
3/4 6 1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.44 0.85 8 1.00 4 0.82 1.00
#3 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 0.96 0.62 0.84 8 1.00 4 0.87 0.91
#4 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 0.88 0.54 0.82 8 1.00 4 0.87 0.91
#5 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 0.88 0.43 0.82 8 1.00 4 0.87 1.00
1. Edge distance (Ccr or Cmin) is the distance measured from anchor centerline to edge or end of CMU masonry wall.
Refer to Figure 2 below for an illustration showing critical and minimum edge and end distances.
2. Anchor spacing (Scr or Smin) is the distance measured from centerline to centerline of two anchors.
3. Critical edge distance, Ccr, is the least edge distance at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved where
a load reduction factor equals 1.0 (no load reduction).
4. Minimum edge distance, Cmin, is the least edge distance where an anchor has an allowable load capacity which shall be determined
by multiplying the allowable loads assigned to anchors installed at critical edge distance, Ccr, by the load reduction factors shown above.
5. Critical spacing, Scr, is the least anchor spacing at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved such that anchor
performance is not influenced by adjacent anchors.
6. Minimum spacing, Smin, is the least spacing where an anchors has an allowable load capacity, which shall be determined by multiplying
the allowable loads assigned to anchors installed at critical spacing distance, Scr, by the load reduction factors shown above.
7. Reduction factors are cumulative. Multiple reduction factors for more than one spacing or edge or end distance shall be calculated separately and multiplied.
8. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension or shear with edge distances between critical and minimum shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
9. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension with spacing between critical and minimum shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
10. Perpendicular shear loads act towards the edge or end. Parallel shear loads act parallel to the edge or end (see Figure 5 on p. 40). Perpendicular
and parallel shear load reduction factors are cumulative when the anchor is located between the critical minimum edge and end distance.

4" minimum Critical edge distance
edge distance (see load table) Installation
in this area
for reduced
allowable
load capacity
4" minimum
end distance
Critical end
distance
Shaded area = Placement for (see load table)
full and reduced allowable load
capacity in grout-filled CMU No installation
within 1½" of
head joint
Installations in this area for

full allowable load capacity
Figure 2. Allowable Anchor Locations for Full and

Reduced Load Capacity When Installation Is in the Face
of Fully Grouted CMU Masonry Wall Construction

38
Adhesive Anchors
SET-XP Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod and Rebar IBC *
in the Top of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12
Diameter (in.) or Drill Bit Diameter Minimum Embedment3 Allowable Load Based on Bond Strength7, 8 (lb.)
Rebar Size No. (in.) (in.) Tension Load Shear Perp. Shear Parallel
Threaded Rod Installed in the Top of CMU Wall
4 1/2 1,485 590 1,050
1/2 5/8
12 2,440 665 1,625
5 5/8 1,700 565 1,435
5/8 3/4
15 2,960 660 1,785
7 7/8 1,610 735 1,370
7/8 1
21 4,760 670 1,375
Rebar Installed in the Top of CMU Wall
4 1/2 1,265 550 865
#4 5/8
12 2,715 465 1,280
5 5/8 1,345 590 1,140
#5 3/4
15 3,090 590 1,285
2. Allowable loads are for installation in the grouted CMU core opening.
3. Embedment depth shall be measured from the horizontal surface of the grouted CMU core opening on top of the masonry wall.
4. Critical and minimum edge distance, end distance and spacing shall comply with the information on pp. 38 and 40.
Figures 3A and 3B on p. 40 illustrate critical and minimum edge and end distances.
5. Minimum allowable nominal width of CMU wall shall be 8" (203 mm).
6. Anchors are permitted to be installed in the CMU core opening shown in Figures 3A and 3B on p. 40.
Anchors are limited to one installation per CMU core opening.
8. Tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 .
9. Tabulated allowable load values shall be adjusted for increased base material temperatures in accordance
with Figure 1 on p. 37, as applicable.
10. Threaded rod and rebar installed in fully grouted masonry walls with SET-XP® adhesive are permitted
to resist dead, live, seismic and wind loads.
12. For installations exposed to severe, moderate or negligible exterior weathering conditions, as defined in
Figure 1 of ASTM C62, allowable tension loads shall be multiplied by 0.80.

39

Adhesive Anchors
SET-XP Edge and End Distance Requirements and Allowable Load Reduction Factors — *
Threaded Rod and Rebar in the Top of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction1,4,5 IBC
Critical Minimum End Minimum Edge

(Full Anchor Capacity)2 (Reduced Anchor Capacity)3 (Reduced Anchor Capacity)6
Critical End Allowable Minimum Minimum

Rod Dia. Critical Minimum
Minimum Distance, Load End Edge, Allowable Load
(in.) Edge, Ccr End Allowable Load
Embed. Ccr Reduction Distance, Cmin Reduction Factor
or (in.) Reduction Factor
Depth (in.) Factor Cmin (in.) (in.)
Rebar (in.)
Size No. Load Direction Load Direction Load Direction
Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or Shear6 Tension or Shear6

Tension Tension
Shear Shear Shear Shear Perp. Parallel Shear Perp. Parallel
4 1/2 2 3/4 20 1.00 3 13/16 0.88 0.84 0.66 1 3/4 0.83 0.63 0.77
1/2
12 2 3/4 20 1.00 3 13/16 0.64 0.91 0.34 1 3/4 0.95 0.55 0.69
5 5/8 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.90 1.00 0.50 1 3/4 0.82 0.57 0.71
5/8
15 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.38 0.85 0.29 1 3/4 0.91 0.72 0.73
7 7/8 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.98 0.72 0.57 — — — —
7/8
21 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.63 0.96 0.64 — — — —
4 1/2 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.96 0.90 0.76 — — — —
#4
12 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.58 1.00 0.46 — — — —
5 5/8 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 1.00 0.86 0.60 — — — —
#5
15 2 3/4 20 1.00 4 1/4 0.41 0.76 0.49 — — — —
1. Edge and end distances (Ccr or Cmin) are the distances measured from anchor centerline to edge or end of CMU masonry wall.
Refer to Figures 3A and 3B below for illustrations showing critical and minimum edge and end distances.
2. Critical edge and end distances, Ccr, are the least edge distances at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved where
3. Minimum edge and end distances, Cmin, are the least edge distances where an anchor has an allowable load capacity, which shall be determined
4. Reduction factors are cumulative. Multiple reduction factors for more than one spacing or edge or end distance shall be calculated
separately and multiplied.
6. Perpendicular shear loads act towards the edge or end. Parallel shear loads act parallel to the edge or end (see Figure 5 below). Perpendicular
Critical end distance Installation in this area for

20" full allowable load capacity
Minimum end distance Edge o
(see table) f wall
A1
C 3
2¾" 1¾"
Critical Minimum Installation in this area for
End of wall
edge distance edge distance reduced allowable load capacity
A1
Figure 3A. Allowable Anchor Locations of 1/2"- and 5/8"-Diameter
Threaded Rod for Full and Reduced Load Capacity When Installation
Is in the Top of Fully Grouted CMU Masonry Wall Construction
B2
Critical end distance Installation in this area for

20" full allowable load capacity
4¼" Minimum end distance
1. Direction of shear load A is parallel to edge of wall and

perpendicular to end of wall.
2¾"
2. Direction of shear load B is parallel to end of wall and
perpendicular to edge of wall.
Critical Installation in this area for 3. Direction of shear load C is perpendicular to edge of wall.
edge distance reduced allowable load capacity
Figure 5. Direction of Shear Load

Figure 3B. Allowable Anchor Locations of 7/8"-Diameter Threaded Rod in Relation to Edge and End of Wall
and #4 and #5 Rebar for Full and Reduced Load Capacity When Installation
Is in the Top of Fully Grouted CMU Masonry Wall Construction

40
Adhesive Anchors
SET-XP Spacing Distance Requirements and Allowable Load Reduction Factors — *
Threaded Rod and Rebar in the Top of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction1,4,5 IBC
Critical Spacing Minimum Spacing

(Full Anchor Capacity)2 (Reduced Anchor Capacity)3
Rod Dia. Minimum Critical Allowable Minimum
(in.) Allowable Load
Embed. Spacing, Scr Load Reduction Spacing, Scr
or Reduction Factor
Depth (in.) Factor (in.)
Rebar (in.)
Size No.
Load Direction Load Direction
Tension or Shear Tension or Shear Tension or Shear Tension Shear
4 1/2 18 1.00 8 0.80 0.92

1/2
12 48 1.00 8 0.63 0.98
5 5/8 22.5 1.00 8 0.86 1.00

5/8
15 60 1.00 8 0.56 1.00
7 7/8 31.5 1.00 8 0.84 0.82

7/8
21 84 1.00 8 0.51 0.98
4 1/2 18 1.00 8 0.97 0.93

#4
12 48 1.00 8 0.75 1.00
5 5/8 22.5 1.00 8 1.00 1.00

#5
15 60 1.00 8 0.82 1.00
2. Critical spacing, Scr, is the least anchor spacing at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved such that anchor performance
is not influenced by adjacent anchors.
3. Minimum spacing, Smin, is the least spacing where an anchor has an allowable load capacity, which shall be determined by multiplying
5. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension or shear with spacing critical and minimum shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
SET-XP Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — *

Threaded Rod in the Face of Hollow CMU Wall Construction1,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11 IBC
Allowable Load
Drill Bit Minimum Based on Bond Strength7 (lb.)
Diameter Diameter Embed.2
(in.) (in.) (in.)
Tension Shear
3/8 9/16 1 1/4 215 385
1/2 3/4 1 1/4 220 410
5/8 7/8 1 1/4 225 435

1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values shown in this table and steel values shown on p. 43.
2. Embedment depth is considered the minimum wall thickness of 8" x 8" x 16" ASTM C90 concrete masonry blocks, and is measured
from the outside to the inside face of the block wall. The minimum length Opti-Mesh plastic screen tube for use in hollow CMU is 3 1/2".
3. Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing shall comply with the information provided on p. 42. Figure 4 on p. 42 illustrates
4. Anchors are permitted to be installed in the face shell of hollow masonry wall construction as shown in Figure 4.
5. Anchors are limited to one or two anchors per masonry cell and must comply with the spacing and edge distance requirements provided.
6. Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in hollow masonry walls.
7. Tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0.
8. Tabulated allowable load values shall be adjusted for increased base material temperatures in accordance with Figure 1 on p. 37,
as applicable.
9. Threaded rods installed in hollow masonry walls with SET-XP® adhesive are permitted to resist dead, live load and wind load applications.
10. Threaded rods must meet or exceed the tensile strength of ASTM F1554, Grade 36, which is 58,000 psi.
allowable tension loads must be multiplied by 0.80.
12. Screen tubes are required and available on p. 71.

41

Adhesive Anchors
SET-XP Edge, End and Spacing Distance Requirements and Allowable Load *
Reduction Factors — Threaded Rod in the Face of Hollow CMU Wall Construction7 IBC

Critical Allowable Minimum Allowable
Rod Critical Minimum
Edge or End Load Edge or End Allowable Load Load Allowable Load
Diameter Spacing, Scr Spacing, Smin
Distance, Ccr Reduction Distance, Cmin Reduction Factor Reduction Reduction Factor
(in.) (in.) (in.)
(in.) Factor (in.) Factor
Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or
Tension Shear10 Tension Shear
Shear Shear Shear Shear Shear Shear
3/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.74 8 1.00 4 0.82 0.73
1/2 12 1.00 4 0.96 0.69 8 1.00 4 0.79 0.73
5/8 12 1.00 4 0.96 0.55 8 1.00 4 0.75 0.73

1. Edge and end distances (Ccr or Cmin) are the distances measured from anchor centerline to edge or end of CMU masonry wall.
3. Critical edge and end distances, Ccr, are the least edge distances at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved where a
load reduction factor equals 1.0 (no load reduction).
4. Minimum edge and end distances, Cmin, are the least edge distances where an anchor has an allowable load capacity which shall be determined
5. Critical spacing, Scr, is the least anchor spacing at which tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved such that anchor performance is not
influenced by adjacent anchors.
6. Minimum spacing, Smin, is the least spacing where an anchors has an allowable load capacity, which shall be determined by multiplying the allowable loads
assigned to anchors installed at critical spacing distance, Scr , by the load reduction factors shown above.
10. Perpendicular shear loads act toward the edge or end. Parallel shear loads act parallel to the edge or end (see Figure 5 on p. 40). Perpendicular
11. Screen tubes are required and available on p. 71.
4" min. edge distance 12" critical edge distance

Installation in this area
for reduced allowable
load capacity
4" min. edge distance
12" critical edge distance
CL
No installation within 1½"

of centerline of bedjoint,
head joint and web of hollow
cement block wall (typical)
Installations in this area for CL

Figure 4. Allowable Anchor Locations for Full and

Reduced Load Capacity When Installation Is in the Face
of Hollow CMU Masonry Wall Construction

42
SET-XP® Design Information — Steel
Adhesive Anchors
SET-XP Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — *
Threaded Rod Based on Steel Strength1 IBC
Tension Load Based on Steel Strength2 (lb.) Shear Load Based on Steel Strength 3 (lb.)
Threaded Tensile Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Rod Stress
Diameter Area ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM A193 ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM A193
(in.) (in.2) Grade 364 Grade B76 ASTM A193 Grade 364 Grade B76 ASTM A193
Grades B8 Grades B8
Grade B65 Grade B65
and B8M7
and B8M7
3/8 0.078 1,495 3,220 2,830 1,930 770 1,660 1,460 995
1/2 0.142 2,720 5,860 5,155 3,515 1,400 3,020 2,655 1,810
5/8 0.226 4,325 9,325 8,205 5,595 2,230 4,805 4,225 2,880
3/4 0.334 6,395 13,780 12,125 8,265 3,295 7,100 6,245 4,260
7/8 0.462 8,845 19,055 16,770 11,435 4,555 9,815 8,640 5,890
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values given on pp. 37, 39 or 41 and steel values in the table above.
2. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on the following equation: Ft = 0.33 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area.
3. Allowable Shear Steel Strength is based on the following equation: Fv = 0.17 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area.
4. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 58,000 psi) of ASTM F1554, Grade 36 used to calculate allowable steel strength.
5. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 110,000 psi) of ASTM A193, Grade B6 used to calculate allowable steel strength.
7. Minimum specified tensile strength (Fu = 75,000 psi) of ASTM A193, Grades B8 and B8M used to calculate allowable steel strength.
SET-XP® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — *

Deformed Reinforcing Bar Based on Steel Strength1 IBC
Tension Load (lb.) Shear Load (lb.)

Tensile Based on Steel Strength Based on Steel Strength
Rebar Stress Area
Size (in.2) ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615
Grade 402 Grade 603 Grade 404,5 Grade 604,6
#3 0.11 2,200 2,640 1,310 1,685

#4 0.20 4,000 4,800 2,380 3,060
#5 0.31 6,200 7,440 3,690 4,745
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values given on pp. 37, 39 or 41 and steel values in the table above.
2. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on AC58 Section 3.3.3 (20,000 psi x tensile stress area) for Grade 40 rebar.
4. Allowable Shear Steel Strength is based on AC58 Section 3.3.3 (Fv = 0.17 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area.)
5. Fu = 70,000 psi for Grade 40 rebar.

43
ET-HP® Epoxy Adhesive

Adhesive Anchors
ET-HP is a two-component, high-solids, epoxy-based system for use as a non-shrink anchor-grouting material. ET-HP is
formulated for anchoring threaded rod and rebar into concrete (cracked and uncracked) and masonry (uncracked).
Features
• Jobsite versatility — can be specified for dry and damp conditions when
in-service temperatures range from -40°F (-40°C) to 150°F (65°C) Cracked
Concrete
• Permissable for use with metric threaded rod and rebar CODE LISTED
• Multiple State and DOT approvals
Product Information
Mixed Color Gray
Masonry — uncracked
Unreinforced Masonry (URM) — uncracked)
Test Criteria
ET-HP has been tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC308, AC58, AC60,
ACI 355.4 and applicable ASTM test methods.

Concrete — ICC-ES ESR-3372 (including City of LA); FL15730.

Masonry — IAPMO UES ER-241 (including Florida Supplement); FL16230.
Unreinforced Masonry (URM) — ICC-ES ESR-3638; City of L.A. RR25120.
ET-HP Adhesive
ASTM C881 and AASHTO M235 — Types I/IV, II/V, Class B and C, Grade 3
Installation instructions are located at the following locations: pp. 64–67;
product packaging; or strongtie.com.
• Hole cleaning brushes are located on p. 68.
ET-HP Package Systems

Model Capacity Package Carton Dispensing Mixing
No. (ounces) Type Quantity Tools Nozzle
EDT22S,
ET-HP22-N4 22 Side-by-side 10 EMN22I
EDTA22P, EDTA22CKT

Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair ET-HP adhesive performance.
4. One EMN22I mixing nozzle and one nozzle extension are supplied with each cartridge.
44
ET-HP® Epoxy Adhesive
Adhesive Anchors
ET-HP Cure Schedule
Base Material Temperature Gel Time Cure Time1
50 10 45 72
60 16 30 24
80 27 20 24
100 38 15 24
1. For water-saturated concrete, the cure times must be doubled.
ET-HP Typical Properties

Property
(40°– 60°F) (> 60°F) Method
Consistency Non-sag Non-sag ASTM C881

Hardened to Hardened Concrete, 2-Day Cure1 1,300 psi 2,300 psi
Bond Strength, Slant Shear Hardened to Hardened Concrete, 14-Day Cure1 1,750 psi 2,400 psi ASTM C882
Fresh to Hardened Concrete, 14-Day Cure 2
2,800 psi 2,800 psi
Compressive Yield Strength, 7-Day Cure2 11,800 psi 16,300 psi ASTM D695
Compressive Modulus, 7-Day Cure 2
453,000 psi 595,000 psi ASTM D695
Glass Transition Temperature, 7-Day Cure 2
121°F (49°C) ASTM E1356
Decomposition Temperature, 24-Hour Cure 2
500°F (260°C) ASTM E2550
86 ASTM D2240
1. Material and curing conditions: Class B at 40° ± 2°F, Class C at 60° ± 2°F.
ET-HP Installation Information and *

Additional Data for Threaded Rod and Rebar1 IBC
Nominal Anchor Diameter (in.) / Rebar Size

3/8 / #3 1/2 / #4 5/8 / #5 3/4 / #6 7/8 / #7 1 / #8 1 1/4 / #10
Drill Bit Diameter dhole in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 3/8
Minimum hef in. 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Permitted Embedment Depth Range
Maximum hef in. 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 15
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. hef + 5dhole
Critical Edge Distance 2
cac in. See foonote 2
2. cac = hef ( τk,uncr /1160)0.4 x [3.1 – 0.7(h/hef )], where:
[h/hef ] ≤ 2.4
τk,uncr = the characteristic bond strength in uncracked concrete, given in the tables that follow ≤ kuncr ((hef x f'c)0.5/(π x da))

45
ET-HP® Design Information — Concrete

Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
ET-HP Tension Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod1
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/5 1 1 1/4
Threaded Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless
Rod Nsa lb. 8,580 15,620 24,860 36,740 50,820 66,660 106,590
Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316
4,445 8,095 12,880 19,040 26,335 34,540 55,235
Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B8 & B8M)
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi)12
SD
Uncracked
Concrete Minimum 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
2,3,4
Permitted Embedment Depth Range hef in.
Maximum 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 15
Characteristic Bond Strength 5,9,10,11,12,13 τk,cr psi 160 200 160 205 190 165 140
Cracked
Concrete Minimum 3 3 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
2,3,4
Permitted Embedment Depth Range hef in.
Maximum 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 15
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry — 0.657
φsat

Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete — 0.457
2. Temperature Range: Maximum short-term temperature of 150°F (66ºC). Maximum long-term temperature of 110°F (43°C).
5. For anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads, bond strengths may be multiplied by 2.70.
6. The value of φ applies when the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used. If the load combinations of
ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.4 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to
ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.4 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are
used and the requirements of ACI 318-11 D.4.4 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
9. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 3/8" and 1 1/4" anchors
must be multiplied by αN,seis = 0.78.
10. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 1/2", 5/8" and 3/4" anchors
11. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 7/8" anchors must be
multiplied by αN,seis = 0.82.
12. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 1" anchors must be
multiplied by αN,seis = 0.70.

46
Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
ET-HP Tension Strength Design Data for Rebar1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
Rebar Tension Resistance of Steel — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) Nsa lb. 9,900 18,000 27,900 39,600 54,000 71,100 114,300

Bond Strength in Tension (2,500 psi ≤ f'c ≤ 8,000 psi)
SD
Maximum 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 15
Characteristic Bond Strength5,9 τk,cr psi 130 140 155 165 180 190 215
Cracked Minimum 3 3 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Maximum 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 10 1/2 12 15
Bond Strength in Tension — Bond Strength Reduction Factors for Periodic and Continuous Special Inspection
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry — 0.657
Strength Reduction Factor — Water-Saturated Concrete φsat — 0.457
2. Temperature Range: Maximum short-term temperature of 150°F (66ºC). Maximum long-term temperature of 110°F (43ºC).
5. For anchors that only resist wind or seismic loads, bond strengths may be multiplied by 2.70.
ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.4 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are
used and the requirements of ACI 318-11 D.4.4 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.

47

Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
ET-HP Shear Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod1
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B6) Vsa lb. 4,290 9,370 14,910 22,040 30,490 40,000 63,955
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316 Stainless
Threaded 2,225 4,855 7,730 11,425 15,800 20,725 33,140
Rod
Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM F1554, Grade 36 0.63 0.85 0.75
Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM A193, Grade B7 0.63 0.85 0.75
αV,seis5 —
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B6) 0.60 0.85 0.75
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B8 & B8M) 0.60 0.85 0.75

Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. Min. of hef and 8 times anchor diameter
ACI 318-14 17.3.3 and ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2

are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3 and ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to ACI 318-14 17.3.3 and
ACI 318-11 D.4.3 to determine the appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to ACI 318-14
and ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
ACI 318-14 17.3.3 and ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer
to ACI 318-14 and ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.

48
Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
ET-HP Shear Strength Design Data for Rebar1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) Vsa lb. 4,950 10,800 16,740 23,760 32,400 42,660 68,580
Rebar
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Rebar (ASTM A615 Grade 60) αV,seis5 — 0.6 0.8 0.75
ACI 318-14 17.3.3 and ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2
are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3 and ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to ACI 318-14 17.3.3 and
ACI 318-11 D.4.3 to determine the appropriate value of φ. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer to ACI 318-14
and ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
ACI 318-14 17.3.3 and ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, refer
to ACI 318-14 and ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, Vsa must be multiplied by αV,seis.
For additional load tables, visit strongtie.com.


49
ET-HP® Design Information — Masonry

Adhesive Anchors
ET-HP Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod and Rebar *
in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 IBC
Diameter (in.) Drill Bit Minimum Allowable Load Based on Bond Strength7 (lb.)
or Diameter Embedment2
Rebar Size No. (in.) (in.) Tension Load Shear Load
3/8 1/2 3 3/8 1,425 845
1/2 5/8 4 1/2 1,425 1,470
5/8 3/4 5 5/8 1,560 1,835
3/4 7/8 6 3/4 1,560 2,050

#3 1/2 3 3/8 1,275 1,335
#4 5/8 4 1/2 1,435 1,355
#5 3/4 5 5/8 1,550 1,355
4. Minimum allowable nominal width of CMU wall shall be 8". The minimum allowable member thickness shall be
no less than 1 1/2 times the actual anchor embedment.
5. No more than one anchor shall be permitted per masonry cell.
6. Anchors shall be permitted to be installed at any location in the face of the fully grouted masonry wall construction
(cell, web, bed joint), except anchors shall not be installed within 1 1/2" of the head joint, as show in Figure 2 on p. 51.
9. Tabulated allowable load values shall be adjusted for increased base material temperatures in accordance with
Figure 1 below, as applicable.
10. Threaded rod and rebar installed in fully grouted masonry walls with ET-HP® are permitted to resist dead, live, seismic and wind loads.

120
100% 100%
110 @50°F @70°F
100 84%
@110°F
90 71%
@135°F
80
70 53%
@150°F
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Base Material Temperature (˚F )
Figure 1. Load Capacity Based on In-Service Temperature for ET-HP Epoxy

Adhesive in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction

50
Adhesive Anchors
ET-HP Edge Distance and Spacing Requirements and Allowable Load Reduction *
Factors — Threaded Rod and Rebar in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction2,7 IBC
Rod Dia.
(in.) Minimum Critical Edge Allowable Minimum Critical Allowable Minimum
or Embed. or End Load Edge or Allowable Load Load Allowable Load
Spacing, Spacing,
Rebar Depth Distance, Reduction End Distance, Reduction Factor Reduction Reduction Factor
Scr (in.) Smin (in.)
Size (in.) Ccr (in.) Factor Cmin (in.) Factor
No.
Tension or Tension or Tension or Shear 10

Tension or Tension or Tension or
Shear Shear Shear Perp. Parallel Shear Shear Shear
3/8 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 0.76 1.00 1.00 8 1.00 4 0.47 0.94
1/2 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.92 0.9 8 1.00 4 0.60 0.96
5/8 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.55 0.86 8 1.00 4 0.72 0.98
3/4 6 3/4 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.55 0.86 8 1.00 4 0.85 1.00

#3 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 0.96 0.86 1.00 8 1.00 4 0.37 0.92
#4 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.71 1.00 8 1.00 4 0.69 0.96
#5 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.71 1.00 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00
6. Minimum spacing, Smin, is the least spacing where an anchors has an allowable load capacity, which shall be determined by multiplying
4" minimum Critical edge distance Edge of wall

in this area
for reduced Shear load A1
allowable
load capacity
Shear
End of wall
load B2
4" minimum
end distance
Critical end
distance
(see load table)
No installation
within 1½" of
head joint
Figure 3. Direction of Shear Load

Installations in this area for in Relation to Edge and End of Wall
1. Direction of Shear Load A is parallel to edge
Figure 2. Allowable Anchor Placement of wall and perpendicular to end of wall.
in Grouted CMU Face Shell 2. Direction of Shear Load B is parallel to end
of wall and perpendicular to edge of wall.

51
ET-HP® Design Information — Steel

Adhesive Anchors
ET-HP Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — *

Tension Load Based on Steel Strength2 (lb.) Shear Load Based on Steel Strength3 (lb.)
Threaded Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Tensile
Rod Stress Area ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM F1554 ASTMA 193
Diameter ASTM A193 ASTM A193
(in.2) Grade 364 Grade B76 ASTM A193 Grade 364 Grade B76 ASTM A193
(in.) Grades B8 Grades B8
Grade B65 Grade B65
and B8M7 and B8M7
3/8 0.078 1,495 3,220 2,830 1,930 770 1,660 1,460 995
1/2 0.142 2,720 5,860 5,155 3,515 1,400 3,020 2,655 1,810
5/8 0.226 4,325 9,325 8,205 5,595 2,230 4,805 4,225 2,880
3/4 0.334 6,395 13,780 12,125 8,265 3,295 7,100 6,245 4,260
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values given on p. 50 and steel values in the table above.
2. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on the following equation: Fv = 0.33 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area.
ET-HP Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — *


Tensile Based on Steel Strength Based on Steel Strength
Rebar Stress Area
Size (in.2) ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615
#3 0.11 2,200 2,640 1,310 1,685

#4 0.20 4,000 4,800 2,380 3,060
#5 0.31 6,200 7,440 3,690 4,745

4. Allowable Shear Steel Strength is based on AC58 Section 3.3.3 (Fv = 0.17 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area).

52
Adhesive Anchors
ET-HP Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Installations in Unreinforced *
Brick Masonry Walls —Minimum URM Wall Thickness is 13" (3 wythes thick) IBC
Min. Min. Tension Load Based Shear Load Based

Min. Min. on URM Strength on URM Strength
Rod Drill Embed. Vertical Horiz.
Wall Edge/End
Dia. Bit Depth Spacing Spacing Minimum Net Mortar Minimum Net Mortar
Thickness Dist.
in. Dia. in. Dist. Dist. Strength = 50 psi Strength = 50 psi
in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) Allowable lb. (kN) Allowable lb. (kN)
Configuration A (Simpson Strong-Tie ETS Screen Tube Required)
®
3⁄4 8 13 24 18 18 1,000
1 —
(19.1) (203) (330) (610) (457) (457) (4.4)
Configuration B (Simpson Strong-Tie® ETS Screen Tube Required)
Within 1"
3⁄4 13 16 18 24 1,200 1,000
1 of opposite
(19.1) (330) (406) (457) (610) (5.3) (4.4)
wall surface
1. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM F1554 Grade 36 minimum.

2. All holes are drilled with a 1"-diameter carbide-tipped drill bit with the drill set in the rotation-only mode.
3. The unreinforced brick walls must have a minimum thickness of 13" (three wythes of brick).
4. The allowable load is applicable only where in-place shear tests indicate minimum net mortar strength of 50 psi.
5. The allowable load for Configuration B anchor subjected to a combined tension and shear load is determined by assuming
a straight-line relationship between allowable tension and shear.
6. The anchors installed in unreinforced brick walls are limited to resisting seismic or wind forces only.
7. Configuration A has a straight threaded rod or rebar embedded 8" into the wall with a 31⁄32"-diameter by 8"-long screen tube
(part # ETS758). This configuration is designed to resist shear loads only.
8. Configuration B has a 3⁄4" threaded rod bent and installed at a 22.5-degree angle and installed 13" into the wall, to within
1" (maximum) of the exterior wall surface. This configuration is designed to resist tension and shear loads. The pre-bent
threaded rod is installed with a 31⁄32" diameter by 13"-long screen tube (part # ETS7513).
9. Special inspection requirements are determined by local jurisdiction and must be confirmed by the local building official.
10. Refer to in-service temperature sensitivity chart for allowable load adjustment for temperature.
Screen tube Screen tube

22.5º 3⁄ 4"
dia.
bent
1" max. threaded
rod
Configuration A Configuration B
(Shear) (Tension and Shear)

53
AT-XP® High-Strength Acrylic Adhesive

Adhesive Anchors
AT-XP is an acrylic-based high-strength anchoring adhesive. AT-XP is a 10:1 ratio, two-component,

anchoring adhesive for use in threaded rod and rebar into concrete (cracked and uncracked) and
masonry (uncracked) under a wide range of conditions. AT-XP adhesive dispenses easily in cold or
warm environments and in below-freezing temperatures with no need to warm the cartridge.
Features
• Excellent for use in cold weather conditions or applications where fast cure is required. Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
• Design flexibility — superior sustained load performance at elevated temperature
• Jobsite versatility — can be specified for dry and damp conditions when
in-service temperatures range from -40°F (-40°C) to 180°F (82°C)
• Code listed for installation with the Speed Clean™ DXS system without any
further cleaning
Product Information
Mix Ratio/Type 10:1 acrylic
Mixed Color Teal
Masonry — uncracked
Substrate Installation Temperature 14°F (-10°C) to 100°F (38°C)
Shelf Life 18 months for AT-XP10
12 months for AT-XP13 and AT-XP30
Test Criteria
AT-XP has been tested in accordance with ICC-ES AC308, AC58, ACI 355.4

and applicable ASTM test methods.
AT-XP Adhesive
Concrete — IAPMO UES ER-263 (including City of LA); FL16230. Installation Instructions
Masonry — IAPMO UES ER-281 (including City of LA and
Florida Building Code Supplement)"; FL16230. Installation instructions are located at the following
ASTM C881 and AASHTO M235 — Types I/IV, Grade 3, Class A, B, and C locations: pp. 64–67; product packaging; or
except AT-XP is not an epoxy. strongtie.com/atxp.
UL Certification — CDPH Standard Method v1.2. • Hole cleaning brushes are located on p. 68.
NSF/ANSI/CAN 61 (43.2 in.2 / 1,000 gal.).
AT-XP Adhesive Cartridge System

Model Capacity ounces Cartridge Carton Dispensing Mixing
No. (cubic in.) Type Qty. Tool Nozzle
9.4
AT-XP10 Coaxial 6 CDT10S
(16.9)
12.5
AT-XP13 Side-by-side 10 ADT813S AMN19Q
(22.5)
30 ADT30S, ADTA30P or
AT-XP30 Side-by-side 5
(54) ADTA30CKT
Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair AT-XP adhesive performance.
4. One AMN19Q mixing nozzle and one nozzle extension are supplied with each cartridge.
54
AT-XP® High-Strength Acrylic Adhesive
Adhesive Anchors
AT-XP Cure Schedule
Base Material Temperature Gel Time Cure Time
14 -10 30 24
32 0 15 8
50 10 7 3
68 20 4 1 1. For water-saturated concrete, the cure
times must be doubled.
85 30 1 1/2 30 min. 2. For installation in temperatures below
14°F (-10°C), see p. 267 (Supplemental
100 38 1 20 min. Section) for more information.
AT-XP Typical Properties

Class A Class B Class C Test
Property
(0°– 40°F) (40°– 60°F) (> 60°F) Method
Consistency Non-sag Non-sag Non-sag ASTM C881

Hardened to Hardened Concrete, 2-Day Cure1 1,900 psi 2,500 psi 3,200 psi
Bond Strength, Slant Shear ASTM C882
Hardened to Hardened Concrete, 14-Day Cure1 2,100 psi 3,750 psi 3,550 psi
Compressive Yield Strength, 7-Day Cure2 11,800 psi 14,900 psi 18,800 psi ASTM D695
Compressive Modulus, 7-Day Cure 2
388,000 psi 565,000 psi 718,000 psi ASTM D695
Glass Transition Temperature, 7-Day Cure3 266°F (130°C) ASTM E1356
Decomposition Temperature, 24-Hour Cure 3
450°F (230°C) ASTM E2550
86 ASTM D2240
1. Material and curing conditions: Class A at 35° ± 2°F, Class B at 40° ± 2°F, Class C at 60° ± 2°F.
2. Material and curing conditions: Class A at 0° ± 2°F, Class B at 40° ± 2°F, Class C at 60° ± 2°F.
IBC *
AT-XP Installation Information and Additional Data for Threaded Rod and Rebar1
Nominal Anchor Diameter da (in.) / Rebar Size
3/8 / #3 1/2 / #4 5/8 / #5 3/4 / #6 7/8 / #7 1 / #8 1 1/4 / #10
Drill Bit Diameter for Threaded Rod dhole in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 1 1 1/8 1 3/8
dhole
SD
Drill Bit Diameter for Rebar in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 3/8
Minimum hef in. 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Permitted Embedment Depth Range2
Maximum hef in. 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. hef + 1 1/4 hef + 2dhole
Critical Edge Distance2 cac in. See foonote 2
2. cac = hef (τk,uncr /1,160)0.4 x [3.1 – 0.7(h/hef)], where:
[h/hef] ≤ 2.4
τk,uncr = the characteristic bond strength in uncracked concrete, given in the tables that follow ≤ kuncr ((hef x f 'c )0.5/(π x da))

55
AT-XP® Design Information — Concrete

Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
AT-XP Tension Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod1
Nominal Anchor Diameter da (in.)
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
SD
Threaded
Rod Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless Nsa lb.
8,580 15,620 24,860 36,740 50,820 66,660 106,590
Tension Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316 Stainless 4,445 8,095 12,880 19,040 26,335 34,540 55,235
(ASTM A193, Grade B8 and B8M)
SD
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Characteristic Bond Strength 9,10,11 τk,cr psi 1,085 1,035 980 950 815 800 700
Cracked Minimum 3 3 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Strength Reduction Factor — Dry Concrete φdry — 0.657 0.557

Additional Factor for Water-Saturated Concrete Κsat — 0.545 0.775 0.965
of ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and
9. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 1/2", 5/8", 3/4" and 1" anchors
10. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 1 1/4" anchors
11. For anchors installed in regions assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F, the bond strength values for 7/8" anchors

56
Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
AT-XP Tension Strength Design Data for Rebar1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
Tension Resistance of Steel — Rebar
(ASTM A615 Grade 60) 9,900 18,000 27,900 39,600 54,000 71,100 114,000
Rebar Nsa lb.
Tension Resistance of Steel — Rebar 8,800 16,000 24,800 35,200 48,000 63,200 101,600
Effectiveness Factor — Cracked Concrete kcr 17
SD
Characteristic Bond Strength τk,uncr psi 1,010 990 970 955 935 915 875
Uncracked Concrete 2,3,4
Permitted Embedment Minimum 2 3/8 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Depth Range hef in.
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25
Characteristic Bond Strength τk,cr psi 340 770 780 790 795 795 820
Cracked Concrete 2,3,4
Permitted Embedment Minimum 3 3 3 1/8 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 5
Depth Range hef in.
Maximum 7 1/2 10 12 1/2 15 17 1/2 20 25

ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the
requirements of ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.

57

Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
AT-XP Shear Strength Design Data for Threaded Rod1
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/4
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 410 Stainless Vsa lb.
4,290 9,370 14,910 22,040 30,490 40,000 63,955
Shear Resistance of Steel — Type 304 and 316 2,225 4,855 7,730 11,425 15,800 20,725 33,140
Threaded Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B8 and B8M)
Rod Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM F1554, Grade 36 0.85
Reduction for Seismic Shear — ASTM A193, Grade B7 0.85
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Type 410 Stainless αV,seis 5 —
0.85 0.75 0.85
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Type 304 and 316 0.85 0.75 0.85
Stainless (ASTM A193, Grade B8 and B8M)
Diameter of Anchor da in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 0.875 1 1.25

ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and

58
Adhesive Anchors
IBC *
AT-XP Shear Strength Design Data for Rebar1
Rebar Size
#3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #10
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel — Rebar 4,950 10,800 16,740 23,760 32,400 42,660 68,580
Vsa lb.
Shear Resistance of Steel — Rebar 4,400 9,600 14,880 21,120 28,800 37,920 60,960
Rebar
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Rebar
(ASTM A615 Grade 60) 0.56 0.80
αV,seis5 —
Reduction for Seismic Shear — Rebar 0.56 0.80
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φ 0.652
Diameter of Anchor da in. 0.375 0.5 0.625 0.75 0.875 1 1.25
ACI 318-14 17.3.3 or ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2 are used and the
requirements of ACI 318-11 D.4.3 (c) for Condition A are met, refer to ACI 318-11 D.4.4 to determine the appropriate value of φ.
For additional load tables, visit strongtie.com/atxp.


59
AT-XP® Design Information — Masonry

Adhesive Anchors
AT-XP Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Threaded Rod and Rebar *
in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 IBC
Diameter (in.) Allowable Load Based on Bond Strength7 (lb.)

Drill Bit Diameter Minimum Embedment2
or (in.) (in.) Tension Load Shear Load
Rebar Size No.
3/8 1/2 3 3/8 1,265 1,135
1/2 5/8 4 1/2 1,910 1,660
5/8 3/4 5 5/8 2,215 1,810
3/4 7/8 6 3/4 2,260 1,810

#3 1/2 3 3/8 1,180 1,315
#4 5/8 4 1/2 1,720 1,565
#5 3/4 5 5/8 1,835 1,565
4. Minimum allowable nominal width of CMU wall shall be 8". No more than one anchor shall be permitted per masonry cell.
5. Anchors shall be permitted to be installed at any location in the face of the fully grouted masonry wall construction (cell, web, bed joint),
except anchors shall not be installed within 1 1/2" of the head joint, as show in Figure 2 on p. 61.
8. Tabulated allowable load values shall be adjusted for increased base material temperatures in accordance with Figure 1 below, as applicable.
9. Threaded rod and rebar installed in fully grouted masonry walls are permitted to resist dead, live, seismic and wind loads.
120
100% 100% 100%
110 @14°F @32°F @70°F

88% 88%
100
@110°F @135°F 76%
90
@150°F
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Base Material Temperature (˚F )
Figure 1. Load Capacity Based on In-Service Temperature for

AT-XP Adhesive in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction

60
Adhesive Anchors
AT-XP Edge Distance and Spacing Requirements and Allowable Load Reduction *
Factors — Threaded Rod and Rebar in the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Wall Construction7 IBC
Edge or Edge Distance1,8 Spacing2,9
Rod Dia. Minimum Critical Allowable Minimum Allowable
Critical Minimum
(in.) Embed. Edge or End Load Edge or End Allowable Load Spacing, Load Spacing, Allowable Load
or Rebar Depth Distance, Reduction Distance, Reduction Factor Reduction Reduction Factor
Scr (in.) Smin (in.)
Size No. (in.) Ccr (in.) Factor Cmin (in.) Factor
Tension or Tension or Tension or Shear10 Tension or Tension or Tension or

Shear Shear Shear Perp. Para. Shear Shear Shear
3/8 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.76 0.94 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00

1/2 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 0.90 0.57 0.94 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00
5/8 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 0.72 0.47 0.94 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00
3/4 6 3/4 12 1.00 4 0.72 0.47 0.94 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00
#3 3 3/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.62 0.95 8 1.00 4 1.00 1.00
#4 4 1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.37 0.82 8 1.00 4 1.00 0.89
#5 5 5/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.37 0.82 8 1.00 4 1.00 0.89
6. Minimum spacing, Smin, is the least spacing where an anchors has an allowable load capacity , which shall be determined by multiplying
7. Reduction factors are cumulative. Multiple reduction factors for more than one spacing or edge or end distance shall be calculated
separately and multiplied.
8. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension or shear with edge distances between critical and minimum shall be obtained
by linear interpolation.

in this area Edge of wall
for reduced
allowable
load capacity
Shear load A1
4" minimum Shear

end distance
End of wall
load B2
Critical end
distance
(see load table)
No installation
within 1½" of
head joint

Figure 2. Allowable Anchor Locations for Full and Figure 3. Direction of Shear Load
Reduced Load Capacity When Installation Is in in Relation to Edge and End of Wall
the Face of Fully Grouted CMU Masonry 1. Direction of Shear Load A is parallel to edge
Wall Construction of wall and perpendicular to end of wall.
2. Direction of Shear Load B is parallel to end
of wall and perpendicular to edge of wall.

61
AT-XP® Design Information — Steel

Adhesive Anchors
AT-XP Allowable Tension and Shear Loads — *

Tension Load Based on Steel Strength2 (lb.) Shear Load Based on Steel Strength3 (lb.)
Threaded Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Tensile
Rod Stress Area ASTM F1554 ASTM A193 ASTM F1554 ASTM A193
Diameter ASTM A193 ASTM A193
(in.2) Grade 364 Grade B76 ASTM A193 Grade 364 Grade B76 ASTM A193
(in.) Grades B8 Grades B8
Grade B65 Grade B65
and B8M7 and B8M7
3/8 0.078 1,495 3,220 2,830 1,930 770 1,660 1,460 995
1/2 0.142 2,720 5,860 5,155 3,515 1,400 3,020 2,655 1,810
5/8 0.226 4,325 9,325 8,205 5,595 2,230 4,805 4,225 2,880
3/4 0.334 6,395 13,780 12,125 8,265 3,295 7,100 6,245 4,260
2. Allowable Tension Steel Strength is based on the following equation: Fv = 0.33 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area.


Drill Bit Minimum Based on Steel Strength Based on Steel Strength
Diameter Embedment2
(in.) (in.) ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615 ASTM A615
#3 0.11 2,200 2,640 1,310 1,685

#4 0.20 4,000 4,800 2,380 3,060
#5 0.31 6,200 7,440 3,690 4,745

4. Allowable Shear Steel Strength is based on AC58 Section 3.3.3 (Fv = 0.17 x Fu x Tensile Stress Area).
6. Fu = 90,000 psi for Grade 60 rebar

62
Adhesive Anchors
Threaded Rod in the Face of Hollow CMU Wall Construction1,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,11 IBC
Drill Bit Minimum Allowable Load

Diameter Based on Bond Strength7 (lb.)
Diameter Embedment Depth2
(in.) (in.) (in.) Tension Shear
3/8 9/16 1 1/4 225 275
1/2 3/4 1 1/4 220 315
5/8 7/8 1 1/4 215 355
1. Allowable load shall be the lesser of bond values shown in this table and steel values shown on p. 62.
2. Embedment depth is considered the minimum wall thickness of 8" x 8" x 16" ASTM C90 concrete masonry blocks, and is measured
from the outside to the inside face of the block wall. The minimum length Opti-Mesh plastic screen tube for use in hollow CMU is 3 1/2".
3. Critical and minimum edge distance and spacing shall comply with the information provided on p. 63. Figure 4 on p. 63 illustrates
4. Anchors are permitted to be installed in the face shell of hollow masonry wall construction as shown in Figure 4.
5. Anchors are limited to one or two anchors per masonry cell and must comply with the spacing and edge distance requirements provided.
6. Tabulated load values are for anchors installed in hollow masonry walls.
8. Tabulated allowable load values shall be adjusted for increased base material temperatures in accordance with Figure 1 on p. 60, as applicable.
9. Threaded rods installed in hollow masonry walls with AT-XP adhesive are permitted to resist dead, live load and wind load applications.
10. Threaded rods must meet or exceed the tensile strength of ASTM F1554, Grade 36, which is 58,000 psi.
allowable tension loads must be multiplied by 0.80.
AT-XP Edge, End and Spacing Distance Requirements and Allowable Load *
Reduction Factors — Threaded Rod in the Face of Hollow CMU Wall Construction7 IBC

Critical Allowable Minimum Allowable
Rod Critical Minimum
Edge or End Load Edge or End Allowable Load Load Allowable Load
Diameter Spacing, Scr Spacing, Smin
Distance, Ccr Reduction Distance, Cmin Reduction Factor Reduction Reduction Factor
(in.) (in.) (in.)
(in.) Factor (in.) Factor
Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or Tension or
Tension Shear10 Tension Shear
Shear Shear Shear Shear Shear Shear
3/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 1.00 8 1.00 4 0.74 1.00
1/2 12 1.00 4 1.00 1.00 8 1.00 4 0.76 0.89
5/8 12 1.00 4 1.00 0.89 8 1.00 4 0.78 0.77

1. Edge and end distances (Ccr or Cmin) are the distances measured from anchor
centerline to edge or end of CMU masonry wall. Refer to Figure 4 (on the right) 4" min. edge distance 12" critical edge distance
for an illustration showing critical and minimum edge and end distances.
2. Anchor spacing (Scr or Smin) is the distance measured from centerline to
centerline of two anchors.
3. Critical edge and end distances, Ccr, are the least edge distances at which Installation in this area
tabulated allowable load of an anchor is achieved where a load reduction load capacity
factor equals 1.0 (no load reduction).
4. Minimum edge and end distances, Cmin, are the least edge distances
where an anchor has an allowable load capacity which shall be determined 4" min. edge distance
by multiplying the allowable loads assigned to anchors installed at critical
edge distance, Ccr, by the load reduction factors shown above.
5. Critical spacing, Scr, is the least anchor spacing at which tabulated
allowable load of an anchor is achieved such that anchor performance
is not influenced by adjacent anchors. 12" critical edge distance
6. Minimum spacing, Smin, is the least spacing where an anchors has an
allowable load capacity, which shall be determined by multiplying the CL
allowable loads assigned to anchors installed at critical spacing distance,
Scr , by the load reduction factors shown above.
7. Reduction factors are cumulative. Multiple reduction factors for more than one of centerline of bedjoint,
spacing or edge or end distance shall be calculated separately and multiplied. head joint and web of hollow
8. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension or shear with edge distances cement block wall (typical)
between critical and minimum shall be obtained by linear interpolation.
9. Load reduction factor for anchors loaded in tension with spacing between Installations in this area for CL
critical and minimum shall be obtained by linear interpolation. full allowable load capacity
10. Perpendicular shear loads act toward the edge or end. Parallel shear loads act
parallel to the edge or end (see Figure 3 on p. 61). Perpendicular and parallel Figure 4. Allowable Anchor Locations for Full and
shear load reduction factors are cumulative when the anchor is located between
Reduced Load Capacity When Installation Is in the
the critical minimum edge and end distance.
Face of Hollow CMU Masonry Wall Construction

63
Adhesive Anchoring Installation Instructions

Adhesive Anchors
NOTE: Always check expiration date on product label. Do not use expired product.
• For best results, adhesive should be conditioned to a temperature between 70°F (21°C) and 80°F (37°C) at the time of installation.
• To warm cold adhesive, store cartridges in a warm, uniformly heated area or storage container. Do not immerse cartridges in
water or use microwave to facilitate warming.
WARNING: When drilling and cleaning hole, use eye and lung protection. When installing adhesive, use eye and skin protection.
1A Hole Preparation — Horizontal, Vertical and Overhead Applications (SET-3G™ for anchor installation)
1. Drill. 2. Blow. 3. Brush. 2 4. Blow.

2 2 cycles
Drill Remove dust Clean with a seconds Remove dust
seconds (min.)
hole to from hole steel wire brush (min.) from hole with oil-
(min.)
specified with oil-free for a minimum of free compressed
diameter compressed air two cycles. Brush air for a minimum
and depth. for a minimum should provide of two seconds.
of two seconds. resistance to Compressed
Compressed insertion. If no air nozzle must
air nozzle must resistance is felt, reach the
80 reach the bottom the brush is worn 80 bottom of the
psi min. of the hole. and must be psi min. hole.
replaced.
Visit strongtie.com for proper brush part number.
Hole Preparation — Horizontal, Vertical and Overhead Applications

(SET-XP®, AT-XP®, ET-HP®) and (SET-3G only for post-installed rebar connections)
1. Drill. 2. Blow. 3. Brush. 4 4. Blow.
4 4 cycles
Drill Remove dust Clean with a seconds Remove dust
seconds (min.)
hole to from hole nylon brush for a (min.) from hole with oil-
(min.)
specified with oil-free minimum of four free compressed
diameter compressed air cycles. Brush air for a minimum
and depth. for a minimum should provide of four seconds.
of four seconds. resistance to Compressed
Compressed insertion. If no air nozzle must
air nozzle must resistance is felt, reach the
80 reach the bottom the brush is worn 80 bottom of the
psi min. of the hole. and must be psi min. hole.
replaced.
1B Hole Preparation Vacuum Dust Extraction System with Bosch® /

Simpson Strong-Tie® DXS Hollow Carbide Drill Bit —
Horizontal, Vertical and Overhead Applications
1. Drill. Bosch / Simpson Strong-Tie

Drill hole to specified DXS drill bit used with the
diameter and depth vacuum dust extraction system.
using a Bosch /
Simpson Strong-Tie
DXS hollow carbide
drill bit and vacuum
dust extraction
system.
Refer to strongtie.com for proper mixing nozzle and dispensing tool part number.
Installation instructions continued on p. 65.
64
Adhesive Anchors
2 Cartridge Preparation
1. Check. 2. Open. 3. Attach. 4. Insert.
Check expiration date Open cartridge Attach proper Insert cartridge
on product label. per package Simpson into dispensing
Do not use expired instructions. Strong-Tie® tool.
product. nozzle and
extension to
cartridge. Do
not modify
nozzle.
5. Dispense.
Dispense adhesive
to the side until
properly mixed
(uniform color).
FOR SOLID BASE MATERIALS
3A Filling the Hole — Vertical Anchorage

Prepare the hole per “Hole Preparation” instructions on product label.
Dry and Damp Holes:

1. Fill. 2. Insert.
3. Do not
Fill hole 1/2 to Insert clean, disturb.
2/3 full, starting oil-free anchor, Do not disturb
from bottom of turning slowly
anchor until
hole to prevent until the anchor
fully cured.(See
air pockets. contacts the
bottom of the cure schedule
Withdraw
nozzle as hole hole. for specific
fills up. adhesive.)
Threaded
rod or rebar
Water-Filled Holes:
1. Fill. 2. Insert. 3. Do not
Fill hole Insert clean, disturb.
completely oil-free anchor, Do not disturb
full, starting turning slowly anchor until
from bottom of until the anchor fully cured.
hole to prevent contacts the (See cure
bottom of the schedule.)
water pockets.
hole.
Withdraw
nozzle as hole
fills up.
Threaded
rod or rebar
Note: Nozzle extensions may be needed for deep holes.
Installation instructions continued on p. 66.
65

Adhesive Anchors
3B Filling the Hole — Horizontal and Overhead Anchorage

Prepare the hole per “Hole Preparation” instructions on product label.
√
Step 4:
• Install the appropriate
! Simpson Strong-Tie
adhesive retaining
cap.
Step 1:
• Attach the piston plug to
one end of the flexible
tubing (PPFT25). Step 2:
• Cut tubing to the length • Insert the piston plug to the back of the drilled hole and dispense adhesive.
needed for the application,
mark tubing as noted below
and attach other end of Step 5:
tubing to the mixing nozzle.
• If using a pneumatic √ • Place either threaded
rod or rebar through
dispensing tool, regulate the adhesive retaining
air pressure to 80–100 psi. cap and into adhesive-
filled hole.
• Turn rod/rebar
slowly until the insert
! bottoms out.
• Do not disturb until
fully cured.
½ to ⅔ ⅓ to ½ Step 3:
embedment • Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full.
• Note: As adhesive is dispensed into the drilled hole, the piston plug will
slowly displace out of the hole due to back pressure, preventing air gaps.
FOR HOLLOW BASE MATERIALS

3C Filling the Hole — When Anchoring with Screens: For SET-3G™, SET-XP® and AT-XP® Adhesives
Prepare the hole per instructions on “Hole Preparation.”
1. Fill. 2. Insert. 3. Insert. 4. D

o not disturb.
Fill screen completely. Fill from Insert adhesive-filled screen into hole. Insert clean, oil-free anchor, turning Do not disturb anchor until fully
the bottom of the screen and slowly until the anchor contacts cured. (See cure schedule for
withdraw the nozzle as the screen the bottom of the screen. specific adhesive.)
fills to prevent air pockets.
(Close integral cap after filling.)
66
Adhesive Anchors
FOR UNREINFORCED BRICK MASONRY
1A Hole Preparation — For Configurations A (Horizontal) and B (22 1/2° Downward) Installations
with a Carbide-Tipped Drill Bit.
4 4 4
seconds cycles seconds
(min.) (min.) (min.)
80 psi 80 psi
min. min.
1. Drill. 2. Blow. 3. Brush. 4. Blow.
Drill 1"-diameter hole to specified Remove dust from hole with Clean with a nylon brush for a Remove dust from hole
depth with a carbide-tipped drill oil-free compressed air for minimum of four cycles. Brush with oil-free compressed air
bit, using rotation only mode. a minimum of four seconds. MUST reach the bottom of the hole. for a minimum of four seconds.
For Configurations A, drill 8" deep. Compressed air nozzle MUST Brush should provide resistance Compressed air nozzle MUST
For Configuration B, drill to within reach the bottom of the hole. to insertion. If no resistance is felt, reach the bottom of the hole.
1" of the opposite side of wall the brush is worn and must be
(minimum 13" deep). replaced.
2 Cartridge Preparation
Reference p. 65 for cartridge preparation.
3A Filling the Hole — For Configurations A (Horizontal) and B (22 1/2-Degree Downward) Installations.
1. Fill. 2. Insert.
Fill screen completely. Fill from the bottom Insert adhesive filled screen into hole.
of the screen and withdraw the nozzle as
the screen fills to prevent air pockets.
3. Insert. 4. Do not disturb.

Insert clean, oil-free anchor, turning slowly until Do not disturb anchor until fully cured.
the anchor contacts the bottom of the screen. (See cure schedule for specific adhesive.)
Note: Steel wire mesh screens may be used for Configurations A and B.
67
Adhesive Accessories
Adhesive Anchors
Hole-Cleaning Brushes
Brushes are used for cleaning drilled holes prior to adhesive installation.
Note: The standard hole-cleaning method (blow-brush-blow) can be avoided by using the Speed Clean™
vacuum dust extraction system (DXS) with SET-XP®, AT-XP® and SET-3G™. See p. 236 for details.
Wire Brush — Standard

(For use with SET-3G)
Usable Carton
Model Hole Diameter Anchor Diameter Rebar Length
No. (in.) (in.) Size Quantity
(in.)
ETB43S 7/16 3/8 — 5 25
ETB50S 1/2 — #3 5 25
ETB56S 9/16 1/2 — 5 25
ETB62S 5/8 — #4 5 25
ETB68S 11/16 5/8 — 5 25
ETB75S 3/4 — #5 5 25
ETB87S 7/8 3/4 #6 5 25
ETB100S 1 7/8 #7 5 25
ETB112S 1 1/8 1 #8 5 25
ETB137S 1 3/8 1 1/4 #10 5 25
ETBS-TH T-handle 8 1/2 25
ETBS-EXT Extension 11 1/2 25
1. T-handle is required for use with all sizes of standard wire brush.
2. To obtain total usable length, add the usable length for each part used.
Nylon Brush — Standard

(For use with SET-XP, AT-XP and ET-HP®)
Usable Carton
Model Hole Diameter Anchor Diameter Rebar Length
No. (in.) (in.) Size Quantity
(in.)
ETB4 3⁄8 – 7⁄16 1⁄4 – 5⁄16 — 7 24

ETB6 1⁄2 – 3⁄4 3⁄8 – 5⁄8 #3 – #5 15 24
ETB8 13⁄16 – 7⁄8 3⁄4 #6 15 24
ETB8L 13⁄16 – 7⁄8 3⁄4 #6 23 24
ETB10 1 – 1 1⁄8 7⁄8 – 1 #7 – #8 28 24
ETB12 1 3⁄16 – 1 3⁄8 1 1⁄4 #10 33 24
1. All standard nylon brushes are one-piece which includes a twisted wire handle.
Nylon Brush — Rebar

(For use with SET-XP and SET-3G)
(Note: Brushes are only applicable for SET-3G when used
for post-installed rebar connections.)
Usable Carton
Model Hole Diameter Rebar Length
No. (in.) Size Quantity
(in.)
ETB6R 1/2 – 3/4 #3 – #5 6 25
ETB8R 7/8 #6 6 25
ETB10R 1 – 1 1/8 #7 – #8 8 25
ETB12R 1 3/8 #10 8 25
ETB14R 1 3/4 #11 7 25
ETBR-EXT T-handle and extension 35 1/4 25
1. ETBR-EXT is required for use with all sizes of rebar nylon brushes.
2. To obtain total usable length, add the usable length for each part used.
3. Brushes are used when rebar is installed to replace cast-in-place bar
for lap splices and development length.
68
Adhesive Anchors
Piston Plug Delivery System
The Simpson Strong-Tie® Piston Plug Delivery System for adhesives offers you an easy-to-use, reliable and less
time-consuming means to dispense adhesive into drilled holes for threaded rod and rebar dowel installations in
overhead, upwardly inclined and horizontal orientations. The matched tolerance design between the piston plug
and drilled hole virtually eliminates the formation of voids and air pockets during adhesive dispensing.
The Piston Plug Delivery System consists of three components: piston plug, flexible extension tubing, and
adhesive retaining cap.
Features
• Designed for dispensing adhesive into drilled holes in
overhead, upwardly inclined and horizontal orientations, as well
as deep embedments
• Suitable for use with all Simpson Strong-Tie anchoring adhesives
• Adhesive piston plugs are sized to fit each drilled hole diameter
• Model number is embossed on each adhesive piston plug
for identification
• A barbed end provides a reliable connection to the flexible
extension tubing
• Flexible extension tubing is available in 25-foot-long rolls to be
cut to required lengths
Use the piston plug delivery system with

all Simpson Strong-Tie® adhesive products:
SET-3G™ SET-XP®
AT-XP® ET-HP®
69
Adhesive Anchors
Piston Plug Delivery System (cont.)

Piston Plugs
Model Hole Size Pkg. Carton
No. (in.) Quantity Quantity*
PP56-RP10 9/16 10 10 packs of 10

PP62-RP10 5/8 10 10 packs of 10
PP68-RP10 11/16 10 10 packs of 10
PP75-RP10 3/4 10 10 packs of 10
PP81-RP10 13/16 10 10 packs of 10
PP87-RP10 7/8 10 10 packs of 10
PP100-RP10 1 10 10 packs of 10
PP112-RP10 1 1/8 10 10 packs of 10 Piston Plugs
PP137-RP10 1 3/8 10 10 packs of 10
PP175-RP10 1 3/4 10 10 packs of 10
*Product is sold by package.
Tubing
Model Package
Description
No. Quantity
Piston Plug Flexible

PPFT25 1
Extension Tubing — 25 ft. roll
1. Tubing dimensions: inner diameter 3/8", outer diameter 1/2".
Piston Plug Flexible Extension Tubing
Adhesive Retaining Caps

Adhesive retaining caps make overhead and horizontal installation easier by
preventing the adhesive from running out of the hole. They also center the
rod in the hole, making them ideal for applications where precise anchor

placement is required. It may be necessary to provide support for the anchor
during cure time. Adhesive retaining caps are not designed to support the
weight of the anchor in overhead installations. Adhesive retaining caps should
be used for horizontal and overhead adhesive installations. ARCs may be
used in conjunction with the Piston Plug Delivery system. Adhesive Retaining Caps
Retaining Caps
Model Hole Size Anchor Diameter Rebar Cap Depth Package Carton Quantity*
No. (in.) (in.) Size (in.) Quantity (ea.)
ARC37A-RP25 7/16 3/8 7/16 25 8 packs of 25
#3
ARC37-RP25 1/2 3/8 7/16 25 8 packs of 25
ARC50A-RP25 9/16 1/2 1/2 25 8 packs of 25
#4
ARC50-RP25 5/8 1/2 1/2 25 8 packs of 25
ARC62A-RP25 11/16 5/8 9/16 25 8 packs of 25
#5
ARC62-RP25 3/4 5/8 9/16 25 8 packs of 25
ARC75A-RP25 13/16 3/4 9/16 25 8 packs of 25
#6
ARC75-RP25 7/8 3/4 9/16 25 8 packs of 25
ARC87-RP25 1 7/8 #7 11/16 25 8 packs of 25
ARC100A-RP25 1 1/16 1 11/16 25 8 packs of 25
#8
ARC100-RP25 1 1/8 1 11/16 25 8 packs of 25
ARC125-RP25 1 3/8 1 1/4 #10 7/8 25 8 packs of 25
ARC137-RP25 1 3/4 — #11 11/16 25 8 packs of 25
* Product is sold by package.
70
Adhesive Anchors
Opti-Mesh Adhesive-Anchoring Screen Tubes
Screen tubes are vital to the performance of adhesive anchors in base materials that are hollow or contain voids, such as
hollow block and brick. The Simpson Strong‑Tie® Opti‑Mesh screen tube with woven mesh insert provides the advantages
of a plastic screen tube while providing superior performance to steel screen tubes and competitive plastic screen tubes.
Material: Plastic
Caution: Screen tubes are designed for a specific adhesive type.

Epoxy screen tubes must be used with SET-XP®. Acrylic screen tubes must be used with AT-XP®.
Integral Cap: Serves to center and secure the rod in

the screen tube, while displaying important information
such as rod diameter, drill bit diameter and the
Simpson Strong‑Tie® “≠” symbol for easy inspection
after installation. The cap also prevents adhesive from
running out the front of the screen tube.
Flanges: Prevents the screen tube from slipping into

over-drilled holes. Allows screen tube to function in
holes that are drilled too deep.
Open-Mesh Collar: This section of larger mesh allows

extra adhesive to flow out the screen tube behind the
face shell of hollow block applications. The extra “collar”
of adhesive increases bearing area and results in higher
load capacities in hollow concrete block.
Color-Coded, Formula-Specific Mesh: The openings

between the woven mesh screen tube strands are sized
to allow only the right amount of adhesive to flow through
the screen tube to bond with the base material while
the balance remains in the screen to bond the rod.
EWSP Epoxy Adhesive

Screen Tube
(mesh is black)
For use with SET-XP
US Patent 6,837,018
The integral cap centers

the rod and displays drill
bit and rod diameter.
3GWSP Adhesive
Screen Tube
(gray frame with gray mesh)
For use with SET-3G™ AWSP Acrylic Adhesive
Screen Tube
(mesh is white)
For use with AT-XP
71
Adhesive Anchors
Opti-Mesh Adhesive-Anchoring Screen Tubes (cont.)

Screen Tubes — Plastic
For EWSP AWSP 3GWSP
Hole Size Length Carton
Rod Diameter Model No. Model No. Model No.
(in.) (in.) Quantity
(in.) for SET-XP® for AT-XP® for SET-3G™
3 1⁄2 EWS373P AWS373P 3GWS373P 150
3⁄8 9⁄16 6 EWS376P AWS376P 3GWS376P 150
10 EWS3710P AWS3710P 3GWS3710P 100
3 1⁄2 EWS503P AWS503P 3GWS503P 100
1/2 3/4 6 EWS506P AWS506P 3GWS506P 100
10 EWS5010P AWS5010P 3GWS5010P 50
3 1⁄2 EWS623P AWS623P 3GWS623P 50
5/8 7/8 6 EWS626P AWS626P 3GWS626P 50
10 EWS6210P AWS6210P 3GWS6210P 25
8 EWS758P AWS758P 3GWS758P 25

3⁄4 1
13 EWS7513P AWS7513P 3GWS7513P 25
Specially sized holes in Opti-Mesh screens allow for

adhesive to seep out at the appropriate location at the
hollow portion of the CMU to create a better bond to
the face shell.
72
Adhesive Anchors
Steel Adhesive-Anchoring Screen Tubes
Screen tubes are used in hollow base material applications to contain adhesive around the anchor and prevent it from
running into voids. Simpson Strong‑Tie® screen tubes are specifically designed to work with AT-XP® and ET-HP® adhesives
in order to precisely control the amount of adhesive that passes through the mesh. This results in thorough coating and
bonding of the rod to the screen tube and base material. Order screen tubes based upon rod diameter and adhesive type.
The actual outside diameter of the screen tube is larger than the rod diameter.
Material: ATS screen tubes: 50 mesh stainless steel

ETS screen tubes: 60 mesh carbon steel
Caution: Screen tubes are designed for a specific adhesive type. ETS screen tubes must
be used with ET-HP formulations and ATS screen tubes must be used with AT-XP.
Screen Tube
Screen tubes are for use in hollow CMU, hollow brick
and unreinforced masonry applications.
Screen Tubes
ATS Stainless Steel Screen Tubes ETS Carbon Steel Screen Tubes for ET-HP
for AT-XP (SET-XP® 3/4" Rod Sizes)
For
Hole Size Carton
Rod Diameter
(in.) Actual Screen Size Actual Screen Size Quantity
(in.) Model Model
O.D./Length O.D./Length
No. No.
(in.) (in.)
— — 15⁄32 x 6 ETS376 150

3⁄8 9⁄16
— — 15⁄32 x 10 ETS3710 100
— — 19⁄32 x 6 ETS506 100

1⁄2 11⁄16
— — 19⁄32 x 10 ETS5010 50
— — 25⁄32 x 6 ETS626 50
5⁄8 7⁄8 — — 25⁄32 x 10 ETS6210 25
— — 25⁄32 x 13 ETS6213 25
31/32 x 8 ATS758 31/32 x 8 ETS758 25
31/32 x 13 ATS7513 31/32 x 13 ETS7513 25

3⁄4 1
31/32 x 17 ATS7517 31/32 x 17 ETS7517 25
— — 31/32 x 21 ETS7521 25
73
Adhesive Anchors
Retrofit Bolts
RFBs are pre-cut threaded rod, supplied with nut and washer. Each end of the threaded rod is stamped with
the rod length in inches and our No-Equal® symbol for easy identification after installation.
Material: ASTM F1554 Grade 36
Coating: Zinc-plated, hot-dip galvanized
RFB
Retrofit Bolts
Size. Zinc-Plated Hot-Dip Galvanized Carton Hot-Dip Galvanized Retail Package Carton
(in.) Model No. Model No. Quantity Model No.* Quantity Quantity
1/2 x 4 RFB#4x4 — 50 — — —
1/2 x 5 RFB#4x5 RFB#4x5HDG 50 RFB#4X5HDGP2 2 5 packs of 2
1/2 x 6 RFB#4x6 RFB#4x6HDG 50 — — —
1/2 x 7 RFB#4x7 RFB#4x7HDG 50 — — —
1/2 x 8 — RFB#4X8HDG — RFB#4X8HDGP2 2 5 packs of 2
1/2 x 10 RFB#4x10 RFB#4x10HDG 25 — — —

5/8 x 10 RFB#5x10 RFB#5x10HDG 50 — — —
5/8 x 12 — RFB#5X12HDG — RFB#5X12HDGP2 2 5 packs of 2
3/4 x 10 1/2 RFB#6x10.5 RFB#6x10.5HDG 25 — — —
* Retail products packaged in a polybag.
74
Adhesive Anchors
All Thread Rod
ATRs are pre-cut threaded rod for use with Simpson Strong-Tie® adhesives.
Material: ASTM F1554 Grade 36, A36 or A307
min f y = 36 ksi, min Fu = 58 ksi and not to exceed 80 ksi
Coating: Uncoated, zinc-plated; hot-dip galvanized
ATR
All Thread Rod
Description Hot-Dip
Uncoated Zinc-Plated Carton
Dia. x Length Galvanized
Model No. Model No. Quantity
(in.) Model No.
3/8 x 12 ATR3/8x12 — — 1
3/8 x 24 ATR3/8x24 — — 1
3/8 x 36 ATR3/8x36 — ATR3/8x36HDG 1
1/2 x 12 ATR1/ 2x12 ATR1/ 2x12ZP ATR1/ 2x12HDG 1
1/2 x 18 ATR1/ 2x18 — ATR1/ 2x18HDG 1
5/8 x 12 ATR5/8x12 ATR5/8x12ZP ATR5/8x12HDG 1

5/8 x 30 ATR5/8x30 — — 1
7/8 x 20 ATR7/8x20 — — 1
7/8 x 26 ATR7/8x26 — — 1
1 x 12 ATR1x12 ATR1x12ZP ATR1x12HDG 1
75
Mechanical Anchors
Titen HD® Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor

A high-strength screw anchor for use in cracked and uncracked concrete, as well as uncracked masonry.
The Titen HD offers low installation torque and outstanding performance. Designed for use in dry, interior,
non-corrosive environments or temporary outdoor applications.
Features
Mechanical Anchors
• Tested in accordance with ACI 355.2, AC193 and AC106

• Qualified for static and seismic loading conditions
• Thread design undercuts to efficiently transfer the load to the base material
• Standard fractional sizes Cracked
Concrete
• Specialized heat-treating process creates tip hardness for better cutting CODE LISTED
without compromising the ductility

• No special drill bit required — designed to install using standard-sized
ANSI tolerance drill bits
• Hex-washer head requires no separate washer, unless required by code,
and provides a clean installed appearance
• Removable — ideal for temporary anchoring (e.g. formwork, bracing)
or applications where fixtures may need to be moved
• Reuse of the anchor will not achieve listed loads and is not recommended
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-2713 (concrete);
ICC-ES ESR-1056 (masonry);
City of LA Supplement within ESR-2713 (concrete);
City of LA Supplement within ESR-1056 (masonry); Serrated teeth on the
Florida FL15730 (concrete and masonry); tip of the Titen HD®
FM 3017082, 3035761 and 3043442; screw anchor facilitate
Multiple DOT listings cutting and reduce
installation torque.
Material: Carbon steel
Coating: Zinc plated or mechanically galvanized.
Not recommended for permanent exterior use or highly corrosive environments.
Titen HD
Installation Screw Anchor
Holes in steel fixtures to be mounted should match the diameter
specified in the table below.
Use a Titen HD screw anchor one time only — installing the anchor multiple
times may result in excessive thread wear and reduce load capacity.
Do not use impact wrenches to install into hollow CMU. Installation Sequence
Caution: Oversized holes in base material will reduce or eliminate the

mechanical interlock of the threads with the base material and reduce
the anchor’s load capacity.
1. Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same
diameter as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed.
Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth plus minimum
hole depth overdrill (see table below) to allow the thread
tapping dust to settle, and blow it clean using compressed air.
(Overhead installations need not be blown clean.) Alternatively,
drill the hole deep enough to accommodate embedment depth
and the dust from drilling and tapping.
2. Insert the anchor through the fixture and into the hole.
3. Tighten the anchor into the base material until the
hex-washer head contacts the fixture.
Additional Installation Information

Recommended Minimum
Titen HD® Wrench Steel Fixture Hole Depth
Diameter Size Hole Size Overdrill
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4 3/8 3/8 to 7/16 1/8
3/8 9/16 1/2 to 9/16 1/4
1/2 3/4 5/8 to 11/16 1/2
5/8 15/16 3/4 to 13/16 1/2
3/4 1 1/8 7/8 to 15/16 1/2 Minimum
Suggested fixture hole sizes are for structural steel thicker than 12 gauge only. overdrill.
Larger holes are not required for wood or thinner cold-formed steel members. See table.
78
Countersunk Head Style

The countersunk head style is for applications that require a flush-mount
profile. Countersinking also leaves a cleaner surface appearance for exposed
Cracked
Mechanical Anchors
through-set applications. The anchor head’s 6-lobe drive eases installation Concrete
and is less prone to stripping than traditional recessed anchor heads. CODE LISTED
Features
• Available in many standard lengths in ¼" and 3/8" diameters
• Driver bit included in each box
City of LA Supplement within ESR-1056 (masonry);
Florida FL15730 (concrete and masonry)
6-lobe drive
Coating: Zinc plated

Titen HD Minimum
Titen HD (in.)BitOverdrill
Diameter Recommended
(in.) Minimum Hole
Diameter Steel Fixture Hole Size Depth Overdrill
Size
(in.) (in.) (in.)
¼ ⅛
1/4 T30 3/8 to 7/16 1/8
⅜ ¼
3/8 T50 1/2 to 9/16 1/4
Titen HD
Suggested fixture hole sizes are for structural steel thicker than Countersunk
12 gauge only. Larger holes are not required for wood or thinner
cold-formed steel members. Head Style
Minimum overdrill
Minimum overdrill.
See table.
Washer-Head Head Style

The washer-head design is commonly used where a minimal head profile is necessary.
The model is offered in sizes suitable for use in sill plate applications, and the washer
Cracked
head’s low installed profile means modular wall and floor systems can be installed Concrete
on top with no need for notching the wall framing to accommodate the anchor. CODE LISTED
The anchor’s 6-lobe drive eases driving and is less prone to stripping.
Features
• Available in many standard lengths in 1/2" and 5/8" diameters
• Driver bit included in each box
City of LA Supplement within ESR-2713 (concrete)
Florida FL15730 (concrete)
Coating: Zinc plated 6-lobe drive

1⅜" 1¾"
Titen HD Recommended Minimum Hole
Bit
Diameter Steel Fixture Hole Size Depth Overdrill
Size
(in.) (in.) (in.)
0.125" 0.160"
1/2 T50 5/8 to 11/16 1/2
5/8 T60 3/4 to 13/16 1/2
Suggested fixture hole sizes are for structural steel thicker than
12 gauge only. Larger holes are not required for wood or thinner Titen HD
cold-formed steel members.
Washer-Head ½"
1/2" ⅝"
5/8"
1/2" minimum overdrill Head Style
Minimum overdrill.
See table. 79
Titen HD Anchor Product Data — Zinc Plated

Thread Drill Bit Wrench Quantity
Size Model Length Diameter Size
(in.) No.
Mechanical Anchors
(in.) (in.) (in.) Box Carton
1/4 x 1 7/8 THDB25178H 1 1/2 1/4 3/8 100 500
1/4 x 2 3/4 THDB25234H 2 3/8 1/4 3/8 50 250
1/4 x 3 THDB25300H 2 5/8 1/4 3/8 50 250
1/4 x 3 1/2 THDB25312H 3 1/8 1/4 3/8 50 250
1/4 x 4 THDB25400H 3 5/8 1/4 3/8 50 250
3/8 x 1 3/4 THD37134H† 1 1/4 3/8 9/16 50 250
3/8 x 2 1/2 THD37212H† 2 3/8 9/16 50 200
3/8 x 3 THD37300H 2 1/2 3/8 9/16 50 200
3/8 x 4 THD37400H 3 1/2 3/8 9/16 50 200
3/8 x 5 THD37500H 4 1/2 3/8 9/16 50 100
3/8 x 6 THD37600H 5 1/2 3/8 9/16 50 100
1/2 x 3 THD50300H 2 1/2 1/2 3/4 25 100
1/2 x 4 THD50400H 3 1/2 1/2 3/4 20 80
1/2 x 5 THD50500H 4 1/2 1/2 3/4 20 80
1/2 x 6 THD50600H 5 1/2 1/2 3/4 20 80
1/2 x 6 1/2 THD50612H 5 1/2 1/2 3/4 20 40
1/2 x 8 THD50800H 5 1/2 1/2 3/4 20 40
1/2 x 12 THD501200H 5 1/2 1/2 3/4 5 25
1/2 x 13 THD501300H 5 1/2 1/2 3/4 5 25
1/2 x 14 THD501400H 5 1/2 1/2 3/4 5 25
1/2 x 15 THD501500H 5 1/2 5 25

1/2 3/4
5/8 x 4 THDB62400H 3 1/2 5/8 15/16 10 40
5/8 x 5 THDB62500H 4 1/2 5/8 15/16 10 40
5/8 x 6 THDB62600H 5 1/2 5/8 15/16 10 40
5/8 x 6 1/2 THDB62612H 5 1/2 5/8 15/16 10 40
5/8 x 8 THDB62800H 5 1/2 5/8 15/16 10 20
5/8 x 10 THDB62100H 5 1/2 5/8 15/16 10 20
3/4 x 4 THD75400H 3 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 10 40
3/4 x 5 THD75500H 4 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 5 20
3/4 x 6 THDT75600H 4 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 5 20
3/4 x 7 THD75700H 5 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 5 10
3/4 x 8 1/2 THD75812H 5 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 5 10
3/4 x 10 THD75100H 5 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 5 10

† These models do not meet minimum embedment depth requirements for strength design and require maximum installation torque of 25 ft. – lb.
using a torque wrench, driver drill or cordless 1/4" impact driver with a maximum permitted torque rating of 100 ft. – lb.
1. Length of anchor is measured from underside of head to end of anchor.
80
Titen HD Anchor Product Data — Countersunk — Zinc Plated

(in.) No.
Mechanical Anchors
1/4 x 1 7/8 THDB25178CS 1 1/2 1/4 T30 100 500
1/4 x 2 3/4 THDB25234CS 2 3/8 1/4 T30 50 250
1/4 x 3 1/2 THDB25312CS 3 1/8 1/4 T30 50 250
1/4 x 4 1/2 THDB25412CS 4 1/8 1/4 T30 50 250
3/8 x 2 1/2 THD37212CS† 2 3/8 T50 50 200
3/8 x 3 THD37300CS 2 1/2 3/8 T50 50 200
3/8 x 4 THD37400CS 3 1/2 3/8 T50 50 200
3/8 x 5 THD37500CS 4 1/2 3/8 T50 50 100
† This model does not meet minimum embedment depth requirements for strength design and require maximum installation torque of 25 ft. – lb.
1. Length of anchor is measured from top of head to bottom of anchor.
Titen HD Anchor Product Data — Washer Head — Zinc Plated

Thread Drill Bit Quantity
Size Model Bit
Length Diameter
(in.) No. Size
(in.) (in.) Box Carton
1/2 x 6 THD50600WH 5 1/2 1/2 T50 15 60
1/2 x 8 THD50800WH 5 1/2 1/2 T50 15 30
5/8 x 6 THDB62600WH 5 1/2 5/8 T60 10 40
5/8 x 8 THDB62800WH 5 1/2 5/8 T60 10 20
5/8 x 10 THDB62100WH 5 1/2 5/8 T60 10 20

1. Length of anchor is measured from top of head to bottom of anchor.
81

Titen HD Anchor Product Data — Mechanically Galvanized
(in.) No.
Mechanical Anchors

3/8 x 3 THD37300HMG 2 1/2 50 200
3/8 x 4 THD37400HMG 3 1/2 50 200
3/8 9/16
3⁄8 x 5 THD37500HMG 4 1/2 50 100
3⁄8 x 6 THD37600HMG 5 1/2 50 100
1/2 x 4 THD50400HMG 3 1/2 20 80
1⁄2 x 5 THD50500HMG 4 1/2 20 80
1⁄2 x 6 THD50600HMG 5 1/2 20 80
1/2 3/4
1⁄2 x 6 1⁄2 THD50612HMG 5 1/2 20 40
1⁄2 x 8 THD50800HMG 5 1/2 20 40
1⁄2 x 12 THD501200HMG 5 1/2 5 20
5⁄8 x 5 THDB62500HMG 4 1/2 10 40
5⁄8 x 6 THDB62600HMG 5 1/2 10 40
5⁄8 15⁄16
5⁄8 x 6 1⁄2 THDB62612HMG 5 1/2 10 40
5⁄8 x 8 THDB62800HMG 5 1/2 10 20
3/4 x 5 THD75500HMG 4 1/2 5 20
3/4 x 6 THDT75600HMG 4 1/2 5 20
3/4 1 1/8
3⁄4 x 8 1⁄2 THD75812HMG 5 1/2 5 10
3⁄4 x 10 THD75100HMG 5 1/2 5 10
Mechanical galvanizing meets ASTM B695, Class 65, Type 1. Intended for some pressure-treated wood sill plate applications.
Not for use in other corrosive or outdoor environments. See p. 261 or visit strongtie.com/info for more corrosion information.
IBC *
Titen HD Installation Information and Additional Data1
Nominal Anchor Diameter, da (in.)
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Drill Bit Diameter dbit in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Baseplate Clearance Hole Diameter dc in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8
Maximum Installation Torque Tinst,max ft.-lbf 242 502 652 1002 1502
Maximum Impact Wrench Torque Rating Timpact,max ft.-lbf 1253 1503 3403 3403 3853
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 1 3/4 2 5/8 2 3/4 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 4 1/2 6 6 3/4
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 5/8 2 1/2 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 4 4 5 1/2 4 5 1/2 6 1/4
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 3 6 2 11/16 3 5/8 3 9/16 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 3/8 6 6 3/8 7 5/16
Minimum Spacing smin in. 1 1/2 3 2 3/4 3
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. 3 1/4 3 1/2 4 5 5 6 1/4 6 8 1/2 6 8 3/4 10
Additional Data
Anchor Category Category — 1
Yield Strength fya psi 100,000 97,000
Tensile Strength futa psi 125,000 110,000
Minimum Tensile and Shear Stress Area Ase in2 0.042 0.099 0.183 0.276 0.414
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range — βuncr lb./in. 202,000 672,000
Uncracked Concrete
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range — βcr lb./in. 173,000 345,000
Cracked Concrete
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
2. Tinst,max is the maximum permitted installation torque for the embedment depth range covered by this table using a torque wrench.
3. Timpact,max is the maximum permitted torque rating for impact wrenches for the embedment depth range covered by this table.

82
Titen HD® Design Information — Concrete
IBC *
Titen HD Tension Strength Design Data1
Mechanical Anchors
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Steel Strength in Tension — ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.1
Tension Resistance of Steel Nsa lb. 5,195 10,890 20,130 30,360 45,540
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φsa — 0.65 2
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension6 — ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.2
SD
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1.19 1.94 1.77 2.40 2.35 2.99 2.97 4.24 2.94 4.22 4.86
Critical Edge Distance6 cac in. 3 6 2 11⁄16 3 5⁄8 3 9⁄16 4 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 6 3⁄8 6 6 3⁄8 7 5⁄16
Effectiveness Factor — Uncracked Concrete kuncr — 30 24 27 24
Modification Factor ψc,N — 1.0
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Breakout Failure φcb — 0.657
Pullout Strength in Tension — ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.3
Pullout Resistance, Uncracked Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,uncr lb. —3 —3 2,7004 —3 —3 —3 —3 9,8104 —3 —3 —3
Pullout Resistance, Cracked Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,cr lb. —3 1,9054 1,2354 2,7004 —3 —3 3,0404 5,5704 —3 6,0704 7,1954
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Pullout Failure φp — 0.655
Tension Strength for Seismic Applications — ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.3
Nominal Pullout Strength for Seismic Loads (f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,eq lb. —3 1,9054 1,2354 2,7004 —3 —3 3,0404 5,5704 3,8404 6,0704 7,1954
Strength Reduction Factor — Breakout or Pullout Failure φeq — 0.65 5
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 and
ACI 318-11 Appendix D, except as modified below.
2. The tabulated value of φ sa applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used.
If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φ sa must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4.
Anchors are considered brittle steel elements.
3. Pullout strength is not reported since concrete breakout controls.
4. Adjust the characteristic pullout resistance for other concrete compressive strengths by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c,specified / 2,500)0.5.
5. The tabulated value of φ p or φ eq applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11
Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3.(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of
ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, appropriate value of φ must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.4.4(c).
6. The modification factor ψcp,N = 1.0 for cracked concrete. Otherwise, the modification factor for uncracked concrete without supplementary
reinforcement to control splitting is either:
c 1.5h
(1) ψcp,N = 1.0 if ca,min ≥ cac or (2) ψcp,N = ca,min ≥ c ef if ca,min < cac
ac ac
The modification factor, ψcp,N is applied to the nominal concrete breakout strength, Ncb or Ncbg.
7. The tabulated value of φ cb applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11
Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. Condition B applies where
supplementary reinforcement is not provided. For installations where complying supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the φ cb factors
described in ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition A are allowed. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used,
the appropriate value of φ cb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4(c).

83

IBC *
Titen HD Shear Strength Design Data1
Characteristic Symbol Unit
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Mechanical Anchors
SD
Shear Resistance of Steel Vsa lb. 2,020 4,460 7,455 10,000 14,950 16,840
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φsa — 0.602
Outside Diameter da in. 0.25 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750
Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. 1.19 1.94 1.77 2.40 2.35 2.99 2.97 4.24 2.94 4.22 4.86
Coefficient for Pryout Strength kcp lb. 1.0 2.0
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Pryout Failure φcp — 0.70 4
Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Applications

Shear Resistance for Seismic Loads Veq lb. 1,695 2,855 4,790 8,000 9,350
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φeq — 0.602
2. The tabulated value of φsa and φeq applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φsa and φeq must be
determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4.
3. The tabulated value of φcb applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11
Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. Condition B applies where
supplementary reinforcement is not provided. For installations where complying supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors
described in ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition A are allowed. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used,
the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4(c).
4. The tabulated value of φcp applies when both the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used
and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C
are used, appropriate value of φcp must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.4.4(c).
Titen HD Tension and Shear Strength Design Data for IBC *

the Soffit of Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck1,6,7

Lower Flute Upper Flute
Figure 2 Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 1
1/4 3/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 1/2
SD
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 5/8 2 1/2 1 7⁄8 2 1⁄2 2 3 1⁄2 1 5/8 2 1/2 1 7⁄8 2
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1.19 1.94 1.23 1.77 1.29 2.56 1.19 1.94 1.23 1.29
Pullout Resistance, concrete on steel deck (cracked)2,3,4 Np,deck,cr lb. 420 535 375 870 905 2,040 655 1,195 500 1,700
Pullout Resistance, concrete on steel deck (uncracked)2,3,4 Np,deck,uncr lb. 995 1,275 825 1,905 1,295 2,910 1,555 2,850 1,095 2,430
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on steel deck 5
Vsa, deck lb. 1,335 1,745 2,240 2,395 2,435 4,430 2,010 2,420 4,180 7,145
Steel Strength in Shear, Seismic Vsa, deck,eq lb. 870 1,135 1,434 1,533 1,565 2,846 1,305 1,575 2,676 4,591
2. Concrete compressive strength shall be 3,000 psi minimum. The characteristic pullout resistance for greater compressive strengths
shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c,specified /3,000)0.5.
3. For anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies,
as shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2, calculation of the concrete breakout strength may be omitted.
4. In accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.3.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.3.2, the nominal pullout strength in cracked concrete for anchors
installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies Np,deck,cr shall be substituted for Np,cr.
Where analysis indicates no cracking at service loads, the normal pullout strength in uncracked concrete Np,deck,uncr shall be substituted for Np,uncr.
5. In accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.1.2(C) or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.1.2(c), the shear strength for anchors installed in the soffit of
sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies Vsa,deck and Vsa,deck,eq shall be substituted for Vsa.
6. Minimum edge distance to edge of panel is 2hef.
7. The minimum anchor spacing along the flute must be the greater of 3hef, or 1.5 times the flute width.

84

Titen HD Anchor Tension and Shear Strength Design
Data in the Topside of Normal-Weight Concrete or *
IBC
Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck
Mechanical Anchors
Design Information Symbol Units Figure 3 Figure 3
1/4 3/8
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 5/8 2 1/2
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1.19 1.77
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin,deck in. 2 1/2 3 1/4
Critical Edge Distance cac,deck,top in. 3 3/4 7 1/4
Minimum Edge Distance cmin,deck,top in. 3 1/2 3
Minimum Spacing smin,deck,top in. 3 1/2 3
1. For anchors installed in the topside of concrete-filled deck assemblies, as shown in Figures 2 and 3,
the nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors in shear, Vcb or Vcbg,
respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.2,
using the actual member thickness, hmin,deck, in the determination of Avc.
2. Design capacity shall be based on calculations according to values in the tables featured on p. 84.
3. Minimum flute depth (distance from top of flute to bottom of flute) is 1 1/2" (see Figures 2 and 3).
4. Steel deck thickness shall be minimum 20 gauge.
5. Minimum concrete thickness (hmin,deck) refers to concrete thickness above upper flute (see Figures 2 and 3).
Sand-light weight concrete or

Min. 1½" for anchors installed in lower flute. normal-weight concrete over steel deck
Min. 3¼" for anchors installed upper flute. (minimum 3,000 psi) Min.
Min. 3,000 psi normal or Min. 3¼" ¾" typ.
Min. ¾" typ. sand-lightweight concrete
Upper flute
Min.
20-gauge Min.
Max. 3" Min. 4½" Min. 4½" steel deck Upper flute 20-gauge
steel deck
Min. 1½" Min. 1¾"
Min. 12" typ. Max. ¼" (+/-) offset Min. 3½"
Lower flute from center of
Max. 1" offset, typ. Min. 2½" lower flute Min. 6" typ. Lower flute
Figure 1. Installation of 3/8"- and 1/2"-Diameter Anchors Figure 2. Installation of 1/4"-Diameter Anchors
in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck
Sand-lightweight concrete or
normal-weight concrete
over steel deck
(minimum 2,500 psi)
hmin,deck
Min.
Upper flute 20-gauge
steel deck
Min. 1½" Min. 1¾"
Min. 3½"
Min. 2½" Min. 6" typ. Lower flute
Figure 3. Installation of ¼"- and 3/8"-Diameter Anchors in

the Topside of Concrete over Steel Deck

85
Titen HD® Design Information — Masonry

Titen HD Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in *
8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU IBC
Values for 8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight

Mechanical Anchors
Critical Minimum or Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU

Minimum Edge Edge Critical
Size Drill Bit Embedment Distance Distance Spacing
in. Diameter Depth ccrit cmin Distance Tension Load Shear Load
(mm) in. in. in.
(mm) in. in. (mm)
(mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
Anchor Installed in the Face of the CMU Wall (See Figure 4)
1⁄4 2 1⁄2 4 1 1/4 4 2,050 410 2,500 500

1⁄4 (102) (102) (9.1) (1.8) (11.1) (2.2)
(6.4) (64) (32)
3⁄8 2 3⁄4 12 4 6 2,390 480 4,340 870

3⁄8 (305) (102) (152) (10.6) (2.1) (19.3) (3.9)
(9.5) (70)
1⁄2 3 1⁄2 12 4 8 3,440 690 6,920 1,385

1⁄2 (305) (102) (203) (15.3) (3.1) (30.8) (6.2)
(12.7) (89)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 12 4 10 5,300 1,060 10,420 2,085

5⁄8 (305) (102) (254) (23.6) (4.7) (46.4) (9.3)
(15.9) (114)
3⁄4 5 1⁄2 12 4 12 7,990 1,600 15,000 3,000

3⁄4 (305) (102) (305) (35.5) (7.1) (66.7) (13.3)
(19.1) (140)
1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC.
2. Values for 8"-wide, lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete masonry units.
3. The masonry units must be fully grouted.
4. The minimum specified compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
5. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
6. Grout-filled CMU wall design must satisfy applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding applied loads.
7. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pp. 90–91.
Minimum Critical edge distance, Ccrit

edge distance, Cmin (see load table)
(see load table) Installation
in this area for
reduced allowable

load capacity
Minimum
edge distance, Cmin
(see load table)
Critical
edge distance, Ccrit
(see load table)
No installation
within 1½" of
head joint

Figure 4. Shaded Area = Placement

for Full and Reduced
Reduce Allowable Load
Capacity in Grout-Filled CMU

86

Titen HD Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in *
IBC
8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU
8" Hollow CMU Loads Based
Mechanical Anchors
Minimum on CMU Strength
Embedment
Size Drill Bit Edge
Depth4
in. Diameter Distance Tension Load Shear Load
in.
(mm) in. in.
(mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
Anchor Installed in Face Shell (See Figure 5)
3⁄8 1 3⁄4 4 720 145 1,240 250

3⁄8 (102) (3.2) (0.6) (5.5) (1.1)
(9.5) (45)
1⁄2 1 3⁄4 4 760 150 1,240 250

1⁄2 (102) (3.4) (0.7) (5.5) (1.1)
(12.7) (45)
5⁄8 1 3⁄4 4 800 160 1,240 250

5⁄8 (102) (3.6) (0.7) (5.5) (1.1)
(15.9) (45)
3⁄4 1 3⁄4 4 880 175 1,240 250

3⁄4 (102) (3.9) (0.8) (5.5) (1.1)
(19.1) (45)
Note: No installation within 4 5/8" of bed joint of hollow masonry block wall.
4. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit and is based on the anchor
being embedded an additional 1⁄2"- through 1 1⁄4"-thick face shell.
5. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
CMU wall design must satisfy applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding applied loads.
6. Do not use impact wrenches to install in hollow CMU.
7. Set drill to rotation-only mode when drilling into hollow CMU.
8. The tabulated allowable loads are based on one anchor installed in a single cell.
9. Distance from centerline of anchor to head joint shall be a minimum of 4 5/8".
45⁄8"
4"
Figure 5

87

Titen HD® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in *
8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU Stemwall IBC
Minimum Minimum Critical 8" Grout-Filled CMU Allowable Loads Based on CMU Strength, f'm = 1,500 psi
Embed.
Mechanical Anchors
Size Drill Bit Edge End Spacing

Depth Tension Shear Perpendicular to Edge Shear Parallel to Edge
in. Diameter Distance Distance Distance
in.
(mm) in. in. in. in. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Cell Opening or Web (Top of Wall) (See Figure 6)
1⁄2 4 1⁄2 1 3⁄4 8 8 2,860 570 800 160 2,920 585
1⁄2 (203) (203) (12.7) (2.5) (3.6) (0.7) (13.0) (2.6)
(12.7) (114) (45)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 1 3⁄4 10 10 2,860 570 800 160 3,380 675
5⁄8 (254) (254) (12.7) (2.5) (3.6) (0.7) (15.0) (3.0)
(15.9) (114) (45)
2. Values are for 8"-wide, lightweight, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete masonry units.
5. Grout-filled CMU wall design must satisfy applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding applied design loads.
6. Loads are based on anchor installed in either the web or grout-filled cell opening in the top of wall.
13⁄4" edge distance
End distance
Figure 6.
Anchor Installed
in Top of Wall at
1¾" Edge Distance
Titen HD® Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in *

8" Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU Stemwall IBC
Minimum Minimum Critical 8" Grout-Filled CMU Allowable Loads Based on CMU Strength, f'm = 2,000 psi
Embed.
Size Drill Bit Edge End Spacing
Depth Tension Shear Perpendicular to Edge Shear Parallel to Edge
in. Diameter Distance Distance Distance
in.

(mm) in. in. in. in. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Cell Opening (Top of Wall) (See Figure 7)
1⁄2 1⁄2
(12.7) 4 1⁄2 3 12 12 5,800 1,160 2,750 550 7,500 1,500
5⁄8 (114) (76) (305) (305) (25.8) (5.2) (12.2) (2.5) (33.4) (6.7)
5⁄8
(15.9)
2. Values are for 8"-wide, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete masonry units.
5. Allowable loads are not permitted to be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
6. Grout-filled CMU wall design must satisfy applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding applied design loads.
7. Loads are based on anchor installed in grout-filled cell opening in the top of wall.
3" edge distance
End distance
Figure 7.
Anchor Installed
in Top of Wall at
3" Edge Distance

88

Titen HD Allowable Tension Loads for 8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight *
and Normal-Weight CMU Chair Blocks Filled with Normal-Weight Concrete IBC
Minimum Minimum 8" Concrete-Filled CMU Chair Block

Critical
Mechanical Anchors
Size Drill Bit Embedment Edge Allowable Tension Loads Based on CMU Strength
Spacing
in. Diameter Depth Distance in.
(mm) (in.) in. in. Ultimate lb. Allowable lb.
(mm)
(mm) (mm) (kN) (kN)
2 3/8 1 3/4 9 1/2 3,175 635

(60) (44) (241) (14.1) (2.8)
3/8 3 3/8 1 3/4 13 1/2 5,175 1,035
3/8 (23.0) (4.6)
(9.5) (86) (44) (343)
5 2 1/4 20 10,584 2,115
(127) (57) (508) (47.1) (9.4)
8 2 1/4 32 13,722 2,754
1/2 (203) (57) (813) (61.0) (12.2)
1/2
(12.7) 10 2 1/4 40 16,630 3,325
(254) (57) (1016) (74.0) (14.8)
5/8 5 1/2 1 3/4 22 9,025 1,805
5/8 (559) (40.1) (8.1)
(15.9) (140) (44)
1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0.
2. Values are for 8"-wide concrete masonry units (CMU) filled with concrete, with minimum
compressive strength of 2,500 psi and poured monolithically with the floor slab.
3. Center #5 rebar in CMU cell and concrete slab as shown in the illustration below.
Edge distance
#5 rebar
f'c ≥ 2,500 psi
concrete,
slab on grade
(monolithic pour)
4" thick
slab
Minimum
3 courses high

89

Load-Adjustment Factors for Titen HD Anchors in Face-of-Wall Installation
in 8" Grout-Filled CMU: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
*
Mechanical Anchors
How to use these charts: Edge Distance Tension (fc ) IBC

1. The following tables are for reduced Dia. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
edge distance and spacing. E 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2
2. Locate the anchor size to be used cact ccr 4 12 12 12 12
for either a tension and/or shear (in.)
cmin 1.25 4 4 4 4
load application.
fcmin 0.77 1.00 1.00 0.83 0.66
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which
1.25 0.77
the anchor is to be installed.
2 0.83
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) or
spacing (sact) at which the anchor is 3 0.92
to be installed. 4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.83 0.66
5. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is 6 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.87 0.75
the intersection of the row and column. 8 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.92 0.83
6. Multiply the allowable load by the 10 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.92
applicable load adjustment factor. 12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
7. Reduction factors for multiple edges See footnotes below.
or spacings are multiplied together.
Edge Distance Shear (fc ) *
Shear Load Parallel to Edge or End IBC
Dia. 1/4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
E 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2
cact ccr
(in.) 4 12 12 12 12
cmin 1.25 4 4 4 4
fcmin 0.58 0.77 0.48 0.46 0.44
1.25 0.58
2 0.69
3 0.85
4 1.00 0.77 0.48 0.46 0.44
6 1.00 0.83 0.61 0.60 0.58
8 1.00 0.89 0.74 0.73 0.72
10 1.00 0.94 0.87 0.87 0.86
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

See footnotes below.
Edge Distance Shear (fc )

Shear Load Perpendicular to Edge or End *
(Directed Towards Edge or End) IBC
Dia. 1/4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
E 2 1/2 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
cact ccr
(in.) 4 12 12 12 12
cmin 1.25 4 4 4 4
fcmin 0.71 0.58 0.38 0.30 0.21
1.25 0.71
2 0.79
3 0.89
4 1.00 0.58 0.38 0.30 0.21
6 1.00 0.69 0.54 0.48 0.41
8 1.00 0.79 0.69 0.65 0.61
10 1.00 0.90 0.85 0.83 0.80
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
1. E = embedment depth (inches).
2. cact = actual end or edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
3. ccr = critical end or edge distance for 100% load (inches).
4. cmin = minimum end or edge distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual end or edge distance.
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical end or edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
7. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum end or edge distance.
8. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)].

90

Load-Adjustment Factors for Titen HD Anchors in Face-of-Wall Installation
in 8" Grout-Filled CMU: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads (cont.)
Mechanical Anchors
How to use these charts: Edge Distance Shear (fc )
1. The following tables are for reduced Shear Load Perpendicular to Edge or End *
IBC
edge distance and spacing. (Directed Away From Edge or End)
2. Locate the anchor size to be used
Dia. 1/4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
for either a tension and/or shear
E 2 1/2 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
load application. cact ccr 4 12 12 12 12
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which (in.)
cmin 1.25 4 4 4 4
the anchor is to be installed.
fcmin 0.71 0.89 0.79 0.58 0.38
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) or
spacing (sact) at which the anchor is 1.25 0.71
to be installed. 2 0.79
5. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is 3 0.89
7. Reduction factors for multiple edges 10 1.00 0.97 0.95 0.90 0.85
or spacings are multiplied together. 12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
IBC *
Spacing Tension (fs )
Dia. 1/4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
E 2 1/2 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
sact scr
(in.) 4 6 8 10 12
smin 2 3 4 5 6
fsmin 0.66 0.87 0.69 0.59 0.50
2 0.66
3 0.83 0.87
4 1.00 0.91 0.69
5 0.96 0.77 0.59
6 1.00 0.85 0.67 0.50
8 1.00 0.84 0.67
10 1.00 0.83
12 1.00
IBC *
Spacing Shear (fs )
Dia. 1/4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
E 2 1/2 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
sact scr
(in.) 4 6 8 10 12
smin 2 3 4 5 6
fsmin 0.87 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62
2 0.87
3 0.93 0.62
4 1.00 0.75 0.62
5 0.87 0.72 0.62
6 1.00 0.81 0.70 0.62
8 1.00 0.85 0.75
10 1.00 0.87
12 1.00
2. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
3. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
4. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
8. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)].

91
Stainless-Steel Titen HD® Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor

The Next Era of Stainless-Steel Screw Anchor for Concrete and Masonry
Titen HD screw anchors are a trusted anchor solution because they offer the performance that specifiers need and Cracked
the ease of installation that contractors demand. Until now, however, they were not for use in permanent exterior Concrete
CODE LISTED
Mechanical Anchors
or corrosive environments. The Titen HD stainless-steel screw anchor for concrete and masonry sets the new
standard for when the job calls for installation in multiple types of environments. It is the ultimate choice to provide
fast and efficient installation, combined with long-lasting corrosion resistance for an unsurpassed peace-of-mind.
Innovative — The serrated carbon-steel threads on the tip of the stainless-steel Titen HD are vital because they
undercut the concrete as the anchor is driven into the hole, making way for the rest of the threads to interlock
with the concrete. In order for these threads to be durable enough to cut into the concrete, they are formed from
carbon steel that is then hardened and brazed onto the tip of the anchor.
Corrosion Resistant — For dry, interior applications, carbon-steel corrosion is not a risk, but in any kind of
exterior, coastal or chemical environment the anchor would be susceptible to corrosion. With the introduction
of the THDSS, there is finally a state-of-the-art anchor solution that combines the corrosion resistance of
Type 300 Series stainless steel with the undercutting ability of sacrificial heat-treated carbon-steel cutting threads.
Features:
• Ideal for exterior or corrosive environments
• Anchor contains minimal carbon steel resulting in less
expansion forces in the concrete due to corrosion
• Installs with an impact wrench or with a hand tool
• Tested per ACI355.2, AC193 and AC106
Codes: IAPMO UES ER-493 (concrete);

City of LA Supplement within ER-493 (concrete);
Florida FL15730 (masonry); FL16230 (concrete)
Material: Type 316 and Type 304 stainless steel with carbon-steel lead threads Innovative
Carbon-Steel Lead
Installation Threads
Caution: Holes in steel fixtures to be mounted should match the diameter
specified in the table below if steel is thicker than 12 gauge.
Caution: Use a Titen HD screw anchor one time only — installing the anchor
multiple times may result in excessive thread wear and reduce load capacity.
Do not use impact wrenches to install into hollow CMU.
Caution: Oversized holes in base material will reduce or eliminate the
mechanical interlock of the threads with the base material and reduce Stainless-Steel

the anchor’s load capacity. Installation Sequence Titen HD
Hex-Washer
1. Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit (complying
with ANSI B212.15) with the same diameter as the nominal Head Style
diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill the hole to the Screw Anchor
specified minimum hole depth overdrill (see table below) US Patents
to allow the thread tapping dust to settle, and blow it clean 8,747,042 B2
and 9,517,519
using compressed air. (Overhead installations need not be blown
clean.) Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to accommodate
embedment depth and the dust from drilling and tapping.
2. Insert the anchor through the fixture and into the hole.
3. Tighten the anchor into the base material until the hex-washer
head or the countersunk head contacts the fixture.

Recommended Minimum
Titen HD® Wrench
Steel Fixture Hole Depth
Diameter Size
Hole Size Overdrill
(in.) (in.)
(in.) (in.)
1/4 3/8 3/8 to 7/16 1/8
3/8 9/16 1/2 to 9/16 1/4
1/2 3/4 5/8 to 11/16 1/2
5/8 15/16 3/4 to 13/16 1/2
3/4 1 1/8 7/8 to 15/16 1/2
⅜" dia. = ¼"
Minimum overdrill.
12 gauge only. Larger holes are not required for wood or thinner
½" dia. = ½"
See table.
cold-formed steel members.
92
Stainless-Steel Countersunk Head Style

The countersunk head style is for applications that require a
flush-mount profile. Countersinking also leaves a cleaner surface
Mechanical Anchors
appearance for exposed through-set applications. The anchor
head’s 6-lobe drive eases installation and is less prone to stripping Cracked
than traditional recessed anchor heads.
Concrete
CODE LISTED
Features
• Available in many standard lengths in ¼" and 3/8" diameters
• Countersunk head allows screw anchor applications
incompatible with a hex head
• Countersunk version includes driver bit in each box
Codes: IAPMO UES ER-493 (concrete);
City of LA Supplement within ER-493 (concrete);
Florida FL15730 (masonry); FL16230 (concrete) 6-lobe drive
Material: Type 316 stainless steel with carbon-steel lead threads

Recommended Minimum
Titen HD Bit Steel Fixture Hole Depth
Diameter Size Hole Size Overdrill
(in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4 T30 3/8 to 7/16 1/8
3/8 T50 1/2 to 9/16 1/4 Stainless-Steel

Titen HD
12 gauge only. Larger holes are not required for wood or thinner Countersunk
cold-formed steel members. Head Style
Screw Anchor
Installation Sequence
Titen HD Minimum
Diameter (in.) Overdrill (in.)
¼ ⅛
⅜ ¼
Minimum overdrill
Minimum overdrill.
See table.
Titen HD Countersunk Installation
93
Stainless-Steel Titen HD Anchor Product Data — Hex Washer Head

Size Model No. Model No.
Length Diameter Size
Mechanical Anchors
(in.) (Type 316) (Type 304) (in.) Box Carton

(in.) (in.)
1/4 x 2 THDC25200H6SS †
— 1 7/8 1/4 3/8 50 250
1/4 x 2 3/8 THDC25238H6SS — 2 1/4 1/4 3/8 50 250
1/4 x 3 THDC25300H6SS — 2 7/8 1/4 3/8 50 250
1/4 x 4 THDC25400H6SS — 3 7/8 1/4 3/8 50 250
3/8 x 3 THD37300H6SS THD37300H4SS 2 1/2 3/8 9/16 50 200
3/8 x 4 THD37400H6SS THD37400H4SS 3 1/2 3/8 9/16 50 200
3/8 x 5 THD37500H6SS THD37500H4SS 4 1/2 3/8 9/16 50 100
3/8 x 6 THD37600H6SS THD37600H4SS 5 1/2 3/8 9/16 50 100
1/2 x 3 THD50300H6SS THD50300H4SS 2 1/2 1/2 3/4 25 100
1/2 x 4 THD50400H6SS THD50400H4SS 3 1/2 1/2 3/4 20 80
1/2 x 5 THD50500H6SS THD50500H4SS 4 1/2 1/2 3/4 20 80
1/2 x 6 THD50600H6SS THD50600H4SS 5 1/2 1/2 3/4 20 80
1/2 x 6 1/2 THD50612H6SS THD50612H4SS 6 1/2 3/4 20 40
1/2 x 8 THD50800H6SS THD50800H4SS 6 7/8 1/2 3/4 20 40
5/8 x 4 THDB62400H6SS THDB62400H4SS 3 1/2 5/8 15/16 10 40
5/8 x 6 1/2 THDB62612H6SS THDB62612H4SS 6 5/8 15/16 10 40
3/4 x 4 THD75400H6SS THD75400H4SS 3 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 10 40

3/4 x 5 THD75500H6SS THD75500H4SS 4 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 5 20
3/4 x 6 THD75600H6SS THD75600H4SS 5 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 5 20
3/4 x 7 THD75700H6SS THD75700H4SS 6 1/2 3/4 1 1/8 5 10
3/4 x 8 1/2 THD75812H6SS THD75812H4SS 7 3/16 3/4 1 1/8 5 10

† Does not meet minimum embedment in code report.
1. Anchor length is measured from under head to bottom of anchor.
Stainless-Steel Titen HD Anchor Product Data — Countersunk

Size Model No. Length Diameter Size
(in.) (Type 316) (in.) (in.) (in.) Box Carton
1/4 x 2 3/8 THDC25238CS6SS †

2 1/4 T30 25 250
1/4 x 3 THDC25300CS6SS 2 5/8 1/4 T30 25 250
1/4 x 4 THDC25400CS6SS 3 5/8 1/4 T30 25 250
3/8 x 2 1/2 THD37212CS6SS† 2 3/8 T50 25 125
3/8 x 3 THD37300CS6SS 2 1/2 3/8 T50 25 125
3/8 x 4 THD37400CS6SS 3 1/2 3/8 T50 25 125

† These models do not meet minimum embedment depth requirements for strength design and require maximum installation torque of 25 ft. – lb.
1. Anchor length is measured from top of head to bottom of anchor.
94
Stainless-Steel Titen HD® Design Information — Concrete

IBC *
Stainless-Steel Titen HD Installation Information1
Mechanical Anchors
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Nominal Diameter da in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Drill Bit Diameter dbit in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Minimum Baseplate Clearance Hole Diameter 2
dc in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8
Maximum Installation Torque 3
Tinst,max ft.-lbf. N/A 40 70 85 150
Maximum Impact Wrench Torque Rating Timpact,max ft.-lbf. 125 150 345 345 380
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 2 1/4 3 1/8 2 3/4 3 1/2 3 3/4 4 1/2 4 1/2 6 6 6 3/4
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 2 1/8 3 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 4 4 5 1/2 5 1/2 6 1/4
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 3 3 4 1/2 5 1/2 6 5 3/4 6 6 3/8 6 3/4 7 3/8
Minimum Edge Distance cmin in. 1 1/2 1 1/2 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 2 1/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4
Minimum Spacing smin in. 1 1/2 1 1/2 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 3
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. 3 1/2 4 3/8 4 5 5 6 1/4 6 8 1/2 8 3/4 10
Anchor Data
Yield Strength fya psi 88,000 98,400 91,200 83,200 92,000
Tensile Strength futa psi 110,000 123,000 114,000 104,000 115,000
Minimum Tensile and Shear Stress Area Ase in. 2
0.0430 0.099 0.1832 0.276 0.414
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range — Uncracked Concrete βuncr lb./in. 139,300 807,700 269,085 111,040 102,035
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range — Cracked Concrete βcr lb./in. 103,500 113,540 93,675 94,400 70,910
For Sl: 1 in. = 25.4 mm, 1 ft.-lbf. = 1.356 N-m, 1 psi = 6.89 kPa, 1 in.2 = 645 mm2, 1 lb./in. = 0.175 N/mm.
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17
or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable.
2. The minimum hole size must comply with applicable code requirements for the connected element.
3. Tinst,max applies to installations using a calibrated torque wrench.

95
IBC *
Stainless-Steel Titen HD Tension Strength Design Data1,5
Mechanical Anchors
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Anchor Category 1, 2 or 3 — 3 1
Steel Strength in Tension ( ACI 318-14 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.1)
Tension Resistance of Steel Nsa lbf. 4,730 12,177 20,885 28,723 47,606
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure 2 fsa — 0.75
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318 Section D.5.2)
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 3 3 4 1/2 5 1/2 6 5 3/4 6 6 3/8 6 3/4 7 3/8
Effectiveness Factor — Uncracked Concrete kuncr — 24 24 27 24 27 24 24 24 27 27
Effectiveness Factor — Cracked Concrete kcr — 17 17 21 17 17 17 17 17 17 21
Modification Factor Ψc,N — 1
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Breakout Failure3 fcb — 0.45 0.65
Pullout Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 17.4.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.3)
Pullout Resistance Uncracked Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,uncr lbf. 1,7255 3,5508 N/A4 N/A4 N/A4 N/A4 3,8205 9,0807 N/A4 N/A4
Pullout Resistance Cracked Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,cr lbf. 6955 1,2255 1,6755 2,4155 1,9955 N/A4 N/A4 N/A4 N/A4 N/A4
Strength Reduction Factor — Pullout Failure6 fp — 0.45 0.65
Tension Strength for Seismic Applications (ACI 318-14 17.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.3)
Nominal Pullout Strength for Seismic Loads (f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,eq lbf. 6955 1,2255 1,6755 2,4155 1,9955 N/A4 N/A4 N/A4 N/A4 N/A4
Strength Reduction Factor for Pullout Failure6 feq — 0.45 0.65
For Sl: 1 in. = 25.4 mm, 1 ft.-lbf. = 1.356 N-m, 1 psi = 6.89 kPa, 1 in.2 = 645 mm2, 1 lb./in. = 0.175 N/mm.
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or
ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable.
2. The tabulated value of φsa applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or

ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used, as applicable. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate
value of φ must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4(b), as applicable.
3. The tabulated values of φcb applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable, are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for
Condition B are met. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement is not provided in concrete. For installations where
complying reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors described in ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable,
may be used for Condition A. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of f must be
determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4(c) for Condition B.
4. N/A denotes that pullout resistance does not govern and does not need to be considered.
5. The characteristic pullout resistance for greater compressive strengths may be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c /2,500)0.5.
6. The tabulated values of fp or feq applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2,
as applicable, are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met.
If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φ must be determined in accordance with
ACI 318 D.4.4(c) for Condition B.

96
IBC *
Stainless-Steel Titen HD Shear Strength Design Data1
Mechanical Anchors
1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Steel Strength in Shear (ACI 318-14 17.5.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.1)
Shear Resistance of Steel Vsa lbf. 2,285 3,790 4,780 6,024 7,633 10,422 10,649 13,710 19,161
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure2 fsa — 0.65
Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear (ACI 318-14 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.2)
Nominal Diameter da in. 0.250 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750
Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear le in. 1.27 2.01 1.40 2.04 1.86 2.50 2.31 3.59 3.49 4.13
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Breakout Failure3 fcb — 0.70
Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear (ACI 318-14 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.3)
Coefficient for Pryout Strength kcp — 1.0 2.0 1.0 2.0
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Pryout Failure4 fcp — 0.70
Shear Strength for Seismic Applications (ACI 318-14 17.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.3)
Shear Resistance — Single Anchor for Seismic Loads Vsa,eq lbf. 1,370 1,600 3,790 4,780 5,345 6,773 9,367 9,367 10,969 10,969
(f'c = 2,500 psi)
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure2 feq — 0.65

For Sl: 1 in. = 25.4mm, 1 lbf. = 4.45N.
2. The tabulated value of fsa and feq applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable, are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318 Appendix C are used, the appropriate
value of fsa and feq must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4(b).
3. The tabulated value of φcb applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met.
Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement is not provided. For installations where complying supplementary
reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors described in ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition A are allowed.
If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in accordance
with ACI 318-11 D.4.4(c).

4. The tabulated value of φcp applies when both the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2
are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of
ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, appropriate value of φcp must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.4.4(c).

97
Stainless-Steel Titen HD Screw Anchor Setting Information for Installation *

IBC
on the Top of Concrete-Filled Profile Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies1,2,3,4
Mechanical Anchors
Design Information Symbol Units

1/4 3/8 1/2
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 2 1/8 2 1/2 3 1/4
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1.27 1.40 1.86
Minimum Concrete Thickness5 hmin,deck in. 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 3/4
Critical Edge Distance cac,deck,top in. 3 4 1/2 7 1/2
Minimum Edge Distance cmin,deck,top in. 1 1/2 1 3/4 1 3/4
Minimum Spacing smin,deck,top in. 1 1/2 3 3
For Sl: 1 in. = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.45 N.

1. For anchors installed in the topside of concrete-filled deck assemblies, as shown in Figure 1,
the nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor or group of anchors in shear, Vcb or Vcbg,
respectively, must be calculated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.2,
using the actual member thickness, hmin,deck, in the determination of Avc.
2. Design capacity shall be based on calculations according to values in the tables featured on pp. 96–97.
3. Minimum flute depth (distance from top of flute to bottom of flute) is 1 1/2" (see Figure 1).
4. Steel deck thickness shall be minimum 20 gauge.
5. Minimum concrete thickness (hmin,deck) refers to concrete thickness above upper flute (see Figure 1).
over steel deck
(minimum 2,500 psi)
hmin,deck = see table

Min.
Upper flute 20-gauge
steel deck
Min. 1½" Min. 1¾"
Min. 3½"
Min. 2½" Min. 6" typ. Lower flute
Figure 1. Installation of ¼"-, 3/8"- and 1/2"-Diameter Anchors

in the Topside of Concrete over Steel Deck

98
Stainless-Steel Titen HD® Design Information — Masonry
Stainless-Steel Titen HD Allowable Tension and Shear Loads *

in 8" Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU IBC
Critical Minimum Values for 8" Medium-Weight
Mechanical Anchors
Minimum Edge Edge Critical or Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU
Size Drill Bit Embedment Distance Distance Spacing
in. Diameter Depth ccrit cmin Distance Tension Load Shear Load
(mm) in. in. in.
(mm) in. in. (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1⁄4 2 1⁄2 4 1 1/4 4 1,325 265 1,400 280

1⁄4 (102) (102) (5.9) (1.2) (6.2) (1.3)
(6.4) (64) (32)
3⁄8 2 3⁄4 12 4 8 2,125 425 2,850 570

3⁄8 (305) (102) (203) (9.5) (1.9) (12.7) (2.5)
(9.5) (70)
1⁄2 3 1⁄2 12 4 8 3,325 665 4,950 990

1⁄2 (305) (102) (203) (14.8) (3.0) (22.0) (4.4)
(12.7) (89)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 12 4 8 3,850 770 4,925 985

5⁄8 (305) (102) (203) (17.1) (3.4) (21.9) (4.4)
(15.9) (114)
3⁄4 5 1⁄2 12 4 8 5,200 1,040 4,450 890

3⁄4 (305) (102) (203) (23.1) (4.6) (19.8) (4.0)
(19.1) (140)
2. Values for 8"-wide, medium-weight and normal-weight concrete masonry units.
For 3/8"- to 3/4"-diameter anchors, anchors may be installed in lightweight masonry units.
6. Grout-filled CMU wall design must satisfy applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding applied loads.
7. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pp. 101–102.
8. Although the 1/4" stainless steel Titen HD is not part of the evaluation report, we still tested the 1/4" screw per the appropriate AC.
Minimum Critical edge distance, Ccrit

edge distance, Cmin (see load table)
(see load table) Installation
in this area for
reduced allowable
load capacity
Minimum
edge distance, Cmin
(see load table)
Critical
edge distance, Ccrit
(see load table)
No installation
within 1½" of
head joint

Figure 1. Shaded Area = Placement

for Full and Reduced
Reduce Allowable Load
Capacity in Grout-Filled CMU

99

Stainless-Steel Titen HD Allowable Tension and Shear Loads *
in 8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU IBC
8" Hollow CMU Loads Based

Mechanical Anchors
Minimum Critial Critical on CMU Strength

Size Drill Bit Embedment Edge Spacing
in. Diameter Depth4 Distance Distance Tension Load Shear Load
(mm) in. in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
Anchor Installed in Face Shell (See Figure 2)
3⁄8 2 1⁄2 12 8 925 185 2,250 450

3⁄8 (305) (203) (4.1) (0.8) (10.0) (2.0)
(9.5) (64)
1⁄2 2 1⁄2 12 8 1,025 205 2,325 465

1⁄2 (305) (203) (4.6) (0.9) (10.3) (2.1)
(12.7) (64)
5⁄8 2 1⁄2 12 8 550 110 2,025 405

5⁄8 (305) (203) (2.4) (0.5) (9.0) (1.8)
(15.9) (64)
3⁄4 2 1⁄2 12 8 775 155 1,975 395
3⁄4 (305) (203) (3.4) (0.7) (8.8) (1.8)
(19.1) (64)
4. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit and is based
on the anchor being embedded an additional 1 1⁄4" through 1 1⁄4"-thick face shell.
5. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces. CMU wall
design must satisfy applicable design standards and be capable of withstanding applied loads.
6. Do not use impact wrenches to install in hollow CMU.
7. Set drill to rotation-only mode when drilling into hollow CMU.
8. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on p. 103.
9. Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1 1/2" from vertical head joints and T-joints.
Refer to Figure 2 for permitted and prohibited anchor installation locations.
4" min. edge distance 12" critical edge distance

Installation in this area
load capacity
4" min. edge distance
12" critical edge distance
CL

of centerline of bedjoint
and head joint hollow
masonry block wall
Installations in this area for CL

Figure 2. Stainless-Steel Titen HD Screw Anchor

Installed in the Face of Hollow CMU Wall Construction

100

Load-Adjustment Factors for Stainless-Steel Titen HD Anchors in Face-of-Wall Installation
*
Mechanical Anchors
How to use these charts: Edge Distance Tension (fc ) IBC
1. The following tables are for reduced
Dia. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
edge distance and spacing.
E 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2
2. Locate the anchor size to be used cact ccr 4 12 12 12 12
for either a tension and/or shear (in.)
cmin 1.25 4 4 4 4
load application.
fcmin 0.84 0.80 0.81 1.00 1.00
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which
the anchor is to be installed. 1.25 0.84
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) or 2 0.88
spacing (sact) at which the anchor is 3 0.94
to be installed. 4 1.00 0.80 0.81 1.00 1.00
5. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is 6 1.00 0.85 0.86 1.00 1.00
7. Reduction factors for multiple edges See footnotes below.
or spacings are multiplied together.
Edge Distance Shear (fc ) *
Shear Load Parallel to Edge or End IBC
Dia. 1/4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
E 2 1/2 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 1/2 5 1/2
cact ccr
(in.) 4 12 12 12 12
cmin 1.25 4 4 4 4
fcmin 0.89 0.88 0.56 0.65 0.84
1.25 0.89
2 0.92
3 0.96
4 1.00 0.88 0.56 0.65 0.84
6 1.00 0.91 0.67 0.74 0.88
8 1.00 0.94 0.78 0.83 0.92
10 1.00 0.97 0.89 0.91 0.96
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Edge Distance Shear (fc )

Shear Load Perpendicular to Edge or End *
(Directed Towards Edge or End) IBC
Dia. 1/4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
E 2 1/2 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
cact ccr
(in.) 4 12 12 12 12
cmin 1.25 4 4 4 4
fcmin 0.33 0.93 0.48 0.66 0.69
1.25 0.33
2 0.51
3 0.76
4 1.00 0.93 0.48 0.66 0.69
6 1.00 0.95 0.61 0.75 0.77
8 1.00 0.97 0.74 0.83 0.85
10 1.00 0.98 0.87 0.92 0.92
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical end or edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.

101

in 8" Grout-Filled CMU: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads (cont.)
Mechanical Anchors
How to use these charts: Edge Distance Shear (fc )

1. The following tables are for reduced Shear Load Perpendicular to Edge or End *
IBC
edge distance and spacing. (Directed Away From Edge or End)
2. Locate the anchor size to be used Dia. 1/4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
for either a tension and/or shear
E 2 1/2 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
load application. cact ccr 4 12 12 12 12
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which (in.)
the anchor is to be installed. cmin 1.25 4 4 4 4
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) or fcmin 0.33 0.93 0.48 0.66 0.69
spacing (sact) at which the anchor is
1.25 0.33
to be installed.
5. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is 2 0.51
the intersection of the row and column. 3 0.76
applicable load adjustment factor.
6 1.00 0.95 0.61 0.75 0.77
7. Reduction factors for multiple edges
or spacings are multiplied together. 8 1.00 0.97 0.74 0.83 0.85
10 1.00 0.98 0.87 0.92 0.92
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
IBC *
Spacing Tension (fs )
Dia. 1/4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
E 2 1/2 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
sact scr
(in.) 4 8 8 8 8
smin 2 4 4 4 4
fsmin 0.79 0.81 0.79 0.87 0.78
2 0.79
3 0.90
4 1.00 0.81 0.79 0.87 0.78
6 0.91 0.90 0.94 0.89

8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
IBC *
Spacing Shear (fs )
Dia. 1/4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
E 2 1/2 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
sact scr
(in.) 4 6 8 10 12
smin 2 3 4 5 6
fsmin 0.78 1.00 0.86 0.90 0.94
2 0.78
3 0.89
4 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.90 0.94
6 1.00 0.93 0.95 0.97
8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

102

in 8" Hollow CMU: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
How to use these charts:
Mechanical Anchors
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing. 5. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or row and column.
shear load application. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed. 7. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacings are
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the multiplied together.
anchor is to be installed.
Edge Distance Tension (fc ) Edge Distance Shear (fc )

Dia. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 IBC * Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *
E 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 E 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2
cact cact
ccr 12 12 12 12 (in.) ccr 12 12 12 12
(in.)
cmin 4 4 4 4 cmin 4 4 4 4
fcmin 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 fcmin 0.78 0.63 0.55 0.51
4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 4 0.78 0.63 0.55 0.51
6 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 6 0.84 0.72 0.66 0.63
8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 8 0.89 0.82 0.78 0.76
10 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 10 0.95 0.91 0.89 0.88
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
6. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical end or edge distance.
fccr is always = 1.00.
Spacing Tension (fs ) Spacing Tension (fs )

One Anchor per Cell Two Anchors per Cell
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC * Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *
E 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 E 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2
cact cact
(in.) ccr 8 8 8 8 ccr 8 8 8 8
(in.)
cmin 4 4 4 4 cmin 4 4 4 4
fcmin 0.72 0.87 0.89 0.70 fcmin 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.78
4 0.72 0.87 0.89 0.70 4 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.78
6 0.86 0.94 0.95 0.85 6 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.89
8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
See notes below. See notes below.
Spacing Shear (fs ) Spacing Shear (fs )

One Anchor per Cell Two Anchors per Cell
Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC * Dia. 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *
E 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 E 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/2
sact sact
scr 8 8 8 8 (in.) scr 8 8 8 8
(in.)
smin 4 4 4 4 smin 4 4 4 4
fsmin 0.81 1.00 0.71 0.74 fsmin 0.76 1.00 0.75 0.75
4 0.81 1.00 0.71 0.74 4 0.76 1.00 0.75 0.75
6 0.91 1.00 0.86 0.87 6 0.88 1.00 0.88 0.88
8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

103
Titen HD® Rod Coupler

The Titen HD rod coupler is designed to be used in conjunction with a single or multi-story rod tie-down
system. This anchor provides a fast and simple way to attach threaded rod to a concrete stem wall or
thickened slab footing. Unlike adhesive anchors, the installation requires no special tools, cure time
or secondary setting process; just drill a hole and drive the anchor.
Mechanical Anchors
Features
• Now included in ESR-2713 for wind and seismic loading
• The serrated cutting teeth and patented thread design enable the Titen HD
Cracked
Concrete
rod coupler to be installed quickly and easily. Less installation time translates CODE LISTED
to lower installed cost.

• The specialized heat treating process creates tip hardness to facilitate cutting
while the body remains ductile.
• No special setting tools are required. The Titen HD rod coupler installs
with regular or hammer drill, ANSI size bits and standard sockets.
• Compatible with threaded rods in 3⁄8" and 1⁄2" diameters.

FL15730 (concrete)
Installation
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical
interlock of the threads with base material and will reduce the anchor’s load capacity.
Use a Titen HD Rod Coupler one time only. Installing the anchor multiple times may
result in excessive thread wear and reduce load capacity.
1. Drill a hole using the specified diameter carbide bit into the base material
to a depth of at least 1⁄2" deeper than the required embedment.
2. Blow the hole clean of dust and debris using compressed air.
Overhead application need not be blown clean.
3. Tighten the anchor with appropriate size socket until the head sits flush
against base material.

Titen HD Rod Coupler Product Data
Accepts Drill Bit Wrench Quantity
Size Model Rod Diameter Diameter Size
(in) No. (in.) (in.) (in.) Box Carton
THD37634RC 25 50
Titen HD Rod Coupler
3⁄8 x 6 3⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄8 9⁄16
US Patent 6,623,228
1⁄2 x 9 3⁄4 THD50934RC 1⁄2 1⁄2 3⁄4 20 40
Washer
Washer
recommended
recommended
to resist
to resist
shear loads
shear loads
1⁄ " min.
1/2"2 min. 1
⁄ " min.
1/2"2min.
104

IBC *
Titen HD Rod Coupler Installation Information and Additional Data1
Model No.
Mechanical Anchors
THD37634RC THD50934RC
Nominal Diameter da in. 3/8 1/2
Drill Bit Diameter dbit in. 3/8 1/2
Internal Thread Diameter drh — 3/8 1/2
Maximum Installation Torque2 Tinst,max ft.-lbf. 50 65
Maximum Impact Wrench Torque Rating Timpact,max ft.-lbf. 150 340
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 3 1/2 4 1/2
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 3 1/4 4
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 3 5/8 4 1/2
Minimum Edge Distance cmin in. 1 3/4
Minimum Spacing smin in. 3
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. 5 6 1/4
Anchor Data
Yield Strength fya psi 97,000
Tensile Strength futa psi 110,000
Minimum Tensile Stress Area Ase in. 2
0.099 0.183
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range — βuncr lb./in. 672,000

Uncracked Concrete
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range — βcr lb./in. 345,000

Cracked Concrete
2. Tinst,max applies to installations using a calibrated torque wrench.
Coupling rod
Titen HD
Stud rod coupler
Titen HD Rod Coupler Block Height Requirement
Nominal
Sill plate Block Shank Block
Model Embedment Sill Plate
Length Height
No. Depth Thickness
(in.) (in.)
(in.)
2x 2
hnom THD37634RC 6 3⁄4 3 1⁄4
3x 1
2x 4 1/4
THD50934RC 9 3⁄4 4
3x 3 1/4
Figure 1.
Typical Titen HD Rod Coupler Installation
Through Blocking and Sill Plate

105
IBC *
Titen HD Rod Coupler Tension Strength Design Data1
Model No.
Mechanical Anchors

THD37634RC THD50934RC
Anchor Category 1, 2 or 3 — 1
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 3 1/4 4
Steel Strength in Tension ( ACI 318-14 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.1)
Tension Resistance of Steel Nsa lbf. 10,890 20,130
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure2 φsa — 0.65
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 17.4.2 or ACI 318 Section D.5.2)
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 3 5/8 4 1/2
Modification factor Ψc,N — 1
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Breakout Failure3 φcb — 0.65
Pullout Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 17.4.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.3)
Pullout Resistance Uncracked Concrete Np,uncr lbf. N/A4 N/A4

(f'c = 2,500 psi)
Pullout Resistance Cracked Concrete

(f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,cr lbf. 2,7005 N/A4
Strength Reduction Factor — Pullout Failure6 φp — 0.65
Tension Strength for Seismic Applications (ACI 318-14 17.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.3)
Nominal Pullout Strength for Seismic Loads

(f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,eq lbf. 2,7005 N/A4
Strength Reduction Factor for Pullout Failure6 φeq — 0.65

value of φ must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4(b), as applicable.
3. The tabulated values of φcb applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3
or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable, are used and the requirements of ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met.
Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement is not provided in concrete. For installations were complying
reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors described in ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable,
may be used for Condition A. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value
of φ must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4(c) for Condition B.
4. As described in this report, N/A denotes that pullout resistance does not govern and does not need to be considered.
6. The tabulated values of φp or φeq applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9w.2,
as applicable, are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. Condition B
applies where supplementary reinforcement is not provided in concrete. For installations were complying reinforcement can be verified,
the φp or φeq factors described in ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable, may be used for Condition A.
If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φ must be determined in accordance with
ACI 318-11 D.4.4(c) for Condition B.

106
Notes
Mechanical Anchors
107
Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge Anchor

Code listed for cracked and uncracked concrete, and masonry applications, the Strong-Bolt 2 wedge-type expansion
anchor is an optimal choice for high-performance even in seismic and high-wind conditions. Dual undercutting
embossments on each clip segment enable secondary expansion should a crack form and intersect the anchor location;
this feature significantly increases the ability of Strong-Bolt 2 to carry load if the hole expands.
Mechanical Anchors
Features
• Chamfered top designed to prevent mushrooming during installation
• Qualified for static and seismic loading conditions Cracked
(seismic design categories A through F) Concrete
CODE LISTED
• Suitable for horizontal, vertical and overhead applications
• Qualified for minimum concrete thickness of 3 1/4", and lightweight
concrete-over-steel deck thickness of 2 1/2" and 3 1/4"
• Standard (ANSI) fractional sizes: fits standard fixtures and installs
with common drill bit and tool sizes
• Tested per ACI355.2 and AC193
Material: Zinc-plated carbon steel or
stainless steel (Type 304; Type 316)
IAPMO UES ER-240 (carbon steel in CMU); Head Stamp
City of LA Supplement within ESR-3037 (concrete); The head is stamped with
City of LA Supplement within ER-240 (carbon steel in CMU); the length identification
Florida FL15730 (concrete); FL16230 (masonry); letter, bracketed top and
UL File Ex3605; bottom by horizontal lines.
FM 3043342 and 3047639;
Mulitiple DOT listings; meets the requirements of
Federal Specifications A-A-1923A, Type 4
Installation
Do not use an impact wrench to set or tighten the Strong-Bolt 2 anchor.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will make it difficult

to set the anchor and will reduce the anchor’s load capacity.
1. Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same
diameter as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed.
Drill the hole to the specified minimum hole depth, and blow it

clean using compressed air. (Overhead installations need not
be blown clean.) Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to
accommodate embedment depth and dust from drilling.
Strong-Bolt 2
2. Assemble the anchor with nut and washer so the top of the Wedge Anchor
nut is flush with the top of the anchor. Place the anchor in the
fixture, and drive it into the hole until the washer and nut are
tight against the fixture.
3. Tighten to the required installation torque.
108
Material Specifications
Anchor Body Nut Washer Clip
Mechanical Anchors
Carbon Steel Carbon Steel, Carbon Steel Carbon Steel,
(Zinc Plated) ASTM A 563, Grade A ASTM F844 ASTM A 568
Type 304 Type 304 Type 304 Type 304 or 316

Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Type 316 Type 316 Type 316 Type 316

Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Strong-Bolt 2 Anchor Installation Data

Strong-Bolt 2 Diameter
1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 1
(in.)
Drill Bit Size (in.) 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 1
Min. Fixture Hole (in.) 5⁄16 7⁄16 9⁄16 11⁄16 7⁄8 1 1/8
Wrench Size (in.) 7⁄16 9⁄16 3⁄4 15⁄16 1 1⁄8 1 1/2
Concrete Installation Torque (ft.-lbf.)

4 30 60 90 150 230
Carbon Steel
Concrete Installation Torque (ft.-lbf.)

4 30 65 80 150 —
Stainless Steel
Length Identification Head Marks on Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge Anchors

(corresponds to length of anchor – inches)
Mark Units A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
From in. 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Up To But in. 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Not Including
109

Strong-Bolt 2 Anchor Product Data
Zinc-Plated Type 304 Type 316 Drill Bit Thread Quantity

Size Carbon Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Diameter Length
(in.)
Mechanical Anchors
Model No. Model No. Model No. (in.) (in.) Box Carton
1/4 x 1¾ STB2-25134 STB2-251344SS STB2-251346SS ¼ 1 5⁄16 100 500
1/4 x 2¼ STB2-25214 STB2-252144SS STB2-252146SS ¼ 1 7⁄16 100 500
1/4 x 3¼ STB2-25314 STB2-253144SS STB2-253146SS ¼ 2 7⁄16 100 500
3⁄8 x 2¾ STB2-37234 STB2-372344SS STB2-372346SS 3⁄8 1 5⁄16 50 250
3⁄8 x 3 STB2-37300 STB2-373004SS STB2-373006SS 3⁄8 1 9⁄16 50 250
3⁄8 x 3½ STB2-37312 STB2-373124SS STB2-373126SS 3⁄8 2 1⁄16 50 250
3⁄8 x 3¾ STB2-37334 STB2-373344SS STB2-373346SS 3⁄8 2 5⁄16 50 250
3⁄8 x 5 STB2-37500 STB2-375004SS STB2-375006SS 3⁄8 3 9⁄16 50 200
3⁄8 x 7 STB2-37700 STB2-377004SS STB2-377006SS 3⁄8 5 9⁄16 50 200
1/2 x 3¾ STB2-50334 STB2-503344SS STB2-503346SS ½ 2 1⁄16 25 125
1/2 x 4¼ STB2-50414 STB2-504144SS STB2-504146SS ½ 2 9⁄16 25 100
1/2 x 4¾ STB2-50434 STB2-504344SS STB2-504346SS ½ 3 1⁄16 25 100
1/2 x 5½ STB2-50512 STB2-505124SS STB2-505126SS ½ 3 13⁄16 25 100
1/2 x 7 STB2-50700 STB2-507004SS STB2-507006SS ½ 5 5⁄16 25 100
1/2 x 8½ STB2-50812 STB2-508124SS STB2-508126SS ½ 6 25 50
1/2 x 10 STB2-50100 STB2-501004SS STB2-501006SS ½ 6 25 50
5⁄8 x 4½ STB2-62412 STB2-624124SS STB2-624126SS 5⁄8 2 7⁄16 20 80
5⁄8 x 5 STB2-62500 STB2-625004SS STB2-625006SS 5⁄8 2 15⁄16 20 80
5⁄8 x 6 STB2-62600 STB2-626004SS STB2-626006SS 5⁄8 3 15⁄16 20 80

5⁄8 x 7 STB2-62700 STB2-627004SS STB2-627006SS 5⁄8 4 15⁄16 20 80
5⁄8 x 8½ STB2-62812 STB2-628124SS STB2-628126SS 5⁄8 6 20 40
5⁄8 x 10 STB2-62100 STB2-621004SS STB2-621006SS 5⁄8 6 10 20
3⁄4 x 5½ STB2-75512 STB2-755124SS STB2-755126SS ¾ 3 3⁄16 10 40
3⁄4 x 6¼ STB2-75614 STB2-756144SS STB2-756146SS ¾ 3 15⁄16 10 40
¾x7 STB2-75700 STB2-757004SS STB2-757006SS ¾ 4 11⁄16 10 40
¾ x 8½ STB2-75812 STB2-758124SS STB2-758126SS ¾ 6 10 20
3⁄4 x 10 STB2-75100 — — 3⁄4 6 10 20
1x7 STB2-100700 — — 1 3 1⁄2 5 20
1 x 10 STB2-1001000 — — 1 3 1⁄2 5 10
1 x 13 STB2-1001300 — — 1 3 1⁄2 5 10
110
Strong-Bolt® 2 Design Information — Concrete

IBC *
Carbon-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Installation Information and Additional Data1
Mechanical Anchors
1/4 4 3/8 5 1/2 5 5/8 5 3/4 5 15
Nominal Diameter da in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
Drill Bit Diameter d in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 1
Baseplate Clearance dc in.

Hole Diameter2 5/16 7⁄16 9⁄16 11⁄16 7⁄8 1 1/8
Installation Torque Tinst ft-lbf 4 30 60 90 150 230
SD
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7⁄8 2 7⁄8 2 3⁄4 3 7⁄8 3 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 4 1⁄8 5 3⁄4 5 1/4 9 3/4
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 1/2 9
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 1 7/8 2 3 3 4 1⁄8 3 5⁄8 5 3⁄8 4 3⁄8 6 5 1/2 10
Minimum Overall
Anchor Length ℓanch in. 2 1/4 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 6 5 1⁄2 7 7 13
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 2 1/2 6 1⁄2 6 6 6 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 9 9 8 18 13 1/2
cmin in. 1 3/4 6 6 4 4 6 1⁄2 6 1⁄2 6 1⁄2 6 1⁄2 8

Minimum Edge Distance
for s ≥ in. — — 6 4 4 — 5 5 8 —
smin in. 2 1/4 3 2 3/4 2 3/4 2 3/4 5 2 3/4 2 3/4 7 8

Minimum Spacing
for c ≥ in. — — 12 12 12 — 8 8 8 —
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in 3 1/4 3 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 4 5 1⁄2 6 5 1⁄2 6 7 7⁄8 6 3⁄4 8 3⁄4 9 13 1/2
Additional Data
Tensile Strength futa psi 70,000 115,000 110,000 78,000
Minimum Tensile and

Shear Stress Area Ase in.2 0.0318 0.0514 0.105 0.166 0.270 0.472
Axial Stiffness in Service

Load Range — Cracked and β lb./in. 73,7003 34,820 63,570 91,370 118,840 299,600
Uncracked Concrete
or ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
2. The clearance must comply with applicable code requirements for the connected element.
3. The tabulated value of β for 1/4"-diameter carbon steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor is for installations in uncracked concrete only.
4. The 1/4"-diameter (6.4 mm) anchor may be installed in top of uncracked normal-weight and sand-lightweight concrete over
profile steel deck, where concrete thickness above upper flute meets the minimum thickness specified in this table.
5. The 3/8"- through 1"-diameter (9.5 mm through 25.4 mm) anchors may be installed in top of cracked and uncracked normal-weight
and sand-lightweight concrete over profile steel deck, where concrete thickness above upper flute meets the minimum thickness
specified in this table for 5/8"- through 1"-diameter anchors and in the table on p. 117 for 3/8"- and 1/2"- diameter anchors.

111

IBC *
Stainless-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Installation Information and Additional Data1
Mechanical Anchors
1/4 4 3/8 5 1/2 5 5/8 5 3/4 5
Nominal Diameter da in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Drill Bit Diameter d in. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Baseplate Clearance Hole Diameter2 dc in. 5/16 7/16 9⁄16 11⁄16 7⁄8
Installation Torque Tinst ft-lbf 4 30 65 80 150
SD
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7⁄8 2 7⁄8 2 3⁄4 3 7⁄8 3 3⁄8 5 1⁄8 4 1⁄8 5 3⁄4
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 1 7/8 2 3 3 4 1⁄8 3 5⁄8 5 3⁄8 4 3⁄8 6
Minimum Overall Anchor Length ℓanch in. 2 1/4 2 3⁄4 3 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 6 5 1⁄2 7
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 2 1/2 6 1⁄2 8 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 9 8 8
cmin in. 1 3/4 6 6 1/2 5 4 4 6

Minimum Edge Distance
for s ≥ in. — 10 — — 8 8 —
smin in. 2 1/4 3 8 5 1/2 4 6 1/4 6 1/2

Minimum Spacing
for c ≥ in. — 10 — — 8 5 1/2 —
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. 3 1/4 3 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 6 5 1⁄2 7 7⁄8 6 3⁄4 8 3⁄4
Additional Data

Tensile Strength futa psi 120,000 100,000 115,000 108,000 95,000
Minimum Tensile and Shear Stress Area Ase in.2 0.0255 0.0514 0.105 0.166 0.270
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range — β lb./in. 54,4303 29,150 54,900 61,270 154,290
Cracked and Uncracked Concrete
ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
2. The clearance must comply with applicable code requirements for the connected element.
3. The tabulated value of β for 1/4"-diameter stainless-steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor is for installtions in uncracked concrete only.
profile steel deck, where concrete thickness above upper flute meets the minimum thickness specified in this table.
5. The 3/8"- through 3/4"-diameter (9.5 mm through 19.1 mm) anchors may be installed in top of cracked and uncracked
normal-weight and sand-lightweight concrete over profile steel deck, where concrete thickness above upper flute meets
the minimum thickness specified in this table and in the table on p. 117 for the 3/8"- and 1/2"-diameter anchors.

112

IBC *
Carbon-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Tension Strength Design Data1
Mechanical Anchors
1/4 8 3/8 9 1/2 9 5/8 9 3/4 9 19
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 7/8 2 3/4 3 7/8 3 3/8 5 1/8 4 1/8 5 3/4 5 1/4 9 3/4
Steel Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.1)
Steel Strength in Tension Nsa lb. 2,225 5,600 12,100 19,070 29,700 36,815
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure2 φsa — 0.75 0.65
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.2)
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 1/2 9
SD
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 2 1/2 6 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 9 9 8 18 13 1/2
Effectiveness Factor —
Uncracked Concrete kuncr — 24
Effectiveness Factor — kcr — —7 17

Cracked Concrete
Modification Factor ψc,N — —7 1.00
Strength Reduction Factor — φcb — 0.65 0.55

Concrete Breakout Failure3
Pullout Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 17.4.3.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.3)
Pullout Strength, Cracked Concrete

(f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,cr lb. —7 1,3005 2,7755 N/A4 4,9855 N/A4 6,8955 N/A4 8,5005 7,7005 11,1855
Pullout Strength, Uncracked Concrete

(f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,uncr lb. N/A4 N/A4 3,3405 3,6155 5,2555 N/A4 9,0255 7,1155 8,8705 8,3605 9,6905
Strength Reduction Factor — φp — 0.65 0.55

Pullout Failure6
Tensile Strength for Seismic Applications (ACI 318-14 Section 17.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D3.3.3)

(f'c = 2,500 psi) Np.eq lb. —7 1,3005 2,7755 N/A4 4,9855 N/A4 6,8955 N/A4 8,5005 7,7005 11,1855
Strength Reduction Factor — φeq — 0.65 0.55

Pullout Failure6
1. The information presented in this table must be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or
ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable, except as modified below.
2. The tabulated value of φsa applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φsa
must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4.
with ACI 318-11 D.4.4(c).
4. N/A (not applicable) denotes that pullout resistance does not need to be considered.
5. The characteristic pullout strength for greater concrete compressive strengths shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c /2,500 psi)0.5.
6. The tabulated value of φp or φeq applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3.(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met.
If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, appropriate value of φ must be determined in accordance with
ACI 318-11 Section D.4.4(c).
7. The 1/4"-diameter carbon steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor installation in cracked concrete is beyond the scope of this table.
profile steel deck, where concrete thickness above upper flute meets the minimum thickness specified in the table on p. 111.
9. The 3/8"- through 1"-diameter (9.5 mm through 25.4 mm) anchors may be installed in top of cracked and uncracked
normal-weight and sand-lightweight concrete over profile steel deck, where concrete thickness above upper flute meets the
minimum thickness specified in the table on p. 111 and in the table on p. 117 for the 3/8"- and 1/2"-diameter anchors.

113

*
Stainless-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Tension Strength Design Data1 IBC

Mechanical Anchors
1/410 3/811 1/211 5/811 3/411
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 7/8 2 3/4 3 7/8 3 3/8 5 1/8 4 1/8 5 3/4
Steel Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D5.1)
Steel Strength in Tension Nsa lb. 3,060 5,140 12,075 17,930 25,650
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure 2 φsa — 0.75
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D5.2)
SD
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1⁄2 2 1⁄2 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 2 1/2 6 1⁄2 8 1/2 4 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 9 8 8
Effectiveness Factor — Cracked Concrete kcr — — 9
17
Modification Factor ψc,N — —9 1.00
Pullout Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D5.3)
Pullout Strength, Cracked Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,cr lb. —9 1,7206 3,1456 2,5605 4,3055 N/A4 6,5457 N/A4 8,2305
Pullout Strength, Uncracked Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,uncr lb. 1,9257 N/A4 4,7706 3,2305 4,4955 N/A4 7,6155 7,7257 9,6257
Tensile Strength for Seismic Applications (ACI 318-14 Section 17.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.3)

(f'c = 2,500 psi) Np.eq lb. —9 1,7206 2,8306 2,5605 4,3055 N/A4 6,5457 N/A4 8,2305
Strength Reduction Factor — Pullout Failure8 φeq — 0.65

ACI 318-11 Appendix D, as applicable, except as modified below.
must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4.
reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors described in ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition A are
allowed. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φcb must be determined in
accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4(c).
4. N/A (not applicable) denotes that pullout resistance does not need to be considered.
5. The characteristic pullout strength for greater concrete compressive strengths shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c /2,500 psi)0.5.
6. The characteristic pullout strength for greater concrete compressive strengths shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c /2,500 psi)0.3 .
7. The characteristic pullout strength for greater concrete compressive strengths shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c /2,500 psi)0.4 .
8. The tabulated value of φp or φeq applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3.(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met.
If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, appropriate value of φ must be determined in accordance with
ACI 318-11 Section D.4.4(c).
9. The 1/4"-diameter stainless-steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor installation in cracked concrete is beyond the scope of this table.
normal-weight and sand-lightweight concrete over profile steel deck, where concrete thickness above upper flute meets the
minimum thickness specified in the table on p. 112 and in the table on p. 117 for the 3/8"- and 1/2"-diameter anchors.

114

IBC *
Carbon-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Shear Strength Design Data1
Mechanical Anchors
1/4 6 3/8 7 1/2 7 5/8 7 3/4 7 17
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 7/8 2 3/4 3 7/8 3 3/8 5 1/8 4 1/8 5 3/4 5 1/4 9 3/4
Steel Strength in Shear (ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.1.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.1)
Steel Strength in Shear Vsa lb. 965 1,800 7,235 11,035 14,480 15,020
Strength Reduction Factor — φsa

Steel Failure2 — 0.65 0.60
SD
Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear (ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.2)
Outside Diameter da in. 0.25 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750 1.00
Load-Bearing Length of ℓe in. 1.500 1.500 2.500 2.250 3.375 2.750 4.500 3.375 5.000 4.500 8.000
Anchor in Shear
Strength Reduction Factor — φcb — 0.70
Concrete Breakout Failure2
Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear (ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.3)
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/4 3 3/8 2 3/4 4 1/2 3 3/8 5 4 1/2 9
Strength Reduction Factor — φcp

Concrete Pryout Failure4 — 0.70
Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Applications (ACI 315-14 Section 17.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.3)
Shear Strength of Single Anchor for Vsa.eq lb. —5 1,800 6,510 9,930 11,775 15,020
Seismic Loads (f'c = 2,500 psi)
Strength Reduction Factor —

φeq — 0.65 0.60
Steel Failure2
2. The tabulated value of φsa or φeq applies when the load combinations of Section 1605.2.1 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φsa or φeq
must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4.
with ACI 318-11 D.4.4(c).
4. The tabulated value of φcp applies when both the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2
are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. If the load combinations of
ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, appropriate value of φcp must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.4.4(c).
5. The 1/4"-diameter carbon steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor installation in cracked concrete is beyond the scope of this table.
7. The 3/8"- through 1"-diameter (9.5 mm through 25.4 mm) anchors may be installed in top of cracked and uncracked
the minimum thickness specified in the table on p. 117.

115

IBC *
Stainless-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Shear Strength Design Data1
Mechanical Anchors
1/4 6 3/8 7 1/2 7 5/8 7 3/4 7
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 7/8 2 7/8 2 3/4 3 7/8 3 3/8 5 1/8 4 1/8 5 3/4
Steel Strength in Shear (ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.1)
Steel Strength in Shear Vsa lb. 1,605 3,085 7,245 6,745 10,760 15,045
SD
Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear (ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.2)
Outside Diameter da in. 0.250 0.375 0.500 0.625 0.750
Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear ℓe in. 1.500 1.500 2.500 2.250 3.375 2.750 4.500 3.375 5.000
Concrete Pryout Strength in Shear (ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.3)
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 1 1/2 2 1/2 2 1/4 3 3/8 2 3/4 4 1/2 3 3/8 5
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Pryout Failure4 φcp — 0.70
Steel Strength in Shear for Seismic Applications (ACI 318-14 Section 17.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.3)
Shear Strength of Single Anchor for Seismic Loads Vsa.eq lb. —5 3,085 6,100 6,745 10,760 13,620
(f'c = 2,500 psi)

must be determined in accordance with ACI 318 D.4.4.
with ACI 318-11 D.4.4(c).
4. The tabulated value of φcp applies when both the load combinations of IBC Section 1605.2, ACI 318-14 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B
are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, appropriate value of φcp must be determined in
accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.4.4(c).
5. The 1/4"-diameter stainless-steel Strong-Bolt 2 anchor installation in cracked concrete is beyond the scope of this table.
the minimum thickness specified in the table on p. 117.

116

Carbon-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Information for
Installation in the Topside of Concrete-Filled Profile IBC *
Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies1,2,3,4
Mechanical Anchors
3/8 1/2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 lbf = 4.45N
1. Installation must comply with the table on p. 111
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 2 1/4 and Figure 1 below.
2. Design capacity shall be based on calculations
Minimum Concrete Thickness 5
hmin,deck in. 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 according to values in the tables on pp. 113 and 115.
Critical Edge Distance cac,deck,top in. 4 3/4 4 4 3. Minimum flute depth (distance from top of flute to
bottom of flute) is 1 1/2".
Minimum Edge Distance cmin,deck,top in. 4 3/4 4 1/2 4 3/4 4. Steel deck thickness shall be a minimum 20 gauge.
5. Minimum concrete thickness (hmin,deck) refers to
Minimum Spacing smin,deck,top in. 7 6 1/2 8 concrete thickness above upper flute.
Stainless-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Information for

Installation in the Topside of Concrete-Filled Profile IBC *
Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies1,2,3,4
3/8 1/2
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 lbf = 4.45N
1. Installation must comply with the table on p. 112
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 1/2 2 1/4 and Figure 1 below.
2. Design capacity shall be based on calculations
Minimum Concrete Thickness 5
hmin,deck in. 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 according to values in the tables on pp. 114 and 116.
Critical Edge Distance cac,deck,top in. 4 3/4 4 4 3. Minimum flute depth (distance from top of flute to
bottom of flute) is 1 1/2".
Minimum Edge Distance cmin,deck,top in. 4 3/4 6 4. Steel deck thickness shall be a minimum 20 gauge.
5. Minimum concrete thickness (hmin,deck) refers to
Minimum Spacing smin,deck,top in. 6 1/2 8 concrete thickness above upper flute.
Sand-lightweight concrete or normal-weight

concrete over steel deck (minimum 2,500 psi)
hmin,deck
Upper flute
Min.
20-gauge
steel deck
Min. 1½" Min. 1¾"
Min. 3½"
Lower flute
Min. 2½" Min. 6" typ.
Figure 1
Min. 3,000 psi normal or

Min. 11⁄2" Min. 1⁄2" typ. sand-lightweight concrete
Upper Min.
flute 20-gauge
Max. 3" Min. 41⁄2" Min. 41⁄2" steel
deck
Min. 12" typ.
Lower
Figure 2 Max. 1" offset, typ. flute

117

Carbon-Steel Strong‑Bolt 2 Tension and Shear Strength Design Data *
for the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies1,2,6,8,9 IBC

Mechanical Anchors
Carbon Steel
3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 2 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 5⁄8 4 1⁄8 2 2 3⁄4
SD
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 5⁄8 3 2 1⁄4 4 2 3⁄4 5 3 3⁄8 1 5⁄8 2 1⁄4
Installation Torque Tinst ft.-lbf. 30 60 90 150 30 60
Pullout Strength, concrete on steel deck (cracked) 3,4 Np,deck,cr lb. 1,040 7
2,615 7
2,040 7
3,645 7
2,615 7
4,990 7
2,815 7
1,340 7
3,7857
Pullout Strength, concrete on steel deck (uncracked)3,4 Np,deck,uncr lb. 1,7657 3,1507 2,5807 3,8407 3,6857 6,5657 3,8007 2,2757 4,7957
Pullout Strength, concrete on steel deck (seismic)3,4 Np,deck,eq lb. 1,0407 2,6157 2,0407 3,6457 2,6157 4,9907 2,8157 1,3407 3,7857
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on steel deck5 Vsa,deck lb. 1,595 3,490 2,135 4,580 2,640 7,000 4,535 3,545 5,920
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on steel deck Vsa,deck,eq lb. 1,595 3,490 1,920 4,120 2,375 6,300 3,690 3,545 5,330
(seismic)5
1. The information presented in this table must be used in conjunction with the design criteria of ACI 318-14 Chapter 17
or ACI 318-11 Appendix D, except as modified below.
2. The steel deck profile must comply with the configuration in Figure 2 on the previous page, and have a minimum base-steel thickness
of 0.035 inch (20 gauge). Steel must comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M SS Grade 33 with minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi.
Concrete compressive strength shall be 3,000 psi minimum.
calculation of the concrete breakout strength may be omitted.
4. In accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.3.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.3.2, the nominal pullout strength in cracked concrete
for anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies Np,deck,cr
shall be substituted for Np,cr . Where analysis indicates no cracking at service loads, the normal pullout strength in uncracked
concrete Np,deck,uncr shall be substituted for Np,uncr. For seismic loads, Np,deck,eq shall be substituted for Np.
5. In accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.1.2(C) or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.1.2(c), the shear strength for anchors installed
in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies Vsa,deck shall be substituted
for Vsa. For seismic loads, Vsa,deck,eq shall be substituted for Vsa.
6. The minimum anchor spacing along the flute must be the greater of 3.0hef or 1.5 times the flute width.
7. The characteristic pull-out strength for greater concrete compressive strengths shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value

by (f'c / 3,000 psi)0.5.
8. Concrete shall be normal-weight or structural sand-lightweight concrete having a minimum specified compressive strength, f'c, of 3,000 psi.
9. Minimum distance to edge of panel is 2hef.

118

Stainless-Steel Strong‑Bolt 2 Tension and Shear Strength Design Data *
IBC
for the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck Floor and Roof Assemblies1,2,6,10,11
Stainless Steel
Mechanical Anchors
Characteristic Symbol Units Lower Flute Upper Flute
3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 2 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 5⁄8 4 1⁄8 2 2 3⁄4
hef
SD
Effective Embedment Depth in. 1 5⁄8 3 2 1⁄4 4 2 3⁄4 5 3 3⁄8 1 5⁄8 2 1⁄4
Installation Torque Tinst ft.-lbf. 30 65 80 150 30 65
Pullout Strength, concrete on steel deck (cracked)3 Np,deck,cr lb. 1,2308 2,6058 1,9907 2,5507 1,7509 4,0209 3,0307 1,5508 2,0557
Pullout Strength, concrete on steel deck (uncracked)3 Np,deck,uncr lb. 1,5808 3,9508 2,4757 2,6607 2,4707 5,0007 4,2759 1,9908 2,5607
Pullout Strength, concrete on steel deck (seismic)5 Np,deck,eq lb. 1,2308 2,3458 1,9907 2,5507 1,7509 4,0209 3,0307 1,5508 2,0557
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on steel deck4 Vsa,deck lb. 2,285 3,085 3,430 4,680 3,235 5,430 6,135 3,085 5,955
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on steel deck Vsa,deck,eq lb. 2,285 3,085 2,400 3,275 3,235 5,430 5,520 3,085 4,170
(seismic)5
2. The steel deck profile must comply with the configuration in Figure 2 on the previous page, and have a minimum base-steel thickness
of 0.035 inch (20 gauge). Steel must comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M SS Grade 33 with minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi.
Concrete compressive strength shall be 3,000 psi minimum.
shall be substituted for Np,cr. Where analysis indicates no cracking at service loads, the normal pullout strength in uncracked
5. In accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.1.2(C) or ACI 318-11 Section D.6.1.2(c), the shear strength for anchors installed
in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies Vsa,deck shall be substituted
for Vsa. For seismic loads, Vsa, deck,eq shall be substituted for Vsa.
7. The characteristic pull-out strength for greater concrete compressive strengths shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c / 3,000 psi)0.5.

119

Carbon-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Anchor Tension and Shear Strength Design Data *
for the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck, Floor and Roof Assemblies1,2,6,8,9 IBC
Carbon Steel Nominal Anchor Diameter (in.)

Mechanical Anchors
Characteristic Symbol Units Installed in Lower Flute
3/8 1/2 5/8
Nominal Embedment Depth hnom in. 2 3 3/8 2 3/4 4 1/2 3 3/8 5 5/8
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1 5/8 3 2 1/4 4 2 3/4 5
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 2 1/8 3 1/2 3 4 3/4 3 5/8 5 5/8
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin,deck in. 2 2 2 3 1/4 2 3 1/4
Installation Torque Tinst ft.-lbf. 30 60 90
Pullout Strength, concrete on steel deck (cracked)3,4,7 Np,deck,cr lb. 1,295 2,705 2,585 5,850 3,015 5,120
Pullout Strength, concrete on steel deck (uncracked)3,4,7 Np,deck,uncr lb. 2,195 3,260 3,270 6,165 4,250 6,735
Pullout Strength, concrete on steel deck (seismic)3,4,7 Np,deck,eq lb. 1,295 2,705 2,585 5,850 3,015 5,120
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on steel deck5 Vsa,deck lb. 1,535 3,420 2,785 5,950 3,395 6,745
Steel Strength in Shear, concrete on steel deck (seismic)5 Vsa,deck,eq lb. 1,535 3,420 2,505 5,350 3,055 6,070
2. The steel deck profile must comply with the configuration in Figure 3 below, and have a minimum base-steel thickness of 0.035 inch (20 gauge).
Steel must comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M SS Grade 50 with minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi. Concrete compressive
strength shall be 3,000 psi minimum.
shall be substituted for Np,cr . Where analysis indicates no cracking at service loads, the normal pullout strength in uncracked
5. In accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 17.5.1.2(c) or ACI 318-11, the shear strength for anchors installed in the soffit of
sand-lightweight or normal-weight concrete over steel deck floor and roof assemblies Vsa,deck shall be substituted for Vsa.
For seismic loads, Vsa,deck,eq shall be substituted for Vsa.

7. The characteristic pull-out strength for greater concrete compressive strengths shall be increased by multiplying the
tabular value by (f'c / 3,000 psi)0.5.
Sand-lightweight or
hmin,deck (min. f'c = 3,000 psi)
Upper Min.
flute 20-gauge
profile
Max. 3" Min. 3⅞" steel deck
Min. 3⅞"
Min. 12" typ. Lower flute
Max. 1" offset, typ.
Figure 3

120
Strong-Bolt® 2 Design Information — Masonry

Carbon-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Tension and Shear Loads in *
8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU IBC
Min. Install. Critical Critical Critical Tension Load Shear Load
Size Drill Bit Embed. Torque Edge Dist. End Dist. Spacing
in. Diameter
Mechanical Anchors
Depth ft.-lb. in. in. in. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (in.) in. (mm) (N-m) (mm) (mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1/4 1 3/4 4 12 12 8 1,150 230 1,500 300
1/4 (5.4) (305) (305) (203) (5.1) (1.0) (6.7) (1.3)
(6.4) (45)
3/8 2 5/8 20 12 12 8 2,185 435 3,875 775
3/8 (27.1) (305) (305) (203) (9.7) (1.9) (17.2) (3.4)
(9.5) (67)
1/2 3 1/2 35 12 12 8 2,645 530 5,055 1,010
1/2 (47.5) (305) (305) (203) (11.8) (2.4) (22.5) (4.5)
(12.7) (89)
5/8 4 3/8 55 20 20 8 4,460 890 8,815 1,765
5/8 (74.6) (508) (508) (203) (19.8) (4.0) (39.2) (7.9)
(15.9) (111)
3/4 5 1/4 100 20 20 8 5,240 1,050 12,450 2,490
3/4 (135.6) (508) (508) (203) (23.3) (4.7) (55.4) (11.1)
(19.1) (133)
1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for
installation under the IBC and IRC. 4" min. edge distance
(⅜"- to ¾"-dia. anchors)
2. Listed loads may be applied to installations on the face of the CMU wall 2" min. edge distance
at least 1 1/4" away from headjoints. (¼" dia. anchor) Critical edge distance
3. Values for 8"-wide concrete masonry units (CMU) with a minimum (see load table) Installation in
specified compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi. this area for
reduced allowable
4. Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete load capacity
masonry unit.
5. Tension and shear loads may be combined using the parabolic
interaction equation (n = 5/3).
6. Refer to allowable load adjustment factors for edge distance and 4" min. end distance
(⅜"- to ¾"-dia. anchors)
spacing on p. 122. 2" min. end distance
(¼" dia. anchor)
Critical end distance

(see load table)
No installation within
1¼" of head joint

Figure 1
Carbon-Steel Strong‑Bolt 2 Tension and Shear Loads in *

8" Lightweight, Medium-weight and Normal-Weight Grout-Filled CMU IBC
Min. Shear Load Shear Load

Install. Min. Critical Critical Tension Load
Size Drill Bit Embed. Perpendicular to Edge Parallel to Edge
Torque Edge Dist. End Dist. Spacing
in. Diameter Depth. ft.-lb. in. in. in.
(mm) in. in. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(N-m) (mm) (mm) (mm)
(mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
Anchor Installed in Cell Opening or Web (Top of Wall) (See Figure 2)
1⁄2 3 1⁄2 35 1 3⁄4 12 8 2,080 415 1,165 235 3,360 670
1⁄2 (47.5) (305) (203) (9.3) (1.8) (5.2) (1.0) (14.9) (3.0)
(12.7) (89) (45)
5⁄8 4 3⁄8 55 1 3⁄4 12 8 3,200 640 1,370 275 3,845 770
5⁄8 (74.6) (305) (203) (14.2) (2.8) (6.1) (1.2) (17.1) (3.4)
(15.9) (111) (45)
1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for
installation under the IBC and IRC.
2. Values for 8"-wide concrete masonry units (CMU) with a minimum 13⁄4" edge distance
specified compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
3. Tension and shear loads may be combined using the parabolic interaction
equation (n = 5/3).
4. Refer to allowable load adjustment factors for edge distance and
spacing on p. 122. End distance
Figure 2

121
Strong-Bolt® 2 Design Information — Masonry

Carbon-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Allowable Load Adjustment Factors for Face-of-Wall Installation
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing. 5. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the row
Mechanical Anchors
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or shear and column.
load application. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
3. Locate the embedment (E) at which the anchor is to be installed. 7. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacings are multiplied
4. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the together.
anchor is to be installed.
Edge or End Distance Tension (fc) Edge or End Distance Shear (fc)
Dia. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 IBC * Dia. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 IBC *
E 1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4 E 1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4
cact ccr 12 12 12 20 20 cact ccr 12 12 12 20 20
(in.) (in.)
cmin 2 4 4 4 4 cmin 2 4 4 4 4
fcmin 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 fcmin 0.88 0.71 0.60 0.36 0.28
2 1.00 2 0.88
4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 4 0.90 0.71 0.60 0.36 0.28
6 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 6 0.93 0.78 0.70 0.44 0.37
8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 8 0.95 0.86 0.80 0.52 0.46
10 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 10 0.98 0.93 0.90 0.60 0.55
12 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.99 12 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.68 0.64
14 1.00 0.99 14 0.76 0.73
16 1.00 0.99 16 0.84 0.82
18 1.00 1.00 18 0.92 0.91
20 1.00 1.00 20 1.00 1.00
Spacing Tension (fs) Spacing Shear (fs)

Dia. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 IBC * Dia. 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 IBC *
E 1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4 E 1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4
sact scr 8 8 8 8 8 sact scr 8 8 8 8 8
(in.) (in.)
smin 4 4 4 4 4 smin 4 4 4 4 4
fsmin 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.86 0.80 fsmin 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
4 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.86 0.80 4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
6 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.93 0.90 6 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 8 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel Strong‑Bolt 2 Wedge Anchors in Top-of-Wall

Installation in 8" Grout-Filled CMU: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads

End Distance End Distance Shear End Distance
Tension (fc ) Perpendicular to Edge (fc) Shear Parallel to Edge (fc )
Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC * Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC * Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC *
E 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8 E 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8 E 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8
sact cact cact
(in.) ccr 12 12 (in.) ccr 12 12 (in.) ccr 12 12
cmin 4 4 cmin 4 4 cmin 4 4
fcmin 1.00 1.00 fcmin 0.90 0.83 fcmin 0.53 0.50
4 1.00 1.00 4 0.90 0.83 4 0.53 0.50
6 1.00 1.00 6 0.93 0.87 6 0.65 0.63
8 1.00 1.00 8 0.95 0.92 8 0.77 0.75
10 1.00 1.00 10 0.98 0.96 10 0.88 0.88
12 1.00 1.00 12 1.00 1.00 12 1.00 1.00
Spacing Shear
Perpendicular
Spacing Tension (fs) or Parallel to Edge (fs)
Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC * Dia. 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC * For footnotes, please see p. 121.
E 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8 E 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8
sact sact
(in.) scr 8 8 (in.) scr 8 8
smin 4 4 smin 4 4
fcmin 0.93 0.86 fcmin 1.00 1.00
4 0.93 0.86 4 1.00 1.00
6 0.97 0.93 6 1.00 1.00
8 1.00 1.00 8 1.00 1.00

122
Wedge-All® Wedge Anchor

The Wedge-All wedge-style expansion anchor is intended for use in solid concrete or grout-filled masonry. This
anchor is best suited in installations where a building code approval for seismic and cracked/uncracked concrete
is not required. Threaded studs are set by tightening the nut to the specified torque.
Features
Mechanical Anchors
• One-piece, wrap-around clip ensures uniform holding capacity
• Threaded end is chamfered for ease of starting nut
• Available in a wide range of diameters and lengths
Codes: FM 3017082 and 3131136;

UL File Ex3605;
Multiple DOT listings;
Meets the requirements of Federal Specification A-A-1923A, Type 4
Material: Carbon steel or stainless steel (Types 303 / 304; Type 316)
Coating: Carbon steel anchors are available zinc plated or

mechanically galvanized
Installation
Do not use an impact wrench to set or tighten anchors.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will make it difficult Head Stamp
to set the anchor and will reduce the anchor’s load capacity. The head is stamped
1. Drill a hole in base material using a carbide drill bit the same with the length
diameter as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. identification letter.
Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth, and blow it
clean using compressed air. (Overhead installations need not
be blown clean.) Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to
accommodate the embedment depth and the dust from drilling.
2. Assemble the anchor with nut and washer so the top of the
nut is flush with the top of the anchor. Place the anchor in
the fixture, and drive it into the hole until the washer and nut
are tight against the fixture.
3. Tighten to the required installation torque.
Wedge-All Anchor
Wedge-All Anchor Installation Data

Wedge-All Diameter
1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4
(in.)
Drill Bit Size (in.) 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4
Min. Fixture Hole (in.) 5⁄16 7⁄16 9⁄16 11⁄16 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄8 1 3⁄8
Wrench Size (in.) 7⁄16 9⁄16 3⁄4 15⁄16 1 1⁄8 1 5⁄16 1 1⁄2 1 7⁄8
Length Identification Head Marks on Wedge-All Anchors

(corresponds to length of anchor — inches).
Mark A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
From 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Up To
But Not 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Including
123

Wedge-All Anchor Product Data — Carbon Steel:
Zinc Plated and Mechanically Galvanized Material Specifications
Mechanically Drill Bit Thread Quantity Carbon Steel — Zinc Plated
Size Zinc Plated Galvanized Dia. Length
Mechanical Anchors
(in.) Model No. Box Carton Component Materials

Model No. (in.) (in.)
1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 — WA25214MG 1 7⁄16 100 500 Anchor Body Nut Washer Clip
1/4
1⁄4 x 3 1⁄4 — WA25314MG 2 7⁄16 100 500
Material meets
3⁄8 x 2 1⁄4 WA37214 WA37214MG 1 1⁄8 50 250 Carbon Steel
minimum Carbon Carbon
ASTM A 563,
3⁄8 x 2 3⁄4 WA37234 WA37234MG 1 5⁄8 50 250 70,000 psi Steel Steel
Grade A
tensile strength
3⁄8 x 3 WA37300 WA37300MG 1 7⁄8 50 250
3⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 WA37312 WA37312MG 3⁄8 2 1⁄2 50 250
3⁄8 x 3 3⁄4 WA37334 WA37334MG 2 5⁄8 50 250
3⁄8 x 5 WA37500 WA37500MG 3 7⁄8 50 200
3⁄8 x 7 WA37700 WA37700MG 5 7⁄8 50 200 Carbon Steel — Mechanically Galvanized
1⁄2 x 2 3⁄4 WA50234 WA50234MG 1 5⁄16 25 125 Component Materials

1⁄2 x 3 3⁄4 WA50334 WA50334MG 2 5⁄16 25 125 Anchor Body Nut Washer Clip
1⁄2 x 4 1⁄4 WA50414 WA50414MG 2 13⁄16 25 100
Material meets
1⁄2 x 5 1⁄2 WA50512 WA50512MG 4 1⁄16 25 100 Carbon Steel
minimum Carbon Carbon
1⁄2 ASTM A 563,
1⁄2 x 7 WA50700 WA50700MG 4 9⁄16 25 100 70,000 psi Steel Steel
Grade A
tensile strength
1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 WA50812 WA50812MG 6 25 50
1⁄2 x 10 WA50100 WA50100MG 6 25 50
1⁄2 x 12 WA50120 WA50120MG 6 25 50
5⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 WA62312 WA62312MG 1 7⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 4 1⁄2 WA62412 WA62412MG 2 7⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 5 WA62500 WA62500MG 3 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 6 WA62600 WA62600MG 4 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8
5⁄8 x 7 WA62700 WA62700MG 5 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 8 1⁄2 WA62812 WA62812MG 6 20 40
5⁄8 x 10 WA62100 WA62100MG 6 10 20
5⁄8 x 12 WA62120 WA62120MG 6 10 20

3⁄4 x 4 1⁄4 WA75414 WA75414MG 2 3⁄8 10 40
3⁄4 x 4 3⁄4 WA75434 WA75434MG 2 7⁄8 10 40
3⁄4 x 5 1⁄2 WA75512 WA75512MG 3 5⁄8 10 40
3⁄4 x 6 1⁄4 WA75614 WA75614MG 4 3⁄8 10 40
3⁄4
3⁄4 x 7 WA75700 WA75700MG 5 1⁄8 10 40
3⁄4 x 8 1⁄2 WA75812 WA75812MG 6 10 20
3⁄4 x 10 WA75100 WA75100MG 6 10 20
3⁄4 x 12 WA75120 WA75120MG 6 5 10
7⁄8 x 6 WA87600 WA87600MG 2 1⁄8 5 20
7⁄8 x 8 WA87800 WA87800MG 2 1⁄8 5 10
7⁄8
7⁄8 x 10 WA87100 WA87100MG 2 1⁄8 5 10
7⁄8 x 12 WA87120 WA87120MG 2 1⁄8 5 10
1x6 WA16000 WA16000MG 2 1⁄4 5 20
1x9 WA19000 WA19000MG 1 2 1⁄4 5 10
1 x 12 WA11200 WA11200MG 2 1⁄4 5 10
1 1⁄4 x 9 WA12590 — 2 3⁄4 5 10
1 1⁄4
1 1⁄4 x 12 WA12512 — 2 3⁄4 5 10
1. The published length is the overall length of the anchor. Allow one anchor diameter for the
nut and washer thickness plus the fixture thickness when selecting the minimum length.
124

Wedge-All Anchor Product Data — Stainless Steel Material Specifications
Type 303 / 304 Type 316 Drill Thread Type 303 /304 Stainless Steel1
Size Quantity
Stainless Stainless Bit Dia. Length
(in.) Component Materials
Model No.2 Model No. (in.) (in.)
Mechanical Anchors
Box Carton
Anchor Body Nut Washer Clip
3⁄8 x 2 1⁄4 WA372144SS WA372146SS 1 1⁄8 50 250
3⁄8 x 2 3⁄4 WA372344SS WA372346SS 1 5⁄8 50 250 Type 303 Type 304
Type 304 Type 304
or 304 or 316
stainless stainless
3⁄8 x 3 WA373004SS WA373006SS 1 7⁄8 50 250 stainless stainless
steel steel
steel steel
3⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 WA373124SS WA373126SS 3⁄8 2 1⁄2 50 250
1. Types 303 and 304 stainless steels perform equally
3⁄8 x 3 3⁄4 WA373344SS WA373346SS 2 5⁄8 50 250 well in certain corrosive environments. Larger sizes
3⁄8 x 5 WA375004SS WA375006SS 3 7⁄8 50 200 are manufactured from Type 303.
3⁄8 x 7 WA377004SS WA377006SS 5 7⁄8 50 200

1⁄2 x 2 3⁄4 WA502344SS WA502346SS 1 5⁄16 25 125
1⁄2 x 3 3⁄4 WA503344SS WA503346SS 2 5⁄16 25 125
Type 316 Stainless Steel1
1⁄2 x 4 1⁄4 WA504144SS WA504146SS 2 13⁄16 25 100
Component Materials
1⁄2 x 5 1⁄2 WA505124SS WA505126SS 4 1⁄16 25 100
1⁄2 Anchor Body Nut Washer Clip
1⁄2 x 7 WA507004SS WA507006SS 5 9⁄16 25 100
1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 WA508124SS WA508126SS 2 25 50 Type 316 Type 316 Type 316 Type 316
1⁄2 x 10 WA50100SS — 2 25 50 stainless stainless stainless stainless
steel steel steel steel
1⁄2 x 12 WA50120SS — 2 25 50
5⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 WA623124SS WA623126SS 1 7⁄8 20 80 1. Type 316 stainless steel provides the greatest degree of
corrosion resistance offered by Simpson Strong-Tie.
5⁄8 x 4 1⁄2 WA624124SS WA624126SS 2 7⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 5 WA625004SS WA625006SS 3 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 6 WA626004SS WA626006SS 4 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8
5⁄8 x 7 WA627004SS WA627006SS 5 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 8 1⁄2 WA628124SS WA628126SS 2 20 40
5⁄8 x 10 WA62100SS WA621003SS 2 10 20
5⁄8 x 12 WA62120SS WA621203SS 2 10 20
3⁄4 x 4 1⁄4 WA754144SS WA754146SS 2 3⁄8 10 40
3⁄4 x 4 3⁄4 WA754344SS WA754346SS 2 7⁄8 10 40

3⁄4 x 5 1⁄2 WA755124SS WA755126SS 3 5⁄8 10 40
3⁄4 x 6 1⁄4 WA756144SS WA756146SS 4 3⁄8 10 40
3⁄4
3⁄4 x 7 WA757004SS WA757006SS 5 1⁄8 10 40
3⁄4 x 8 1⁄2 WA758124SS WA758126SS 2 1⁄4 10 20
3⁄4 x 10 WA75100SS WA751003SS 2 1⁄4 10 20
3⁄4 x 12 WA75120SS — 2 1⁄4 5 10
7⁄8 x 6 WA87600SS — 2 1⁄8 5 20
7⁄8 x 8 WA87800SS WA878003SS 2 1⁄8 5 10
7⁄8
7⁄8 x 10 WA87100SS — 2 1⁄8 5 10
7⁄8 x 12 WA87120SS — 2 1⁄8 5 10
1x6 WA16000SS — 2 1⁄4 5 20
1x9 WA19000SS WA190003SS 1 2 1⁄4 5 10
1 x 12 WA11200SS WA112003SS 2 1⁄4 5 10
1. The published length is the overall length of the anchor. Allow one anchor diameter for
the nut and washer thickness plus the fixture thickness when selecting a length.
2. Anchors with the “SS” suffix in the model number are manufactured from Type 303
stainless steel; the remaining anchors (with the “4SS” suffix) are manufactured from
Type 304 stainless steel. Types 303 and 304 stainless steel perform equally well in
certain corrosive environments.
125
Wedge-All® Design Information — Concrete

IBC *
Carbon-Steel Wedge-All Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load
Critical
Embed. Critical Install.
Mechanical Anchors
Size Edge f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Depth Spacing (13.8 MPa) Concrete (20.7 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete Torque
in. Dist.
in. in. ft.-lb.
(mm) in.
(mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable (N-m)
(mm)
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1 1⁄8 2 1⁄2 1 5⁄8 680 167 170 205 960 233 240
1⁄4 (29) (64) (41) (3.0) (0.7) (0.8) (0.9) (4.3) (1.0) (1.1) 8
(6.4) 2 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 1,920 286 480 530 2,320 105 580 (10.8)
(57) (64) (79) (8.5) (1.3) (2.1) (2.4) (10.3) (0.5) (2.6)
1 3⁄4 3 3⁄4 2 3⁄8 1,560 261 390 555 2,880 588 720
(44) (95) (60) (6.9) (1.2) (1.7) (2.5) (12.8) (2.6) (3.2)
3⁄8 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄4 3 5⁄8 3,360 464 840 1,100 5,440 553 1,360 30
(9.5) (67) (95) (92) (14.9) (2.1) (3.7) (4.9) (24.2) (2.5) (6.0) (40.7)
3 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 4 3⁄4 3,680 585 920 1,140 5,440 318 1,360
(86) (95) (121) (16.4) (2.6) (4.1) (5.1) (24.2) (1.4) (6.0)
2 1⁄4 5 3 1⁄8 3,280 871 820 1,070 5,280 849 1,320
(57) (127) (79) (14.6) (3.9) (3.6) (4.8) (23.5) (3.8) (5.9)
1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 3⁄4 6,040 654 1,510 1,985 9,840 1,303 2,460 60
(12.7) (86) (127) (121) (26.9) (2.9) (6.7) (8.8) (43.8) (5.8) (10.9) (81.3)
4 1⁄2 5 6 1⁄4 6,960 839 1,740 2,350 11,840 2,462 2,960
(114) (127) (159) (31.0) (3.7) (7.7) (10.5) (52.7) (11.0) (13.2)
2 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 4,520 120 1,130 1,640 8,600 729 2,150
(70) (159) (98) (20.1) (0.5) (5.0) (7.3) (38.3) (3.2) (9.6)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 8,200 612 2,050 2,990 15,720 1,224 3,930 90
(15.9) (114) (159) (159) (36.5) (2.7) (9.1) (13.3) (69.9) (5.4) (17.5) (122.0)
5 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4 8,200 639 2,050 2,990 15,720 1,116 3,930
(140) (159) (197) (36.5) (2.8) (9.1) (13.3) (69.9) (5.0) (17.5)
3 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 6,760 1,452 1,690 2,090 9,960 1,324 2,490
(86) (191) (121) (30.1) (6.5) (7.5) (9.3) (44.3) (5.9) (11.1)
3⁄4 5 7 1⁄2 7 10,040 544 2,510 3,225 15,760 1,550 3,940 150
(19.1) (127) (191) (178) (44.7) (2.4) (11.2) (14.3) (70.1) (6.9) (17.5) (203.4)
6 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 9 1⁄2 10,040 1,588 2,510 3,380 17,000 1,668 4,250

(171) (191) (241) (44.7) (7.1) (11.2) (15.0) (75.6) (7.4) (18.9)
3 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 5 3⁄8 7,480 821 1,870 2,275 10,720 1,253 2,680
7⁄8 (98) (222) (137) (33.3) (3.7) (8.3) (10.1) (47.7) (5.6) (11.9) 200
(22.2) 7 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 11 17,040 1,566 4,260 4,670 20,320 2,401 5,080 (271.2)
(200) (222) (279) (75.8) (7.0) (18.9) (20.8) (90.4) (10.7) (22.6)
4 1⁄2 10 6 1⁄4 11,550 1,830 2,888 2,891 11,760 1,407 2,940
1 (114) (254) (159) (51.4) (8.1) (12.8) (12.9) (52.3) (6.3) (13.1) 225
(25.4) 9 10 12 5⁄8 15,570 2,337 3,893 4,766 22,560 1,209 5,640 (305.1)
(229) (254) (321) (69.3) (10.4) (17.3) (21.2) (100.4) (5.4) (25.1)
5 5⁄8 12 1⁄2 7 7⁄8 11,370 1,010 2,843 3,743 18,570 469 4,643
1 1⁄4 (143) (318) (200) (50.6) (4.5) (12.6) (16.6) (82.6) (2.1) (20.7) 400
(31.8) 9 1⁄2 12 1⁄2 13 1⁄4 15,120 2,438 3,780 6,476 36,690 1,270 9,173 (542.3)
(241) (318) (337) (67.3) (10.8) (16.8) (28.8) (163.2) (5.6) (40.8)
1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
2. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on pp. 131 and 133.
3. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to nominal anchor diameter.
4. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.
5. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1/2 times the embedment depth.

126

IBC *
Carbon-Steel Wedge-All Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Shear Load
Critical
Embed. Critical Install.
Mechanical Anchors
Size Edge f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Depth Spacing (13.8 MPa) Concrete (20.7 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete Torque
in. Dist.
in. in. ft.-lb.
(mm) in.
(mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Allowable (N-m)
(mm)
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1 1⁄8 2 1⁄2 1 5⁄8 920 47 230 230 230

(29) (64) (41) (4.1) (0.2) (1.0) (1.0) (1.0) 8
1⁄4
(6.4) 230 230 230 (10.8)
2 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 — —
(57) (64) (79) (1.0) (1.0) (1.0)
1 3⁄4 3 3⁄4 2 3⁄8 2,280 96 570 570 570

(44) (95) (60) (10.1) (0.4) (2.5) (2.5) (2.5)
3⁄8 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄4 3 5⁄8 4,220 384 1,055 1,055 1,055 30

(9.5) (67) (95) (92) (18.8) (1.7) (4.7) (4.7) (4.7) (40.7)
3 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 4 3⁄4 1,055 1,055 1,055

— —
(86) (95) (121) (4.7) (4.7) (4.7)
2 1⁄4 5 3 1⁄8 6,560 850 1,345 1,485 1,625

(57) (127) (79) (29.2) (3.8) (6.0) (6.6) (7.2)
1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 3⁄4 8,160 880 1,675 1,850 2,020 60

(12.7) (86) (127) (121) (36.3) (3.9) (7.5) (8.2) (9.0) (81.3)
4 1⁄2 5 6 1⁄4 1,675 1,850 2,020

(127) — —
(114) (159) (7.5) (8.2) (9.0)
2 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 8,720 1,699 1,620 1,900 2,180

(70) (159) (98) (38.8) (7.6) (7.2) (8.5) (9.7)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 12,570 396 2,330 2,740 3,145 90

(15.9) (114) (159) (159) (55.9) (1.8) (10.4) (12.2) (14.0) (122.0)
5 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4 2,330 2,740 3,145

— —
(140) (159) (197) (10.4) (12.2) (14.0)
3 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 11,360 792 2,840 2,840 2,840

(86) (191) (121) (50.5) (3.5) (12.6) (12.6) (12.6)
3⁄4 5 7 1⁄2 7 18,430 1,921 4,610 4,610 4,610 150

(19.1) (127) (191) (178) (82.0) (8.5) (20.5) (20.5) (20.5) (203.4)
6 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 9 1⁄2 4,610 4,610 4,610

— —
(171) (191) (241) (20.5) (20.5) (20.5)
3 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 5 3⁄8 13,760 2,059 3,440 3,440 3,440

(98) (222) (137) (61.2) (9.2) (15.3) (15.3) (15.3) 200
7⁄8
(22.2) 11 22,300 477 5,575 5,575 5,575 (271.2)
7 7⁄8 8 3⁄4
(200) (222) (279) (99.2) (2.1) (24.8) (24.8) (24.8)
4 1⁄2 10 6 1⁄4 22,519 1,156 5,730 5,730 5,730

1 (114) (254) (159) (100.2) (5.1) (25.5) (25.5) (25.5) 300
(25.4) 9 10 25,380 729 6,345 6,345 6,345 (406.7)
12 5⁄8
(229) (254) (321) (112.9) (3.2) (28.2) (28.2) (28.2)
5 5⁄8 12 1⁄2 7 7⁄8 29,320 2,099 7,330 7,330 7,330

(143) (318) (200) (130.4) (9.3) (32.6) (32.6) (32.6) 400
1 1⁄4
(31.8) 7,330 7,330 7,330 (542.3)
9 1⁄2 12 1⁄2 13 1⁄4 — —
(241) (318) (337) (32.6) (32.6) (32.6)
2. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pp. 132, 134 and 135.
5. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1⁄2 times the embedment depth.

127

IBC *
Stainless-Steel Wedge-All Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Critical Allowable Tension Load lb. (kN) Install.
Embed. Critical
Size Edge Torque
Depth Spacing
Mechanical Anchors
in. Dist. f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi ft.-lb.
in. in. (13.8 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
(mm) in. (N-m)
(mm) (mm) Concrete Concrete Concrete
(mm)
1 1⁄8 2 1⁄2 1 5⁄8 155 185 215
(29) (64) (41) (0.7) (0.8) (1.0) 8
1⁄4
(6.4) 430 475 520 (10.8)
2 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8
(57) (64) (79) (1.9) (2.1) (2.3)
1 3⁄4 3 3⁄4 2 3⁄8 350 500 650

(44) (95) (60) (1.6) (2.2) (2.9)
3⁄8 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄4 3 5⁄8 755 990 1,225 30

(9.5) (67) (95) (92) (3.4) (4.4) (5.4) (40.7)
3 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 4 3⁄4 830 1,025 1,225

(86) (95) (121) (3.7) (4.6) (5.4)
2 1⁄4 5 3 1⁄8 740 965 1,190

(57) (127) (79) (3.3) (4.3) (5.3)
1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 3⁄4 1,360 1,785 2,215 60

(12.7) (86) (127) (121) (6.0) (7.9) (9.9) (81.3)
4 1⁄2 5 6 1⁄4 1,565 2,115 2,665

(114) (127) (159) (7.0) (9.4) (11.9)
2 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 1,015 1,475 1,935

(70) (159) (98) (4.5) (6.6) (8.6)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 1,845 2,690 3,535 90

(15.9) (114) (159) (159) (8.2) (12.0) (15.7) (122.0)
5 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4 1,845 2,690 3,535

(140) (159) (197) (8.2) (12.0) (15.7)
3 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 1,520 1,880 2,240

(86) (191) (121) (6.8) (8.4) (10.0)
3⁄4 5 7 1⁄2 7 2,260 2,905 3,545 150

(19.1) (127) (191) (178) (10.1) (12.9) (15.8) (203.4)
6 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 9 1⁄2 2,260 3,040 3,825

(171) (191) (241) (10.1) (13.5) (17.0)

3 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 5 3⁄8 1,685 2,050 2,410
(98) (222) (137) (7.5) (9.1) (10.7) 200
7⁄8
(22.2) 11 3,835 4,205 4,570 (271.2)
7 7⁄8 8 3⁄4
(200) (222) (279) (17.1) (18.7) (20.3)
4 1⁄2 10 6 1⁄4 2,599 2,621 2,648

1 (114) (254) (159) (11.6) (11.7) (11.8) 225
(25.4) 9 10 3,503 4,290 5,078 (305.1)
12 5⁄8
(229) (254) (321) (15.6) (19.1) (22.6)
5 5⁄8 12 1⁄2 7 7⁄8 2,558 3,368 4,178

1 1⁄4 (143) (318) (200) (11.4) (15.0) (18.6) 400
(31.8) 3,401 5,828 8,254 (542.3)
9 1⁄2 12 1⁄2 13 1⁄4
(241) (318) (337) (15.1) (25.9) (36.7)
2. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on pp. 131 and 133.

128

IBC *
Stainless-Steel Wedge-All Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete
Critical Allowable Shear Load lb. (kN) Install.
Embed. Critical
Size Edge Torque
Depth Spacing
Mechanical Anchors
in. Dist. f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi ft.-lb.
in. in. (13.8 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
(mm) in. (N-m)
(mm) (mm) Concrete Concrete Concrete
(mm)
1 1⁄8 2 1⁄2 1 5⁄8 265 265 265
(29) (64) (41) (1.2) (1.2) (1.2) 8
1⁄4
(6.4) 265 265 265 (10.8)
2 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8
(57) (64) (79) (1.2) (1.2) (1.2)
1 3⁄4 3 3⁄4 2 3⁄8 655 655 655

(44) (95) (60) (2.9) (2.9) (2.9)
3⁄8 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄4 3 5⁄8 1,215 1,215 1,215 30

(9.5) (67) (95) (92) (5.4) (5.4) (5.4) (40.7)
3 3⁄8 3 3⁄4 4 3⁄4 1,215 1,215 1,215

(86) (95) (121) (5.4) (5.4) (5.4)
2 1⁄4 5 3 1⁄8 1,545 1,710 1,870

(57) (127) (79) (6.9) (7.6) (8.3)
1⁄2 3 3⁄8 5 4 3⁄4 1,925 2,130 2,325 60

(12.7) (86) (127) (121) (8.6) (9.5) (10.3) (81.3)
4 1⁄2 5 6 1⁄4 1,925 2,130 2,325

(114) (127) (159) (8.6) (9.5) (10.3)
2 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 1,865 2,185 2,505

(70) (159) (98) (8.3) (9.7) (11.1)
5⁄8 4 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 6 1⁄4 2,680 3,150 3,615 90

(15.9) (114) (159) (159) (11.9) (14.0) (16.1) (122.0)
5 1⁄2 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4 2,680 3,150 3,615

(140) (159) (197) (11.9) (14.0) (16.1)
3 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 3,265 3,265 3,265

(86) (191) (121) (14.5) (14.5) (14.5)
3⁄4 5 7 1⁄2 7 5,300 5,300 5,300 150

(19.1) (127) (191) (178) (23.6) (23.6) (23.6) (203.4)
6 3⁄4 7 1⁄2 9 1⁄2 5,300 5,300 5,300

(171) (191) (241) (23.6) (23.6) (23.6)
3 7⁄8 8 3⁄4 5 3⁄8 3,955 3,955 3,955

(98) (222) (137) (17.6) (17.6) (17.6) 200
7⁄8
(22.2) 11 6,410 6,410 6,410 (271.2)
7 7⁄8 8 3⁄4
(200) (222) (279) (28.5) (28.5) (28.5)
4 1⁄2 10 6 1⁄4 6,590 6,590 6,590

1 (114) (254) (159) (29.3) (29.3) (29.3) 300
(25.4) 9 10 7,295 7,295 7,295 (406.7)
12 5⁄8
(229) (254) (321) (32.4) (32.4) (32.4)
5 5⁄8 12 1⁄2 7 7⁄8 8,430 8,430 8,430

(143) (318) (200) (37.5) (37.5) (37.5) 400
1 1⁄4
(31.8) 8,430 8,430 8,430 (542.3)
9 1⁄2 12 1⁄2 13 1⁄4
(241) (318) (337) (37.5) (37.5) (37.5)
2. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on pp. 131–132 and 134.

129
Wedge-All® Design Information — Concrete and Masonry

Carbon-Steel Wedge-All Allowable Tension Loads in IBC *
Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck
Tension Load Tension Load
Embed. Critical (Install in Concrete) (Install Through Steel Deck) Install.
Critical
Mechanical Anchors
Size Depth Edge Torque

in. Dist. Spacing f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) ft.-lb.
in. in. Concrete Concrete
(mm) in. (N-m)
(mm) (mm)
(mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1⁄4 1 1/2 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 1,440 167 360
— — — —
(6.4) (38) (86) (70) (6.4) (0.7) (1.6)
1⁄2 2 1⁄4 6 3⁄4 4 1⁄8 3,880 228 970 3,860 564 965 60
(12.7) (57) (171) (105) (17.3) (1.0) (4.3) (17.2) (2.5) (4.3) (81.3)
5⁄8 2 3⁄4 8 3⁄8 5 5,920 239 1,480 5,220 370 1,305 90 Wedge-All
anchor
(15.9) (70) (213) (127) (26.3) (1.1) (6.6) (23.2) (1.6) (5.8) (122.0)
3⁄4 3 3⁄8 10 6 1⁄8 7,140 537 1,785 6,600 903 1,650 150 6¼"
(19.1) (>86) (254) (156) (31.8) (2.4) (7.9) (29.4) (4.0) (7.3) (203.4)
3" Upper flute
See footnotes 1–7 below. Min.
Min. 4½" 20-gauge
*
steel deck
Carbon-Steel Wedge-All Allowable Shear Loads in IBC 4½" 7½" Wedge-All
Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck anchor
Shear Load Shear Load Lightweight Concrete

on Steel Deck
Embed. Critical (Install in Concrete) (Install Through Steel Deck) Install.
Critical
Size Depth Edge Torque
in. Dist. Spacing f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) ft.-lb.
in. in. Concrete Concrete
(mm) in. (N-m)
(mm) (mm)
(mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
1⁄4 1 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 1,660 627 415
— — — —
(6.4) (38) (86) (70) (7.4) (2.8) (1.8)
1⁄2 2 1⁄4 6 3⁄4 4 1⁄8 5,575 377 1,395 7,260 607 1,815 60
(12.7) (57) (171) (105) (24.8) (1.7) (6.2) (32.3) (2.7) (8.1) (81.3)
5⁄8 2 3⁄4 8 3⁄8 5 8,900 742 2,225 8,560 114 2,140 90
(15.9) (70) (213) (127) (39.6) (3.3) (9.9) (38.1) (0.5) (9.5) (122.0)
3⁄4 3 3⁄8 10 6 1⁄8 10,400 495 2,600 11,040 321 2,760 150
(19.1) (86) (254) (156) (46.3) (2.2) (11.6) (49.1) (1.4) (12.3) (203.4)
1. The allowable loads listed are based on a safety factor of 4.0. 5. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1⁄2 times
2. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance the embedment depth.
on p. 135. 6. Steel deck must be minimum 20 gauge.
3. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing. 7. Anchors installed in the bottom flute of the
Loads at reduced spacing have not been determined. steel deck must have a minimum allowable

4. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds to edge distance of 1 1⁄2" from the inclined edge
nominal anchor diameter. of the bottom flute.
Carbon-Steel Wedge-All Allowable Tension IBC *

and Shear Loads in Grout-Filled CMU
Critical Critical Critical 8" Grout-Filled CMU Allowable Load Based on CMU Strength edge distance (see load table) Installation
Size Embed. Install.
Edge End Spacing in this area
Depth Tension Load Shear Load Torque for reduced
in. Dist. Dist. allowable
in. in. ft.-lb. load capacity
(mm) (mm) in. in. (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. (N-m)
(mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
4" minimum
Anchor Installed on the Face of the CMU Wall at Least 1 1⁄4 inch Away from Head Joint (See Figure) end distance
3⁄8 2 5⁄8 10 1⁄2 10 1⁄2 10 1⁄2 1,700 129 340 3,360 223 670 30 Critical end
(9.5) (67) (267) (267) (267) (7.6) (0.6) (1.5) (14.9) (1.0) (3.0) (40.7) distance
(see load table)
1⁄2 3 1⁄2 14 14 14 2,120 129 425 5,360 617 1,070 35 No installation

(12.7) (89) (356) (356) (356) (9.4) (0.6) (1.9) (23.8) (2.7) (4.8) (47.4) within 1¼" of
head joint
5⁄8 4 3⁄8 17 1⁄2 17 1⁄2 17 1⁄2 3,120 342 625 8,180 513 1,635 55
(15.9) (111) (445) (445) (445) (13.9) (1.5) (2.8) (36.4) (2.3) (7.3) (74.5) Installations in this area for
3⁄4 5 1⁄4 21 21 21 4,320 248 865 10,160 801 2,030 120
(19.1) (133) (533) (533) (533) (19.2) (1.1) (3.8) (45.2) (3.6) (9.0) (162.6) Shaded area = Placement
1. The tabulated allowable loads are based on a safety 5. Drill bit diameter used in base material corresponds for Full and Reduced
factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC. to nominal anchor diameter. Allowable Load Capacity
2. Listed loads may be applied to installations on the face 6. Tension and shear loads for the Wedge-All anchor in Grout-Filled CMU
of the CMU wall at least 1 1⁄4" away from headjoints. may be combined using the parabolic interaction
3. Values for 8"-wide concrete masonry units (CMU) equation (n = 5⁄3).
with a minimum specified compressive strength of 7. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for
masonry, f’m, at 28 days is 1,500 psi. edge distance on p. 135.
4. Embedment depth is measured from the outside
face of the concrete masonry unit.

130

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel and Stainless-Steel Wedge-All
Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
Mechanical Anchors
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance. 4. The load adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) at which the anchor is to be installed. 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Edge Distance Tension (fc)

Edge Size
ccr
1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4 IBC *
Dist. 2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 6 1⁄4 7 1⁄2 8 3⁄4 10 12 1⁄2
cact cmin 1 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 5
(in.) fcmin 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70
1 0.70
1 1⁄2 0.80 0.70
2 0.90 0.77 0.70
2 1⁄2 1.00 0.83 0.75 0.70
3 0.90 0.80 0.74 0.70
3 1⁄2 0.97 0.85 0.78 0.73 0.70
3 3⁄4 1.00 0.88 0.80 0.75 0.71
4 0.90 0.82 0.77 0.73 0.70
4 1⁄2 0.95 0.86 0.80 0.76 0.73
5 1.00 0.90 0.83 0.79 0.75 0.70
5 1⁄2 0.94 0.87 0.81 0.78 0.72
6 0.98 0.90 0.84 0.80 0.74
6 1⁄4 1.00 0.92 0.86 0.81 0.75
6 1⁄2 0.93 0.87 0.83 0.76
7 0.97 0.90 0.85 0.78
7 1⁄2 1.00 0.93 0.88 0.80
8 0.96 0.90 0.82
8 1⁄2 0.99 0.93 0.84
8 3⁄4 1.00 0.94 0.85
10 1.00 0.90
12 1⁄2 1.00
15
Edge Distance Shear (fc) (Shear Applied Perpendicular to Edge)

Edge Size
ccr
1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4 IBC *
Dist. 2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 6 1⁄4 7 1⁄2 8 3⁄4 10 12 1⁄2
cact cmin 1 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 5

(in.) fcmin 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
1 0.30
1 1⁄2 0.53 0.30
2 0.77 0.46 0.30
2 1⁄2 1.00 0.61 0.42 0.30
3 0.77 0.53 0.39 0.30
3 1⁄2 0.92 0.65 0.49 0.38 0.30
3 3⁄4 1.00 0.71 0.53 0.42 0.33
4 0.77 0.58 0.46 0.37 0.30
4 1⁄2 0.88 0.67 0.53 0.43 0.36
5 1.00 0.77 0.61 0.50 0.42 0.30
5 1⁄2 0.86 0.69 0.57 0.48 0.35 1. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor
6 0.95 0.77 0.63 0.53 0.39 is installed (inches).
6 1⁄4 1.00 0.81 0.67 0.56 0.42 2. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load
(inches).
6 1⁄2 0.84 0.70 0.59 0.44
3. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced
7 0.92 0.77 0.65 0.49 load (inches).
7 1⁄2 1.00 0.83 0.71 0.53 4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at
8 0.90 0.77 0.58 actual edge distance.
8 1⁄2 0.97 0.83 0.63 5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at
8 3⁄4 1.00 0.85 0.65 critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
10 1.00 0.77 6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load
12 1⁄2 1.00 at minimum edge distance.
15 7. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin / (ccr – cmin)].
Load-Adjustment Factors for Reduced Spacing:

Critical spacing is listed in the load tables. No adjustment in load is required when the anchors are spaced at critical spacing.
No additional testing has been performed to determine the adjustment factors for spacing dimensions less than those listed in the load tables.

131

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel and Stainless-Steel
Wedge-All Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Edge Distance and Shear Load
Applied Parallel to Edge
Mechanical Anchors

1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance. 4. The load adjustment factor (fc||) is the intersection of the row
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for a shear load application. and column.
3. Locate the edge distance (cact||) at which the anchor is 5. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
to be installed. 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Edge Distance Shear (fc||) (Shear Applied Parallel to Edge with End Distance ≥ EDmin)
Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4 IBC *
E 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 6 3⁄4 7 7⁄8 9 9 1⁄2
Edge
Dist. EDmin 9 13 1⁄2 18 22 27 31 1⁄2 36 38
cact|| ccr|| 2 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 5 6 1⁄4 7 1⁄2 8 3⁄4 10 12 1⁄2
(in.)
cmin|| 1 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 5
fcmin|| 1.00 0.93 0.70 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62
1 1.00
1 1⁄2 1.00 0.93
2 1.00 0.95 0.70
2 1⁄2 1.00 0.96 0.75 0.62
3 0.98 0.80 0.67 0.62
3 1⁄2 0.99 0.85 0.72 0.66 0.62
4 1.00 0.90 0.77 0.70 0.66 0.62
5 1.00 0.87 0.79 0.73 0.68 0.62
6 0.97 0.87 0.80 0.75 0.67
7 1.00 0.96 0.87 0.81 0.72
8 1.00 0.95 0.87 0.77
9 1.00 0.94 0.82
10 1.00 0.87
11 0.92
12 0.97
13 1.00

1. Table is not applicable to anchors with ED < EDmin. Factors from this table may not be combined with
load-adjustment factors for shear loads applied perpendicular to edge.
2. cact|| = actual edge distance (measured perpendicular to direction of shear load) at which anchor
is installed (inches).
3. ccr|| = critical edge distance (measured perpendicular to direction of shear load) for 100% load (inches).
4. cmin|| = minimum edge distance (measured perpendicular to direction of shear load) for reduced load (inches).
5. ED = actual end distance (measured parallel to direction of shear load) at which anchor is installed (inches).
6. EDmin = minimum edge distance (measured parallel to direction of shear load).
7. fc|| = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
8. fccr|| = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr|| is always = 1.00.
9. fcmin|| = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
10. fc|| = fcmin|| + [(1 – fcmin||) (cact|| – cmin||) / (ccr|| – cmin||)].

132

Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Spacing, Tension Loads
Mechanical Anchors
1. The following tables are for reduced spacing. 5. The load adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for a tension load application. and column.
3. Locate the anchor embedment (E) used for a tension load application. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
4. Locate the spacing (sact) at which the anchor is to be installed. 7. Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
Spacing Tension (fs)

Dia. 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC *
E 1 1⁄8 2 1⁄4 1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄8 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 4 1⁄2 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
sact scr
(in.) 1 5⁄8 3 1⁄8 2 3⁄8 3 5⁄8 4 3⁄4 3 1⁄8 4 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4
smin 5⁄8 1 1⁄8 7⁄8 1 3⁄8 1 3⁄4 1 1⁄8 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄4 1 3⁄8 2 1⁄4 2 3⁄4
fsmin 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.43 0.70
3⁄4 0.50
1 0.64 0.48
1 1⁄4 0.79 0.72 0.57 0.47
1 1⁄2 0.93 0.76 0.67 0.46 0.54 0.46
1 3⁄4 1.00 0.79 0.76 0.53 0.70 0.61 0.43 0.52
2 0.83 0.86 0.59 0.73 0.68 0.48 0.57
2 1⁄4 0.87 0.95 0.65 0.75 0.75 0.53 0.70 0.63 0.43
2 1⁄2 0.91 1.00 0.72 0.78 0.82 0.57 0.72 0.69 0.47
2 3⁄4 0.94 0.78 0.80 0.89 0.62 0.74 0.74 0.50 0.70
3 0.98 0.84 0.83 0.96 0.67 0.76 0.80 0.54 0.72
3 1⁄2 1.00 0.97 0.88 1.00 0.76 0.79 0.91 0.61 0.75
4 1.00 0.93 0.86 0.83 1.00 0.68 0.78
4 1⁄2 0.98 0.95 0.87 0.75 0.81
5 1.00 1.00 0.91 0.82 0.84
6 0.98 0.96 0.90
7 1.00 1.00 0.96
8 1.00
Spacing Tension (fs)

Dia. 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4 IBC *
E 3 3⁄8 5 6 3⁄4 3 7⁄8 7 7⁄8 4 1⁄2 9 5 5⁄8 9 1⁄2
sact scr
(in.) 4 3⁄4 7 9 1⁄2 5 3⁄8 11 6 1⁄4 12 5⁄8 7 7⁄8 13 1⁄4
smin 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 2 4 2 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 2 7⁄8 4 3⁄4
fsmin 0.43 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.70 0.43 0.70
2 0.48 0.43
3 0.67 0.49 0.60 0.54 0.46
4 0.86 0.62 0.73 0.77 0.70 0.68 0.57
5 1.00 0.75 0.78 0.94 0.74 0.82 0.72 0.68 0.71
6 0.87 0.83 1.00 0.79 0.96 0.76 0.79 0.74
7 1.00 0.88 0.83 1.00 0.79 0.90 0.78
8 0.93 0.87 0.83 1.00 0.81
9 0.98 0.91 0.87 0.85
10 1.00 0.96 0.90 0.89
11 1.00 0.94 0.92
12 0.98 0.96
13 1.00 0.99
14 1.00
1. E = Embedment depth (inches).

133

Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete: Spacing, Shear Loads
Mechanical Anchors
1. The following tables are for reduced spacing. 5. The load adjustment factor (fs) is the intersection of the row
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for a shear load application. and column.
3. Locate the anchor embedment (E) used for a shear load application. 6. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
4. Locate the spacing (sact) at which the anchor is to be installed. 7. Reduction factors for multiple spacings are multiplied together.
Spacing Shear (fs)

Dia. 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 IBC *
E 1 1⁄8 2 1⁄4 1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 3⁄8 2 1⁄4 3 3⁄8 4 1⁄2 2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2
sact scr
(in.) 1 5⁄8 3 1⁄8 2 3⁄8 3 5⁄8 4 3⁄4 3 1⁄8 4 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 3 7⁄8 6 1⁄4 7 3⁄4
smin 5⁄8 1 1⁄8 7⁄8 1 3⁄8 1 3⁄4 1 1⁄8 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄4 1 3⁄8 2 1⁄4 2 3⁄4
fsmin 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79
3⁄4 0.82
1 0.87 0.81
1 1⁄4 0.92 0.80 0.84 0.80
1 1⁄2 0.97 0.83 0.88 0.80 0.83 0.80
1 3⁄4 1.00 0.86 0.91 0.83 0.79 0.86 0.79 0.82
2 0.88 0.95 0.85 0.81 0.88 0.81 0.84
2 1⁄4 0.91 0.98 0.87 0.83 0.91 0.83 0.79 0.86 0.79
2 1⁄2 0.93 1.00 0.90 0.84 0.93 0.84 0.80 0.88 0.80
2 3⁄4 0.96 0.92 0.86 0.96 0.86 0.82 0.91 0.82 0.79
3 0.99 0.94 0.88 0.99 0.88 0.83 0.93 0.83 0.80
3 1⁄2 1.00 0.99 0.91 1.00 0.91 0.86 0.97 0.86 0.82
4 1.00 0.95 0.95 0.88 1.00 0.88 0.84
4 1⁄2 0.98 0.98 0.91 0.91 0.86
5 1.00 1.00 0.93 0.93 0.88
6 0.99 0.99 0.93
7 1.00 1.00 0.97
8 1.00
See notes below.
Spacing Shear (fs)

Dia. 3⁄4 7⁄8 1 1 1⁄4 IBC *

E 3 3⁄8 5 6 3⁄4 3 7⁄8 7 7⁄8 4 1⁄2 9 5 5⁄8 9 1⁄2
sact scr
(in.) 4 3⁄4 7 9 1⁄2 5 3⁄8 11 6 1⁄4 12 5⁄8 7 7⁄8 13 1⁄4
smin 1 3⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 3⁄8 2 4 2 1⁄4 4 1⁄2 2 7⁄8 4 3⁄4
fsmin 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79
2 0.81 0.79
3 0.88 0.81 0.85 0.83 0.80
4 0.95 0.86 0.81 0.91 0.79 0.88 0.84
5 1.00 0.91 0.85 0.98 0.82 0.93 0.80 0.88 0.80
6 0.95 0.88 1.00 0.85 0.99 0.83 0.92 0.82
7 1.00 0.91 0.88 1.00 0.85 0.96 0.85
8 0.95 0.91 0.88 1.00 0.87
9 0.98 0.94 0.91 0.90
10 1.00 0.97 0.93 0.92
11 1.00 0.96 0.94
12 0.98 0.97
13 1.00 0.99
14 1.00

134
Wedge-All® Design Information — Concrete and Masonry

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel Wedge-All Anchors
in Sand-Lightweight Concrete: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
Mechanical Anchors
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance. 4. The load adjustment factor (fc) is the intersection of the row
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) at which the anchor is to be installed. 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges are multiplied together.
Edge Distance Shear (fc)

Edge Distance Tension (fc) (Shear Applied Perpendicular to Edge)
Edge Size
ccr
1⁄4 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
IBC * Edge Size
ccr
1⁄4 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
IBC *
Dist. 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 8 3⁄8 10 Dist. 3 3⁄8 6 3⁄4 8 3⁄8 10
cact cmin 1 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 3 3⁄8 4 cact cmin 1 3⁄8 2 3⁄4 3 3⁄8 4
(in.) fcmin 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 (in.) fcmin 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
1 3⁄8 0.70 1 3⁄8 0.30
1 1⁄2 0.72 1 1⁄2 0.34
2 0.79 2 0.52
2 1⁄2 0.87 2 1⁄2 0.69
2 3⁄4 0.91 0.70 2 3⁄4 0.78 0.30
3 0.94 0.72 3 0.87 0.34
3 3⁄8 1.00 0.75 0.70 3 3⁄8 1.00 0.41 0.30
3 1⁄2 0.76 0.71 3 1⁄2 0.43 0.32
4 0.79 0.74 0.70 4 0.52 0.39 0.30
4 1⁄2 0.83 0.77 0.73 4 1⁄2 0.61 0.46 0.36
5 0.87 0.80 0.75 5 0.69 0.53 0.42
5 1⁄2 0.91 0.83 0.78 5 1⁄2 0.78 0.60 0.48
6 0.94 0.86 0.80 6 0.87 0.67 0.53
6 1⁄2 0.98 0.89 0.83 6 1⁄2 0.96 0.74 0.59
6 3⁄4 1.00 0.90 0.84 6 3⁄4 1.00 0.77 0.62
7 0.92 0.85 7 0.81 0.65
7 1⁄2 0.95 0.88 7 1⁄2 0.88 0.71
8 0.98 0.90 8 0.95 0.77
8 3⁄8 1.00 0.92 8 3⁄8 1.00 0.81
8 1⁄2 0.93 8 1⁄2 0.83
9 0.95 9 0.88
9 1⁄2 0.98 9 1⁄2 0.94
10 1.00 10 1.00
See footnotes below. See footnotes below.
Load Adjustment Factors for Carbon-Steel Wedge-All® Anchors in Face-of-Wall Installation

in 8" Grout-Filled CMU: Edge Distance, Tension and Shear Loads
Edge Distance Tension (fc) Edge Distance Shear (fc)
Edge Size
ccr
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 IBC * Edge Size
ccr
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
IBC *
Dist. 10 1/2 14 17 1/2 21 Dist. 10 1/2 14 17 1/2 21
cact cmin 4 4 4 4 cact cmin 4 4 4 4
(in.) fcmin 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.80 (in.) fcmin 0.79 0.52 0.32 0.32
4 1.00 1.00 0.80 0.80 4 0.79 0.52 0.32 0.32
6 1.00 1.00 0.83 0.82 6 0.85 0.62 0.42 0.40
8 1.00 1.00 0.86 0.85 8 0.92 0.71 0.52 0.48
10 1/2 1.00 1.00 0.90 0.88 10 1/2 1.00 0.83 0.65 0.58
12 1.00 0.92 0.89 12 0.90 0.72 0.64
14 1.00 0.95 0.92 14 1.00 0.82 0.72
16 0.98 0.94 16 0.92 0.80
17 1/2 1.00 0.96 17 1/2 1.00 0.86
21 1.00 21 1.00
1. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
2. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
Load-Adjustment Factors for Reduced Spacing: 3. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
Critical spacing is listed in the load tables. No adjustment in load
is required when the anchors are spaced at critical spacing. 4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
No additional testing has been performed to determine the adjustment 5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance.
factors for spacing dimensions less than those listed in the load tables. fccr is always = 1.00.
6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
7. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin)(cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)].

135
Sleeve-All® Sleeve Anchor

Sleeve-All expanding anchors are pre-assembled, expanding sleeve anchors
for use in all types of solid base materials. This anchor is available in acorn, hex,
rod coupler or flat head style for a wide range of applications.
Codes: FM 3017082, 3026805 and 3029959 (carbon steel 3/8" – 1/2" diameter);
Mechanical Anchors
Underwriters Laboratories File Ex3605 (3/8" – 3/4" diameter);

Mulitiple DOT listings; meets the requirements of Federal
Specification A-A-1922A
Material: Carbon steel or Type 304 stainless steel
Coating: Carbon steel anchors are zinc plated
Installation
1. Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter
as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed.
2. Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth, and blow it clean
using compressed air. (Overhead installations need not be blown clean.)
Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough to accommodate embedment
depth and the dust from drilling.
3. Place the anchor in the fixture, and drive it into the hole until the
washer and nut are tight against the fixture.
Hex Acorn
4. Tighten to required installation torque.
Caution: Oversized holes will make it difficult to set

the anchor and will reduce the anchor’s load capacity.

Anchor 304
Zinc-Plated Carbon Steel
Component Stainless Steel
Rod Flat Head
Anchor Body Material meets minimum 50,000 psi tensile Type 304 Coupler (Phillips drive)
Sleeve SAE J403, Grade 1008 cold-rolled steel Type 304
Commercial Grade, meets requirements

Nut Type 304
of ASTM A563 Grade A
SAE J403, Grade 1008 /1010

Washer Type 304
cold-rolled steel
Sleeve-All Anchor Installation Data
Sleeve-All Diameter
(in.) 1⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
Installation Torque (ft.-lb.) 5 8 15 25 50 90

Drill Bit Size (in.) 1⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
Wrench Size1 (in.) 3⁄8 7⁄16 1⁄2 9⁄16 3⁄4 15⁄16
Wrench Size for Coupler Nut (in.) 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 —
1. Applies to acorn- and hex-head configurations only.
136
Sleeve-All® Sleeve Anchor

Sleeve-All Anchor Product Data — Zinc-Plated Carbon Steel
Bolt Diameter – Max. Fixture Quantity
Size Model Head Threads Thickness
(in.) No. Style per Inch (in.) Box Carton
Mechanical Anchors
1⁄4 x 1 3⁄8 SL25138A 1⁄4 100 500
Acorn Head 3⁄16–24
1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 SL25214A 1 1⁄8 100 500
5⁄16 x 1 1⁄2 SL31112H 3⁄8 100 500
1⁄4–20
5⁄16 x 2 1⁄2 SL31212H 1 1⁄16 50 250
3⁄8 x 1 7⁄8 SL37178H 3⁄8 50 250
3⁄8 x 3 SL37300H 5⁄16–18 1 1⁄2 50 200
3⁄8 x 4 SL37400H 2 1⁄4 50 200
1⁄2 x 2 1⁄4 SL50214H 1⁄2 50 200
1⁄2 x 3 SL50300H 3⁄4 25 100
3⁄8–16
1⁄2 x 4 SL50400H 1 3⁄4 25 100
Hex Head
1⁄2 x 6 SL50600H 3 3⁄8 20 80
5⁄8 x 2 1⁄4 SL62214H 1⁄2 25 100
5⁄8 x 3 SL62300H 3⁄4 20 80
1⁄2–13
5⁄8 x 4 1⁄4 SL62414H 1 1⁄2 10 40
5⁄8 x 6 SL62600H 3 1⁄4 10 40
3⁄4 x 2 1⁄2 SL75212H 1⁄2 10 40
3⁄4 x 4 1⁄4 SL75414H 5⁄8–11 7⁄8 10 40
3⁄4 x 6 1⁄4 SL75614H 2 7⁄8 5 20
1⁄4 x 2 SL25200PF 7⁄8 100 500
3⁄16–24
1⁄4 x 3 SL25300PF 1 7⁄8 50 250
5⁄16 x 2 1⁄2 SL31212PF 1 1⁄16 50 250
1⁄4–20
5⁄16 x 3 1⁄2 SL31312PF Phillips 2 1⁄16 50 250
3⁄8 x 2 3⁄4 SL37234PF Flat Head 1 1⁄4 50 200
3⁄8 x 4 SL37400PF 2 1⁄2 50 200
5⁄16–18
3⁄8 x 5 SL37500PF 3 1⁄2 50 200
3⁄8 x 6 SL37600PF 4 1⁄2 50 200
Sleeve-All Anchor Product Data — Stainless Steel

Size Model Head Bolt Diameter – Max. Fixture Quantity
(in.) No. Style Threads per Inch Thickness (in.) Box Carton
3⁄8 x 1 7⁄8 SL37178HSS 3⁄8 50 250
5⁄16–18
3⁄8 x 3 SL37300HSS 1 1⁄2 50 200
Hex Head
1⁄2 x 3 SL50300HSS 3⁄4 25 100
3⁄8–16
1⁄2 x 4 SL50400HSS 1 3⁄4 25 100
Sleeve-All Anchor (with rod coupler) Product Data — Zinc-Plated Carbon Steel
Accepts Quantity
Size Model Wrench
Rod Diameter
(in.) No. Size
(in.) Box Carton
3⁄8 x 1 7⁄8 SL37178C 3⁄8 1⁄2 50 200
1⁄2 x 2 1⁄4 SL50214C 1⁄2 5⁄8 25 100
5⁄8 x 2 1⁄4 SL62214C 5⁄8 3/4 20 80
Length Identification Head Marks on Sleeve-All Anchors

(corresponds to length of anchor — inches)
Mark A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
From 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Up to
but Not 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2 7 7 1⁄2 8 8 1⁄2 9 9 1⁄2 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Including
137
Sleeve-All® Design Information — Concrete and Masonry

IBC *
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Sleeve-All in Normal-Weight Concrete
Tension Load Shear Load
Critical Critical Install.
Mechanical Anchors
Embed.
Size Edge Spacing f'c ≥ 2,000 psi (13.8 MPa) f'c ≥ 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa) f'c ≥ 2,000 psi (13.8 MPa) Torque
Depth
in. Dist. Dist. Concrete Concrete Concrete ft.-lb.
in.
(mm) in. in. (N-m)
(mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow. Ultimate Std. Dev. Allow.
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1⁄4 1 1⁄8 2 1⁄2 4 1⁄2 880 94 220 1,320 189 330 1,440 90 360 5
(6.4) (29) (64) (114) (3.9) (0.4) (1.0) (5.9) (0.8) (1.5) (6.4) (0.4) (1.6) (7)
1 3 1⁄8 5 3/4 930 201 230 1,095 118 275 1,480 264 370 8
(25)
(79) (146) (4.1) (0.9) (1.0) (4.9) (0.5) (1.2) (6.6) (1.2) (1.6) (11)
5⁄16
(7.9)
1 7⁄16 3 1⁄8 5 3⁄4 1,120 113 280 1,320 350 330 2,160 113 540 8
(37) (79) (146) (5.0) (0.5) (1.2) (5.9) (1.6) (1.5) (9.6) (0.5) (2.4) (11)
3⁄8 1 1⁄2 3 3⁄4 6 1,600 294 400 2,680 450 670 3,080 223 770 15
(9.5) (38) (95) (152) (7.1) (1.3) (1.8) (11.9) (2.0) (3.0) (13.7) (1.0) (3.4) (20)
1 3/4 5 9 2,900 369 725 3,480 529 870 4,250 659 1,060 25
(45) (127) (229) (12.9) (1.6) (3.2) (15.5) (2.4) (3.9) (18.9) (2.9) (4.7) (34)
1⁄2
(12.7)
2 1⁄4 5 9 3,160 254 790 4,760 485 1,190 5,000 473 1,250 25
(57) (127) (229) (14.1) (1.1) (3.5) (21.2) (2.2) (5.3) (22.2) (2.1) (5.6) (34)
1 3/4 6 1/4 11 3,200 588 800 3,825 243 955 4,625 747 1,155 50
(45) (159) (279) (14.2) (2.6) (3.6) (17.0) (1.1) (4.2) (20.6) (3.3) (5.1) (68)
5⁄8
(15.9)
2 3⁄4 6 1⁄4 11 4,200 681 1,050 6,160 1,772 1,540 8,520 713 2,130 50
(70) (159) (279) (18.7) (3.0) (4.7) (27.4) (7.9) (6.9) (37.9) (3.2) (9.5) (68)
2 7 1/2 13 1/2 3,200 588 800 4,465 1,017 1,115 5,080 771 1,270 90
(51) (191) (343) (14.2) (2.6) (3.6) (19.9) (4.5) (5.0) (22.6) (3.4) (5.6) (122)
3⁄4
(19.1)
3 3⁄8 7 1⁄2 13 1⁄2 6,400 665 1,600 9,520 674 2,380 10,040 955 2,510 90
(86) (191) (343) (28.5) (3.0) (7.1) (42.3) (3.0) (10.6) (44.7) (4.2) (11.2) (122)

3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for spacing and edge distance on p. 140.
5. Allowable tension loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths listed.

Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for 3⁄8" Sleeve-All in Grout-Filled CMU *
IBC
(Anchor Installed in Horizontal Mortar Joint or Face Shell)
Embed. Min. Edge Min. End Min. Tension Load Shear Load Install.
Size Depth Dist. Dist. Spacing Torque
in. in. in. in. in. Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow. ft.-lb.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) (N-m)
3⁄8 1 1⁄2 16 16 24 2,000 400 2,300 460 15

(9.5) (38) (406) (406) (610) (8.9) (1.8) (10.2) (2.0) (20)
See footnotes on p. 139.

138
Sleeve-All® Design Information — Concrete and Masonry

IBC *
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Sleeve-All in Grout-Filled CMU
Embed. Min. Edge Min. End Min. Tension Load Shear Load Install.
Size Depth Dist. Dist. Spacing Torque
Mechanical Anchors
in. in. in. in. in. Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow. ft.-lb.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) (N-m)
Anchor Installed in a Single Face Shell
3⁄8 1 1⁄2 12 12 24 1,746 350 2,871 575 15

(9.5) (38) (305) (305) (610) (7.8) (1.6) (12.8) (2.6) (20)
1⁄2 2 1⁄4 12 12 24 3,384 675 5,670 1,135 25

(12.7) (57) (305) (305) (610) (15.1) (3.0) (25.2) (5.0) (34)
5⁄8 2 3⁄4 12 12 24 3,970 795 8,171 1,635 50

(15.9) (70) (305) (305) (610) (17.7) (3.5) (36.3) (7.3) (68)
3⁄4 3 3⁄8 12 12 24 6,395 1,280 12,386 2,475 90

(19.1) (86) (305) (305) (610) (28.4) (5.7) (55.1) (11.0) (122)
Anchor Installed in Mortar “T” Joint
3⁄8 1 1⁄2 8 8 24 1,927 385 3,436 685 15

(9.5) (38) (203) (203) (610) (8.6) (1.7) (15.3) (3.0) (20)
1⁄2 2 1⁄4 8 8 24 3,849 770 5,856 1,170 25

(12.7) (57) (203) (203) (610) (17.1) (3.4) (26.0) (5.2) (34)
5⁄8 2 3⁄4 8 8 24 4,625 925 7,040 1,410 50

(15.9) (70) (203) (203) (610) (20.6) (4.1) (31.3) (6.3) (68)
3⁄4 3 3⁄8 8 8 24 5,483 1,095 7,869 1,575 90

(19.1) (86) (203) (203) (610) (24.4) (4.9) (35.0) (7.0) (122)

2. Listed loads may be applied to installations through a face shell with the following placement guidelines:
a. Minimum 3" from vertical mortar joint.
b. Minimum 1" from vertical cell centerline.
3. Values for 6"- and 8"-wide concrete masonry units (CMU) with a minimum specified compressive strength
of masonry, f'm, at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
Edge distance
block
specified in table
1"
End
3" 3" distance
specified
in table
1" 1"
block block
Face Shell Installation
Allowable anchor placement in
grout-filled CMU shown by shaded areas.

139
Sleeve-All® Design Information — Concrete

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Sleeve-All Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete:
Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
Mechanical Anchors
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are multiplied
anchor is to be installed. together.
Edge Distance Tension (fc) Spacing Tension and Shear (fs)

Edge Size
ccr
1⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC * Size
scr
1⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
IBC *
Dist. 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 3 3⁄4 5 6 1⁄4 7 1⁄2 sact 4 1⁄2 5 3⁄4 6 9 11 13 1⁄2
cact cmin 1 1⁄4 1 9⁄16 1 7⁄8 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 3 3⁄4 (in.) smin 2 1⁄4 2 7⁄8 3 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 6 3⁄4
(in.) fcmin 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 fsmin 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
1 1⁄4 0.60 2 1⁄4 0.50
1 1⁄2 0.68 2 1⁄2 0.56
1 9⁄16 0.70 0.60 2 7⁄8 0.64 0.50
1 7⁄8 0.80 0.68 0.60 3 0.67 0.52 0.50
2 0.84 0.71 0.63 3 1⁄2 0.78 0.61 0.58
2 1⁄2 1.00 0.84 0.73 0.60 4 0.89 0.70 0.67
3 0.97 0.84 0.68 4 1⁄2 1.00 0.78 0.75 0.50
3 1⁄8 1.00 0.87 0.70 0.60 5 0.87 0.83 0.56
3 1⁄2 0.95 0.76 0.65 5 1⁄2 0.96 0.92 0.61 0.50
3 3⁄4 1.00 0.80 0.68 0.60 5 3⁄4 1.00 0.96 0.64 0.52
4 0.84 0.71 0.63 6 1.00 0.67 0.55
4 1⁄2 0.92 0.78 0.68 6 1⁄2 0.72 0.59
5 1.00 0.84 0.73 6 3⁄4 0.75 0.61 0.50
5 1⁄2 0.90 0.79 7 0.78 0.64 0.52
6 0.97 0.84 8 0.89 0.73 0.59
6 1⁄4 1.00 0.87 9 1.00 0.82 0.67
6 1⁄2 0.89 10 0.91 0.74
7 0.95 11 1.00 0.81
7 1⁄2 1.00 12 0.89
See footnotes below. 13 0.96
13 1⁄2 1.00
Edge Distance Shear (fc) 1. E = Embedment depth (inches).
Edge Size
ccr
1⁄4 5⁄16 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4
IBC * 3. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
Dist. 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 3 3⁄4 5 6 1⁄4 7 1⁄2
cact cmin 4. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
1 1⁄4 1 9⁄16 1 7⁄8 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8 3 3⁄4
(in.) 5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.

fcmin 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
1 1⁄4 0.30 fscr is always = 1.00.
1 1⁄2 0.44
1 9⁄16 0.48 0.30
1 7⁄8 0.65 0.44 0.30
2 0.72 0.50 0.35
2 1⁄2 1.00 0.72 0.53 0.30
3 0.94 0.72 0.44
3 1⁄8 1.00 0.77 0.48 0.30
3 1⁄2 0.91 0.58 0.38
3 3⁄4 1.00 0.65 0.44 0.30
4 0.72 0.50 0.35
4 1⁄2 0.86 0.61 0.44
5 1.00 0.72 0.53
5 1⁄2 0.83 0.63
6 0.94 0.72
6 1⁄4 1.00 0.77
6 1⁄2 0.81
7 0.91
7 1⁄2 1.00
3. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
5. fcccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance.
fcccr is always = 1.00.
7. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fsmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)].

140
Easy-Set Pin-Drive Expansion Anchor

The Easy-Set is a pin-drive expansion anchor for medium- and heavy-duty fastening
applications into concrete. Integrated nut and washer help keep track of parts.
Mechanical Anchors
Coating: Yellow zinc dichromate plated
Installation
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will make it difficult to set
the anchor and will reduce the anchor’s load capacity.
1. Drill a hole in the base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter as
the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill the hole to the specified
embedment depth plus 1⁄4" to allow for pin extension and blow it clean using
compressed air. (Overhead installations need not be blown clean.) Alternatively,
drill the hole deep enough to accommodate embedment depth and the dust
from drilling.
2. Adjust the nut for required embedment. Place the anchor through the fixture
and into the hole.
3. Hammer the center pin until the bottom of the head is flush with top of anchor.
EZAC Product Data

Size Model Thread Quantity Easy-Set
Length (EZAC)
(in.) No. Box Carton
(in.)
3⁄8 x 2 3⁄8 EZAC37238 1 50 250
3⁄8 x 3 1⁄2 EZAC37312 1 1⁄8 50 250

3⁄8 x 4 3⁄4 EZAC37434 1 1⁄2 50 200
1/2 x 2 3/4 EZAC50234 1 25 125 Easy-Set Anchor Installation Data
1/2 x 3 1/2 EZAC50312 1 1⁄8 25 125
Easy-Set Diameter
1/2 x 4 3/4 EZAC50434 1 1⁄2 25 100 (in.) 3/8 1/2 5/8
1/2 x 6 EZAC50600 2 25 100

Drill Bit Size (in.) 3/8 1/2 5/8
5⁄8 x 4 EZAC62400 1 5⁄8 15 60
Min. Fixture Hole Size (in.) 7/16 9/16 11/16
5⁄8 x 4 3/4 EZAC62434 1 5⁄8 15 60
5⁄8 x 6 EZAC62600 2 15 60 Wrench Size (in.) 9/16 3/4 15/16
EZAC Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete

Critical Tension Load Shear Load IBC *
Embed. Critical Edge
Drill Bit Spacing
Size Depth Dist. f'c ≥ 2,000 psi
Dia. Dist.
in. in. In. (13.8 MPa) Concrete
In. In.
(mm) (mm) (mm) Allowable lb. (kN)
1 3/4 2 3/4 5 1/4 630 645 2. 100% of the allowable load is permitted at critical spacing
3/8 3/8 (2.8) (2.9)
(44) (70) (133) and critical edge distance. Allowable loads at lesser spacings
and edge distance have not been determined.
2 1/2 3 3/8 6 3/4 1,005 1,230
1/2 1/2 (4.5) (5.5) 3. The minimum concrete thickness is 1 1/2 times the
(64) (86) (171)
embedment depth.
3 4 1/4 9 1,515 1,325 4. Tension and shear loads for the EZAC anchor may be
5/8 (76) 5/8 (229) (6.7) (5.9)
(108) combined using the straight-line interaction equation (n = 1).

141
Tie-Wire Wedge Anchor

The Simpson Strong-Tie tie-wire anchor is a wedge-style expansion anchor for use in normal-weight concrete
or in concrete over steel deck. With a tri-segmented, dual-embossed clip, the tie-wire anchor is ideal for the
installation of acoustic ceiling grid and is easily set with the claw of a hammer.
Mechanical Anchors
Features
• 1/4" eyelet for easy threading of wire
• Sets with claw of hammer
• Tri-segmented clip — each segment adjusts independently to
hole irregularities
• Dual embossments on each clip segment enable the clip to undercut
into the concrete, increasing follow-up expansion
• Wedge-style expansion anchor for use in normal weight concrete
or concrete over steel deck

Installation
1. Drill a hole at least 1 1/4" deep using a 1/4"-diameter carbide tipped bit.
2. Drive the anchor into the hole until the bottom of the head is flush
with the base material.
3. Set the anchor by prying/pulling the head with the claw end of
the hammer.
Drill Bit Eyelet Quantity

Size Model Diameter Hole Size
(in.) No. (in.) (in.) Box Carton
1/4 x 1 1/4 TW25114 1/4 1/4 100 500

Tie-Wire

142
Tie-Wire Wedge Anchor

Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Tie-Wire Anchor *
in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC
Mechanical Anchors
Embed Critical Critical
Size Drill Bit Depth End Dist. Spacing f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa)
in. Diameter in. in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
1/4 1 1/4 2 1/2 5 1,155 290 380 95

1/4 (127) (5.1) (1.3) (1.7) (0.4)
(6.4) (32) (64)

Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Tie-Wire Anchor in the Soffit of IBC *
Normal-Weight Concrete or Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck
Size Drill Bit Depth End Dist.5 Spacing f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) f'c ≥ 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa)
in. Diameter in. in. in.
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
1/4 1 1/4 2 1/2 5 1,155 290 460 115

1/4 (127) (5.1) (1.3) (2.0) (0.5)
(6.4) (32) (64)

3. Steel deck must be minimum 20-gauge thick with minimum yield strength of 33 ksi.
4. Anchors installed in the bottom flute of the steel deck must have a minimum edge distance of 1 1/2" away
from inclined edge of the bottom flute. See the figure below.
5. Critical end distance is defined as the distance from the end of the slab in the direction of the flute.
Tie-wire anchor
3" Upper flute

Min.
20-gauge
steel deck
Min. 4½"
4½" 7½" 1½" min.
Installation in the Soffit of Concrete over Steel Deck

143

The Titen Turbo screw anchor features an innovative Torque Reduction Channel
to trap drilling dust where it can’t obstruct thread action, significantly reducing
binding, stripping, and snapping without compromising strength. The patented
reverse thread design enables smooth driving with less torque while providing
superior holding power. The Torque Reduction Channel also allows more
space for dust to help prevent anchors from bottoming out in smaller-diameter
screw holes. The Titen Turbo screw anchors feature a serrated leading edge
to cut into concrete or masonry, and a pointed tip for fast, easy installation in
wood-to-concrete and wood-to-wood anchoring applications.
Features
• Patent-pending Torque Reduction Channel that displaces dust where it can’t
obstruct the thread action, reducing the likelihood of binding in the hole
Mechanical Anchors
• Availability with either a hex head or, for a flush profile, a 6-lobe-drive
countersunk flat head
6-lobe drive
• The 6-lobe drive’s larger contact area provides better bit grip for reduced
cam-outs, more torque, better performance and longer bit life
• 6-lobe bit included in packaging for countersunk flat head version
• Superior tension load performance compared to leading competitors
in the market
• Matched-tolerance bit not required; use a standard ANSI drill bit for installation
• Serrated screw point for easier starts when fastening wood
• Designed for installation with an impact driver or cordless drill. Installation
using the Titen Turbo Installation Tool is recommended.
• Use in dry interior environments only
• Code listed in accordance with ICC-ES AC193 for uncracked concrete
and ICC-ES AC106 for masonry applications without cleaning dust
from predrilled holes
Titen Turbo Titen Turbo
Codes: IAPMO UES ER-712 (uncracked concrete) (City of LA Flat Head Hex-Head
Supplement within ER-712); Screw Screw
IAPMO UES ER-716 (masonry) (City of LA Supplement within ER-716); Patent Pending Patent Pending
FL16230 (concrete and masonry)

Coating: Zinc plated with baked ceramic coating
½" min.
1¾" max.
Versatile Applications
Sliding door track installation Window frames Furring strips
144

Blue Titen Turbo Product Data (3/16" diameter)
Size Head Model Drill Bit Dia. Quantity
(in.) Style No. (in.) Pack Carton
3/16 x 1 1/4 TNT18114H 100 1,600
3/16 x 1 3/4 TNT18134H 100 500
3/16 x 2 1/4 TNT18214H 100 500
1/4" hex 5/32
3/16 x 2 3/4 TNT18234H 100 500
3/16 x 3 1/4 TNT18314H 100 400
3/16 x 3 3/4 TNT18334H 100 400
3/16 x 1 1/4 TNT18114TF 100 1,600
3/16 x 1 3/4 TNT18134TF 100 500
3/16 x 2 1/4 TNT18214TF 100 500
T25 6-lobe flat
Mechanical Anchors
5/32
3/16 x 2 3/4 TNT18234TF 100 500
3/16 x 3 1/4 TNT18314TF 100 400
3/16 x 3 3/4 TNT18334TF 100 400
Blue Titen Turbo Product Data (1/4" diameter)

1/4 x 1 1/4 TNT25114H 100 1,600
1/4 x 1 3/4 TNT25134H 100 500
1/4 x 2 1/4 TNT25214H 100 500
1/4 x 2 3/4 TNT25234H 100 500
1/4 x 3 1/4 5/16" hex TNT25314H 3/16 100 400
1/4 x 3 3/4 TNT25334H 100 400
1/4 x 4 TNT25400H 100 400
1/4 x 5 TNT25500H 100 400
1/4 x 6 TNT25600H 100 400
1/4 x 1 1/4 TNT25114TF 100 1,600
1/4 x 1 3/4 TNT25134TF 100 500
1/4 x 2 1/4 TNT25214TF 100 500
1/4 x 2 3/4 T30 6-lobe flat TNT25234TF 3/16 100 500
1/4 x 3 1/4 TNT25314TF 100 400
1/4 x 3 3/4 TNT25334TF 100 400
1/4 x 4 TNT25400TF 100 400
White Titen Turbo Product Data (6-Lobe Flat Head)

3/16 x 1 1/4 TNTW18114TF 100 1,600
3/16 x 1 3/4 TNTW18134TF 100 500
3/16 x 2 1/4 TNTW18214TF 100 500
T25 6-lobe flat 5/32
3/16 x 2 3/4 TNTW18234TF 100 500
3/16 x 3 1/4 TNTW18314TF 100 400
3/16 x 3 3/4 TNTW18334TF 100 400
1/4 x 1 1/4 TNTW25114TF 100 1,600
1/4 x 1 3/4 TNTW25134TF 100 500
1/4 x 2 1/4 TNTW25214TF 100 500
1/4 x 2 3/4 TNTW25234TF 100 500
1/4 x 3 1/4 TNTW25314TF 100 400
1/4 x 3 3/4 TNTW25334TF 100 400
Silver Titen Turbo Product Data (6-Lobe Flat Head)

(in.) Style No. (in.)
3/16 x 1 3/4 TNTS18134TFB 1,000
3/16 x 2 3/4 T25 6-lobe flat TNTS18234TFB 5/32 1,000
3/16 x 3 3/4 TNTS18334TFB 1,000
1/4 x 2 3/4 TNTS25234TFB 1,000
1/4 x 3 1/4 TNTS25314TFB 1,000
145

Titen Turbo Screw Anchor — Installation Tool
Six-piece kit includes:
• 6-lobe bit socket
• T25 and T30 bits
• 1/4” and 5/16” hex sockets
• Canvas storage bag
Titen Turbo Installation Tool

Quantity
Model
Mechanical Anchors
No.
Clamshell Carton
TNTINSTALLKIT 1 4
Titen Turbo Screw Anchor Installation Kit
Titen Turbo Screw Anchor — Drill Bits

Use With Quantity
Size Model
(in.) No.
Screw Length Box Carton
5⁄32 x 3 1⁄2 MDB15312 To 1 3⁄4
MDB15412 3⁄16" 12 48
5⁄32 x 4 1⁄2 To 3 1⁄4
diameter
5⁄32 x 5 1⁄2 MDB15512 To 4
3⁄16 x 3 1⁄2 MDB18312 To 1 3⁄4
MDB18412 1⁄4" 12 48
3⁄16 x 4 1⁄2 To 3 1⁄4
diameter
3⁄16 x 5 1⁄2 MDB18512 To 4
Titen Turbo Screw Anchor — SDS-plus® Drill Bits

For Screw Drilling Overall
Size Model Diameter Depth Length
(in.) No. (in.) (in.) (in.)
5⁄32 x 6 MDPL01506H 3 1⁄8 6

3⁄16
5⁄32 x 7 MDPL01507H 4 1⁄8 7
3⁄16 x 5 MDPL01805H 2 3⁄8 5
3⁄16 x 6 MDPL01806H 1⁄4 3 1⁄8 6
3⁄16 x 7 MDPL01807H 4 1⁄8 7
Titen drivers are sold individually.
Titen Turbo Screw Drill Bit/Driver — Bulk Packs*

Drilling Overall For Screw
Diameter Model
Depth Length Diameter
(in.) No.
(in.) (in.) (in.)
5⁄32 4 1⁄8 7 3⁄16 MDPL01507H-R25

SDS-plus
3⁄16 4 1⁄8 7 1/4 MDPL01807H-R25
Shank Bit
*SDS-plus shank.
146
IBC *
Titen Turbo Installation Information and Additional Data1
3/16 1/4
Drill Bit Diameter d in. 5/32 3/16
Minimum Baseplate Clearance Hole Diameter dc in. 1/4 5/16
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 2 1/4 2 1/4
Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 3/4 1 3/4
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 3 3
Mechanical Anchors
Minimum Spacing smin in. 1 2
Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. 3 1/4 3 1/4
Additional Data
Yield Strength fya psi 100,000
Tensile Strength futa psi 125,000
Minimum Tensile and Shear Stress Area Ase in.2 0.0131 0.0211
1. The information presented in this table is to be used in conjunction with the design criteria of
ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 or ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
IBC *
Titen Turbo Tension Strength Design Data1
3/16 1/4
SD
Tension Resistance of Steel Nsa lb. 1,640 2,640
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φsa — 0.652
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 3 3

Effectiveness Factor — Uncracked Concrete k uncr — 24
Modification Factor Ψc,N — 1.0
Pullout Strength in Tension
Pullout Resistance Uncracked Concrete (f’c = 2,500 psi)4 N p,uncr lb. 1,515 1,515
Strength Reduction Factor — Pullout Failure φp — 0.655
or ACI 318-11 Appendix D.
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value
of φ must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.4.4.
3. The tabulated value of φcb applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 Section 17.3.3 (c) or ACI 318-11 Section D.4.3, as applicable,
for Condition B are met. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not provided. For installations where complying
supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factor described in ACI 318-14 Section 17.3.3 (c) or ACI 318-11 Section D.4.3,
as applicable, for Condition A are allowed. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value
4. The characteristic pullout resistance for greater compressive strengths may be increased by multiplying the tabular value by
(f'c/2500)0.23 for 1/4" screw anchors. No increase in the characteristic pullout resistance for greater compressive strengths is
permitted for 3/16" screw anchors.
5. The tabulated value of φp applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 Section 17.3.3 (c) or ACI 318-11 Section D.4.3 (c) for
Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φ must be determined
in accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.4.4 for Condition B.

147

IBC *
Titen Turbo Shear Strength Design Data Into Concrete1
3/16 1/4
Shear Resistance of Steel Vsa lb. 475 720
Strength Reduction Factor — Steel Failure φsa — 0.60 2
Mechanical Anchors

Outside Diameter da in. 0.129 0.164
Load Bearing Length of Anchor in Shear le in. 1.25 1.20
Coefficient for Pryout Strength kcp — 1.0
Strength Reduction Factor — Concrete Pryout Failure φcp — 0.704
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value
3. The tabulated value of φcb applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 Section 17.3.3 (c) or ACI 318-11 Section D.4.3, as applicable,
for Condition B are met. Condition B applies when supplementary reinforcement is not provided. For installations where complying
supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factor described in ACI 318-14 Section 17.3.3 (c) or ACI 318-11 Section D.4.3,
as applicable, for Condition A are allowed. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value
4. The tabulated value of φcp applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or
ACI 318-11 Section 9.2 are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 Section 17.3.3 (c) or ACI 318-11 Section D.4.3 (c) for
Condition B are met. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φ must be determined
in accordance with ACI 318-11 Section D.4.4 (c).

Torque Reduction Channel to trap drilling dust where it can’t obstruct thread action.
Competitive Titen Turbo

Screw Anchor
Torque
reduction
channel
Serrated
threads
Concrete
dust
Torque Reduction Channel

Displaces Dust for Trouble-Free Installation
US Patent Pending

148

Allowable Tension Load for Titen Turbo™ Screw Anchor *
Installed in Face of Grouted CMU1,2,3 IBC
Anchor Embedment Minimum Dimensions

Diameter Depth (lb.)4
(in.) (in.) Spacing Edge End
3⁄16 2 3 3 7/8 3 7/8 267
3⁄16 2 3 1 1/2 3 7/8 267
1/4 2 4 3 7/8 3 7/8 393
1/4 2 4 1 1/2 3 7/8 343
1. The tabulates values are for screw anchors installed in minimum 8"-wide grouted concrete masonry walls having
reached a minimum f'm of 1,500 psi at time of installation.
Mechanical Anchors
2. Embedment is measured from the masonry surface to the embedded end of the screw anchor.
3. Screw anchors must be installed in grouted cell. The minimum edge and end distances must be maintained.
4. Allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 5.0 for installations under the IBC and IRC.
Allowable Shear Load for Titen Turbo Screw Anchor *

Installed in Face of Grouted CMU1,2,3 IBC

Diameter Depth Direction of Loading (lb.)4
3⁄16 2 3 3 7/8 3 7/8 Toward edge, parallel to wall end 218
3⁄16 2 3 1 1/2 3 7/8 Toward wall end, parallel to wall edge 218
1/4 2 4 3 7/8 3 7/8 Toward edge, parallel to wall end 342
1/4 2 4 1 1/2 3 7/8 Toward wall end, parallel to wall edge 283
1. The tabulates values are for screw anchors installed in minimum 8"-wide grouted concrete masonry walls
having reached a minimum f'm of 1,500 psi at time of installation.
2. Embedment is measured from the masonry surface to the embedded end of the screw anchor.
3. Screw anchors must be installed in grouted cell. The minimum edge and end distances must be maintained.
Allowable Tension Load for Titen Turbo Screw Anchor *

Installed in Hollow CMU Wall Faces1,2,3 IBC
Anchor Embedment Minimum Dimensions Allowable

Diameter Depth (in.) Load

(in.) (in.) Spacing Edge End (lb.)4
3⁄16 1 1/4 3 3 7/8 3 7/8 117

1/4 1 1/4 4 3 7/8 3 7/8 117
2. Embedment is the thickness of the face shell.
3. Screw anchors may be installed at any location in the wall face provided the minimum edge and end distances are maintained.
Allowable Shear Load for Titen Turbo Screw Anchor *

IBC
Installed in Hollow CMU Wall Faces1,2,3
(in.) Direction of Allowable Load
Diameter Depth Loading (lb.)4
3⁄16 1 1/4 3 3 7/8 3 7/8 Toward edge, parallel to wall end 164
1/4 1 1/4 4 3 7/8 3 7/8 Toward edge, parallel to wall end 190
2. Embedment is the thickness of the face shell.
3. Screw anchors may be installed at any location in the wall face provided the minimum edge and end distances are maintained.

149
Titen® Stainless Steel Concrete and Masonry Screw

Stainless steel Titen screws are ideal for attaching various types of
components to concrete and masonry, such as fastening electrical boxes
or light fixtures. They offer the versatility of our standard Titen screws with
enhanced corrosion protection. Available in hex and Phillips flat head.
Features
• Suitable for concrete, brick, grout-filled CMU and
hollow-block applications
• Suitable for some preservative-treated wood applications
• Acceptable for exterior use
• Titen drill bits included in each box
• Available in lengths from 1 1/4"– 4"
Mechanical Anchors
• Installation using the Titen Installation Kit is recommended
Codes: FL2355
Material: Type 410 stainless steel
Coating: Zinc plated with a protective overcoat
Installation
Caution: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can
experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments.
Steps must be taken to prevent inadvertent sustained loads above
the listed allowable loads. Overtightening and bending moments
can initiate cracks detrimental to the hardened screw’s performance.
Use the Simpson Strong-Tie Titen installation tool kit as it has a
bit that is designed to reduce the potential for overtightening
the screw. Titen Titen
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or Stainless-Steel Stainless-Steel
eliminate the mechanical interlock of the threads with the base Phillips Flat Head Screw Hex-Head Screw
material and will reduce the anchor’s load capacity. (PFSS) (HSS)
1. Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate
diameter carbide drill bit as specified in the table. Drill
Stainless-Steel Titen Product Data
the hole to the specified embedment depth plus 1⁄2" to
allow the thread tapping dust to settle and blow it clean Drill Bit Quantity
Size Head Model Diameter
using compressed air. Overhead installations need not (in.) Style No. Box Carton
(in.)
be blown clean. Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough
1⁄4 x 1 1⁄4 TTN25114HSS 100 1600

to accommodate embedment depth and dust from
1⁄4 x 1 3⁄4 TTN25134HSS 100 500
drilling and tapping.
1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 TTN25214HSS 100 500
2. Position fixture, insert screw and tighten using drill and 1⁄4 x 2 3⁄4 Hex-Head TTN25234HSS 3⁄16 100 500
Titen screw installation tool fitted with a hex socket or 1⁄4 x 3 1⁄4 TTN25314HSS 100 400
phillips bit.
1⁄4 x 3 3⁄4 TTN25334HSS 100 400
Preservative-treated wood applications: suitable for use in 1⁄4 x 4 TTN25400HSS 100 400
non-ammonia formulations of CCA, ACQ-C, ACQ-D, CA-B, 1⁄4 x 1 1⁄4 TTN25114PFSS 100 1600
SBX/DOT and zinc borate. Acceptable for use in exterior 1⁄4 x 1 3⁄4 TTN25134PFSS 100 500
environments. Use caution not to damage coating during 1⁄4 x 2 1⁄4 TTN25214PFSS 100 500
installation. The 410 stainless-steel Titen with top coat Phillips
1⁄4 x 2 3⁄4 TTN25234PFSS 3⁄16 100 500
provides “medium” corrosion protection. Recommendations Flat-Head
1⁄4 x 3 1⁄4 TTN25314PFSS 100 400
are based on testing and experience at time of publication
1⁄4 x 3 3⁄4 TTN25334PFSS 100 400
and may change. Simpson Strong-Tie cannot provide
estimates on service life of screws. 1⁄4 x 4 TTN25400PFSS 100 400
One drill bit is included in each box.
1
⁄"2
1 ⁄ " max.
1 1 1/2" max.
2 min.
1/2" min.
150
Titen® Stainless Steel Concrete and Masonry Screw

Stainless-Steel Titen Allowable Tension and *
Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC
Critical f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi f'c ≥ 2,000 psi
Embed. Critical
Dia. Drill Bit Edge (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa)
Depth Spacing
in. Dia. Dist. Concrete Concrete Concrete
in. in.
(mm) in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow.
1⁄4 1 3 1 1⁄2 600 150 935 235 760 190

3⁄16 (25.4) (76.2) (2.7) (0.7) (4.2) (1.0) (3.4) (0.8)
(6.4) (38.1)
1⁄4 1 1⁄2 3 1 1⁄2 1,040 260 1,760 440 810 200
3⁄16 (76.2) (4.6) (1.2) (7.8) (2.0) (3.6) (0.9)
(6.4) (38.1) (38.1)
Mechanical Anchors
1. Maximum anchor embedment is 1 1⁄2" (38.1 mm).
2. Minimum concrete thickness is 1.5 x embedment.
Stainless-Steel Titen Allowable Tensionand Shear Loads *

in Face Shell of Hollow and Grout-Filled CMU IBC
Values for 6" or 8" Lightweight,

Critical Medium-Weight or Normal-Weight CMU
Embed. Critical
Dia. Drill Bit Edge
Depth Spacing
in. Dia. Dist. Tension Load Shear Load
in. in.
(mm) in. in.
(mm) (mm) Ultimate Allow. Ultimate Allow.
(mm)
1⁄4 1 4 1 1⁄2 550 110 495 100

3⁄16 (25.4) (101.6) (2.4) (0.5) (2.2) (0.4)
(6.4) (38.1)
2. Maximum anchor embedment is 1 1⁄2" (38.1 mm).
Length Identification Head Marks on Stainless-Steel Titen Screw Anchors

(corresponds to anchor length in inches)
Length ID Marking on Head — A B C D E F G H I J
From 1 1 1⁄2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6

Length
of Anchor
(in.) Up To But Not
1 1/2 2 2 1⁄2 3 3 1⁄2 4 4 1⁄2 5 5 1⁄2 6 6 1⁄2
Including
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

151
Titen HD® Threaded Rod Hanger

The Titen HD threaded rod hanger is a high-strength screw anchor designed to suspend
threaded rod from concrete slabs, beams or concrete over steel in order to hang pipes, cable
trays and other HVAC equipment. The anchor offers low installation torque with no secondary
setting, and has been tested to offer industry-leading performance in cracked and uncracked
concrete — even in seismic loading conditions.
Features
Cracked
• Thread design undercuts to efficiently transfer the load to
the base material
Concrete
CODE LISTED
• Serrated cutting teeth and patented thread design enable

quick and easy installation
• Specialized heat-treating process creates tip hardness to
Mechanical Anchors
facilitate cutting while the anchor body remains ductile

• Designed to install using a rotary hammer or hammer drill
with standard ANSI drill bits — no special tools required
• Installs with standard-sized sockets
• Code listed for cracked and uncracked concrete
applications under the 2015, 2012 and 2009 IBC/IRC,
per ICC-ES ESR-2713
• FM listed
Codes: ICC-ES ESR-2713;

City of LA Supplement within ESR-2713;
FL15730;
Factory Mutual 3031136 (THD50234RH)
and 3061897 (THDB37158RH)
Material: Carbon steel THD50234RH THDB37158RH THDB25158RH

Coating: Zinc plated (3⁄8"-dia. shank) (1/4"-dia. shank) (1/4"-dia. shank)
U.S. Patent 6,623,228
Installation
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate
the mechanical interlock of the threads with base material and will
reduce the anchor’s load capacity.
Caution: Use a Titen HD® rod hanger one time only. Installing the anchor
multiple times may result in excessive thread wear and reduce load capacity.

1. Drill a hole using the specified diameter carbide bit into the base
material to the specified embedment depth plus minimum hole
depth overdrill (see the product data table on the next page).
3. Install with a torque wrench, driver drill, hammer drill or cordless
impact wrench.
4. Fully insert threaded rod.
Overdrill
1
⁄8" min.depth
(see product
data table on
the next page)
1
⁄8" min.
152
Titen HD® Rod Hanger Design Information — Concrete
Titen HD Threaded Rod Hanger Product Data

Accepts Drill Bit Wrench Min. Hole Depth Quantity
Size Model Rod Dia. Dia. Size Embed. Overdrill
(in.) No. (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) (in.) Box Carton
Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
1⁄4 x 1 5⁄8 THDB25158RH 1/4 1/4 3/8 1 5/8 1/8 100 500
Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
3⁄8 x 1 5⁄8 THDB37158RH 3/8 1/4 1/2 1 5/8 1/8 50 200
Cracked
Concrete
CODE LISTED
1⁄2 x 2 3⁄4 THD50234RH 1⁄2 3⁄8 11⁄16 2 1/2 1⁄4 50 100
Mechanical Anchors
Titen HD Threaded Rod Hanger Installation Information and Additional Data1
Model No.
Characteristic Symbol Units THDB25158RH
THD50234RH
THDB37158RH
Rod Hanger Diameter do in. 1/4 or 3/8 1⁄2
Drill Bit Diameter dbit in. 1/4 3⁄8
Maximum Installation Torque 2
Tinst,max ft.-lb. 24 50
Maximum Impact Wrench Torque Rating 3
Timpact,max ft.-lb. 125 150
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 1 3/4 3
Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 5/8 2 3⁄4
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 3 2 11⁄16
Minimum Edge Distance cmin in. 1 1/2 1 3⁄4
Minimum Spacing smin in. 1 1/2 3

Minimum Concrete Thickness hmin in. 3 1/4 4 1⁄4
Anchor Data
SD
Yield Strength fya psi 100,000 97,000
Tensile Strength futa psi 125,000 110,000
Minimum Tensile and
Shear Stress Area Ase in.2 0.042 0.099
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range — βuncr lb./in. 202,000 672,000

Uncracked Concrete
Axial Stiffness in Service Load Range — βcr lb./in. 173,000 345,000
Cracked Concrete
2. Tinst,max is the maximum permitted installation torque for installations using a torque wrench.
3. Timpact,max is the maximum permitted torque rating for impact wrenches.
153

Titen HD Threaded Rod Hanger Tension Strength Design Data IBC *
for Installations in Concrete1
Model No.
Characteristic Symbol Units THDB25158RH
THD50234RH
THDB37158RH
Steel Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.1 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.1)
Mechanical Anchors
Tension Resistance of Steel Nsa Ib. 5,195 10,890
Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.2)
SD
Critical Edge Distance cac in. 3 2 11⁄16
Effectiveness Factor — Uncracked Concrete kuncr — 30 24
Modification Factor ψc,N — 1.0
Pullout Strength in Tension (ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.3)
Pullout Resistance — Uncracked Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,uncr Ib. N/A4 2,0255
Pullout Resistance — Cracked Concrete (f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,cr Ib. N/A4 1,2355

Tension Strength for Seismic Applications (ACI 318-14 Section 17.2.3.3 or ACI 318-11 Section D.3.3.3)
Nominal Pullout Strength for Seismic Loads (f'c = 2,500 psi) Np,eq Ib. N/A4 1,2355
Strength Reduction Factor — Pullout Failure6 φeq — 0.65
value of φ must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4(b), as applicable.
3. The tabulated values of φcb applies when both the load combinations of Section 1605.2 of the IBC, ACI 318-14 Section 5.3
or ACI 318-11 Section 9.2, as applicable, are used and the requirements of ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met.
Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement is not provided in concrete. For installations were complying
reinforcement can be verified, the φcb factors described in ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable,
may be used for Condition A. If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value
of φ must be determined in accordance with ACI 318-11 D.4.4(c) for Condition B.
4. As described in this report, N/A denotes that pullout resistance does not govern and does not need to be considered.
6. The tabulated values of φp or φeq applies when both the load combinations of ACI 318-14 Section 5.3 or ACI 318-11 Section 9w.2,
as applicable, are used and the requirements of ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c) for Condition B are met. Condition B
applies where supplementary reinforcement is not provided in concrete. For installations were complying reinforcement can be verified,
the φp or φeq factors described in ACI 318-14 17.3.3(c) or ACI 318-11 D.4.3(c), as applicable, may be used for Condition A.
If the load combinations of ACI 318-11 Appendix C are used, the appropriate value of φ must be determined in accordance with
ACI 318-11 D.4.4(c) for Condition B.

154

Titen HD Threaded Rod Hanger Tension Strength Design Data for Installations in the Lower *
and Upper Flute of Normal-Weight or Sand-Lightweight Concrete Through Steel Deck1,2,5,6 IBC
Model No.
Characteristic Symbol Units Figure 2 Figure 1 Figure 2
THDB25158RH THDB25158RH
THD50234RH
THDB37158RH THDB37158RH
SD
Minimum Hole Depth hhole in. 1 3/4 3 1 3/4
Embedment Depth hnom in. 1 5/8 2 1/2 1 5/8
Effective Embedment Depth hef in. 1.19 1.77 1.19
Mechanical Anchors
Pullout Resistance – Cracked Concrete 2,3,4
Np,deck,cr lbf. 420 870 655
Pullout Resistance – Uncracked Concrete 2,3,4
Np,deck,uncr lbf. 995 1,430 1,555
2. Concrete compressive strength shall be 3,000 psi minimum. The characteristic pullout resistance for greater compressive strengths
shall be increased by multiplying the tabular value by (f'c,specified/3,000 psi)0.5.
as shown in Figure 1 or Figure 2, calculation of the concrete breakout strength may be omitted.
4. In accordance with ACI 318-14 Section 17.4.3.2 or ACI 318-11 Section D.5.3.2, the nominal pullout strength in cracked concrete for
anchors installed in the soffit of sand-lightweight or normal-weight-concrete-over-steel-deck floor and roof assemblies Np,deck,cr shall
be substituted for Np,cr. Where analysis indicates no cracking at service loads, the normal pullout strength in uncracked concrete
Np,deck,uncr shall be substituted for Np,uncr.
6. The minimum anchor spacing along the flute must be the greater of 3hef or 1.5 times the flute width.
Min. 3,000 psi normal or

Min. 1½" for anchors installed in lower flute sand-lightweight concrete
Min. ¾" typ.
Upper Min.
flute 20-gauge
steel deck
Max. 3" Min. 4½" Min. 4½"
Lower flute
Min. 12" typ.
Max. 1" offset, typ.
Figure 1. THD50234RH Installation in Concrete over Steel Deck
normal-weight concrete over steel deck
(minimum 3,000 psi)
hmin,deck = min. 3¼" Min. ¾" typ.
Upper flute Min. 20-gauge

steel deck
Min. 1½" Min. 1¾"
Min. 3½"
Max. ¼" (+/-) offset
Min. 2½" from center of Min. 6" typ. Lower flute
lower flute
Figure 2. THDB25158RH and THDB37158RH Installation in Concrete over Steel Deck

155
Steel Rod Hanger Threaded Rod Anchor System

The Simpson Strong-Tie® steel rod hanger is a one-piece fastening system for
suspending ¼" and 3/8" threaded rod. Vertical rod hangers are designed to suspend
threaded rod in overhead applications from steel joists and beams. Horizontal rod
hangers are available for applications requiring installation into the side of joists,
columns and overhead members. Both rod hangers provide attachment points for
use in pipe hanging, fire protection, electrical conduit and cable-tray applications.
Recommended for use in dry, interior, non-corrosive environments only.
Features
• Threaded anchors for rod-hanging applications in steel members
• Suitable to be installed horizontally or vertically in overhead applications
• Self-drilling tip, no predrilling required
Mechanical Anchors
• Recommend installation with a 18V cordless drill / driver

• Custom-matched nut driver sets anchor to optimal depth
Codes: FM 3058980;
UL File Ex3605
RSH
Material: Carbon steel Horizontal Steel
Rod Hangers
Steel Rod Hangers

Rod Steel Quantity
Model Drill
Diameter Size Point Application Thickness
No.
(in.) Range Box Carton
1/4" x 1"
1/4 RSH25100N #3 20 ga. − 12 ga.
with nut
1/4 #12–20 x 1 1/2" RSH25112-5 #5 20 ga. − 1/4"

Horizontal 25 250
1/4" x 1"
3/8 RSH37100N #3 20 ga. − 12 ga.
with nut
3/8 #12–20 x 1 1/2" RSH37112N-5 #5 20 ga. − 1/4"
1/4 1/4" x 1" RSV25100 #3 20 ga. − 12 ga.

1/4" x 1"
3/8 RSV37100N #3 20 ga. − 12 ga.
with nut
3/8 1/4" x 1 1/2" RSV37112 #3 20 ga. − 14 ga.

Vertical 25 250
1/4" x 1 1/2"
3/8 RSV37112N #3 20 ga. − 14 ga.
with nut
3/8 #12–20 x 1 1/2" RSV37112N-5 #5 20 ga. − 1/4"
3/8 1/4" x 2" RSV37200 #3 20 ga. − 14 ga. RSV

Vertical Steel
Rod Hangers
Nut Driver
Custom-matched nut driver sets the rod hangers
to optimal depth every time.
Quantity
Model Description
No.
Box Carton
RND62 Nut driver 10 60
RND62
156
Steel Rod Hanger Threaded Rod Anchor System

*
Ultimate and Allowable Loads for Vertical Steel Rod Hangers
Loads in Various Steel Thicknesses UL FM
Rod 33 mil (20 ga.) 43 mil (18 ga.) 54 mil (16 ga.) 68 mil (14 ga.) 97 mil (12 ga.) Listed Listed
Model Size 3/16" 1/4"
Dia. Steel Steel
No. (in.)
(in.) Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Thickness Thickness
(lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) Range Range
RSV25100 1/4 1/4 x 1 355 130 575 190 880 325 1,110 410 2,050 760 — — — — — —
RSV37100N 3
3/8 1/4 x 1 1,370 505 1,980 730 3,405 1,260 3,890 1,440 3,900 1,440 — — — — 20 ga. – 12 ga. 16 ga. – 12 ga.
RSV37112 3/8 1/4 x 1 1/2 355 130 575 190 880 325 1,110 410 — — — — — — — —
RSV37112N 3
3/8 1/4 x 1 1/2 1,370 505 1,980 730 3,405 1,260 3,890 1,440 — — — — — — 20 ga. – 14 ga. 16 ga. – 14 ga.
Mechanical Anchors
RSV37200 3/8 1/4 x 2 355 130 575 190 880 325 1,110 410 — — — — — — — —
RSV37112N-5 3
3/8 #12–20 x 1 1/2 1,370 505 1,980 730 2,185 730 2,185 730 2,560 940 3,290 1,095 3,290 1,095 20 ga. – 1/4" 16 ga. – 1/4"
Footnotes below apply to both tables.
*
Ultimate and Allowable Loads for Horizontal Steel Rod Hangers
Loads in Various Steel Thicknesses UL FM
Rod 33 mil (20 ga.) 43 mil (18 ga.) 54 mil (16 ga.) 68 mil (14 ga.) 97 mil (12 ga.) Listed Listed
Model Size 3/16" 1/4"
Dia. Steel Steel
No. ( in.)
(in.) Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Ult. Allow. Thickness Thickness
(lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) Range Range
RSH25112-5 1/4 #12–20 x 1 1/2 420 155 685 255 835 310 930 310 1,240 425 1,270 425 1,350 500 — —
RSH25100N 3
1/4 1/4 x 1 1,150 385 1,235 455 1,235 455 1,235 455 1,480 545 — — — — — —
RSH37100N 3
3/8 1/4 x 1 1,575 525 1,865 665 1,865 665 1,865 665 1,865 665 — — — — 18 ga. – 12 ga. 16 ga. – 12 ga.
RSH37112N-53 3/8 #12–20 x 1 1/2 1,490 550 1,490 550 1,490 550 1,490 550 1,490 550 1,490 550 1,490 550 18 ga. – 1/4" 16 ga. – 1/4"
1. Allowable loads are based on a factor of safety calculated in accordance with AISI S100 Section F1.
2. Mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads. Verify with local codes.
3. Model requires installation with supplied retaining nut.
4. Values are based on steel members with the following minimum yield and tensile strengths:
• 43 mil (18 ga.) and 33 mil (20 ga.): Fy = 33 ksi and Fu = 45 ksi
• 54 mil (16 ga.) to 97 mil (12 ga.): Fy = 50 ksi and Fu = 65 ksi Horizontal Installation
• 3/16" and ¼": Fy = 36 ksi and Fu = 58 ksi.
5. Minimum edge distance must be 1" and minimum spacing must be 2".
6. Acceptability of base material deflection due to imposed loads must be

investigated separately.
Vertical Installation
If included
If included

157
Wood Rod Hanger Threaded Rod Anchor System

The wood rod hanger from Simpson Strong-Tie is a one-piece fastening system for suspending ¼" or
3/8" threaded rod. Vertical rod hangers are designed to suspend threaded rod in overhead applications
from wood members. Horizontal rod hangers are available for applications requiring installation into the
side of joists, columns and overhead members. Both rod hangers provide attachment points for use in
pipe hanging, fire protection, electrical conduit and cable-tray applications. Recommended for use in
dry, interior, non-corrosive environments only.
Features
• Threaded anchors for rod-hanging applications in wood
• Suitable for installation horizontally or vertically in overhead applications
• No predrilling required
• Type-17 point provides for fast starts
Mechanical Anchors
• Recommend installation with a 18V cordless drill / driver or 18V cordless impact driver
Codes: FM 3058980;
UL File Ex3605
RWH RWV
Horizontal Wood Vertical Wood
Rod Hanger Rod Hanger
Wood Rod Hangers

Rod Quantity
Size Model Point
Diameter Application
(in.) No. Style Box Carton
(in.)
1/4 1/4 x 2 RWV25200

3/8 1/4 x 1 RWV37100
Vertical Type 17 25 250
3/8 1/4 x 2 RWV37200
3/8 5/16 x 2 1/2 RWV37212
1/4 1/4 x 1 RWH25100 Type-17 point for

use in wood
3/8 1/4 x 2 RWH37200 Horizontal Type 17 25 250
3/8 5/16 x 2 1/2 RWH37212
158
Wood Rod Hanger Design Information — Wood

*
Tension Wood Rod Hanger Allowable Loads
Minimum Minimum Allowable Tension Loads Pipe Size
Rod Minimum (lb.) (in.)
Model Size Edge End
Dia. Spacing
No. (in.) Distance Distance UL FM
(in.) (in.) DF SP SPF
(in.) (in.) Approval Approval
RWV25200 1/4 1/4 x 2 375 435 310 — —
RWV37100 3/8 1/4 x 1 2 3/4 2 3/4 155 190 105 — —
3/4
RWV37200 3/8 1/4 x 2 375 435 310 3 —
RWV37212 3/8 5/16 x 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 605 590 495 4 4
1. Load values are based on full shank penetration into the wood member.
Mechanical Anchors
2. Allowable loads may be increased by CD = 1.6 for wind or earthquake.
3. Allowable loads are based on a factor of safety of 5.0.
4. Mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads. Verify with local codes.
5. Allowable loads are based on Douglas Fir-Larch (DF), Southern Pine (SP) and Spruce-Pine-Fir (SPF) wood members
having a minimum specific gravity of 0.50, 0.55 and 0.42, respectively.
*
Shear Wood Rod Hanger Allowable Loads
Minimum Minimum Allowable Shear Loads Pipe Size
Rod Minimum (lb.) (in.)
Model Size Edge End
Dia. Spacing
No. (in.) Distance Distance UL
(in.) (in.) DF SP SPF
(in.) (in.) Approval
RWH25100 1/4 1/4 x 1 1 110 135 85 —
2 3/4 2 3/4
RWH37200 3/8 1/4 x 2 240 225 330 3
2 1/2
RWH37212 3/8 5/16 x 2 1/2 3 1/4 3 1/4 230 265 240 3
1. Load values are based on full shank penetration into the wood member. 5. Allowable loads are based on Douglas Fir-Larch (DF), Southern Pine
2. Allowable loads may not be increased for short-term loading. (SP) and Spruce-Pine-Fir (SPF) wood members having a minimum
3. Allowable loads are based on a factor of safety of 5.0. specific gravity of 0.50, 0.55 and 0.42, respectively.
4. Mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable
loads. Verify with local codes.
Horizontal Wood Rod Hanger
1. Attach RND62 nut driver to a drill.
2. Insert rod hanger into the RND62 nut driver.

3. Using rotation-only mode, drive rod hanger until it contacts the surface.
Do not over-tighten. RND62 nut driver will disengage the rod hanger at
the appropriate depth to prevent over-driving.
4. Insert threaded rod. Minimum thread engagement should be equal to
the nominal diameter of the threaded insert.
Vertical Wood Rod Hanger

159
Drop-In Internally Threaded Anchor (DIAB)
Expansion shell anchors for

use in solid base materials
Simpson Strong-Tie introduces a redesigned Drop-In Anchor (DIAB)
that provides easier installation into base materials. Improved geometry
in the preassembled expansion plug improves setting capability so the
anchor installs with 40% fewer hammer strikes than previous versions.
These displacement-controlled expansion anchors are easily set by
driving the plug toward the bottom of the anchor using either the
hand- or power-setting tools. DIAB anchors feature a positive-set
marking indicator at the top of the anchor — helping you see more
clearly when proper installation has taken place.
Mechanical Anchors
Use a Simpson Strong-Tie fixed-depth stop bit to take the guesswork out
of drilling to the correct depth. The fluted design of the tip draws debris
away from the hole during drilling, allowing for a cleaner installation.
Key features
• New design offers easier installation then previous drop-in
anchor design — sets with 40% fewer hammer hits
• Positive-set marking system indicates when anchor is properly set
• Lipped drop-in version available for flush installation
• Hand- and power-setting tools available for fast, easy
and economical installation
• Fixed-depth stop bit helps you drill to the correct depth every time Anchor being set with hand setting tool.
• Available in coil-thread version for 1/2" and 3/4" coil-thread rod
Codes: FM 3053987; UL File Ex3605; Multiple DOT listings;

Meets the requirements of Federal Specification A-A-55614, Type 1


Anchor being set with SDS setting tool.
Drop-In Lipped Drop-In Coil-Thread

Drop-In
Fixed-Depth Drill Bits for DIAB

Drill Bit Drill Drop-In
Model Diameter Depth Anchor
No. (in.) (in.) (in.)
MDPL037DIA 3/8 1 1/16 1/4
MDPL050DIA 1/2 1 11/16 3/8
MDPL062DIA 5/8 2 1/16 1/2 Fixed-Depth

Positive set indicator.
Drill Bit
160

Drop-In Anchor
Drill Bit Bolt Body Thread Quantity
Rod Size Model Dia. Threads Length Length
(in.) No. (in.) (per in.) (in.) (in.) Box Carton
1/4 DIAB25 3/8 20 1 3/8 100 500
3/8 DIAB37 1/2 16 1 9/16 5/8 50 250
1/2 DIAB50 5/8 13 2 3/4 50 200
5/8 DIAB62 7/8 11 2 1/2 1 25 100 Drop-In
3/4 DIAB75 1 10 3 1/8 1 1/4 20 80
Mechanical Anchors
Lipped Drop-In Anchor
1/4 DIABL25 3/8 20 1 3/8 100 500
3/8 DIABL37 1/2 16 1 9/16 5/8 50 250

Lipped Drop-In
1/2 DIABL50 5/8 13 2 3/4 50 200
Coil-Thread Drop-In Anchor

1/2 DIAB50C 1
5/8 6 2 3/4 50 200
3/4 DIAB75C1 1 4 1/2 3 1/8 1 1/4 20 80

Coil-Thread Drop-In
1. DIAB50C and DIAB75C accept 1/2" and 3/4" coil-thread rod, respectively.
Drop-In Anchor Hand-Setting Tool

Model No. Description Box Quantity Carton Qty.

Setting tool for use with
DIABST25 10 50
Drop-In models DIAB25, DIABL25

DIABST37 10 50
Setting tool for use with Drop-In models

DIABST50 10 50
DIAB50, DIABL50, DIAB50C
Hand-Setting Tool
DIABST62 5 25
Drop-In model DIAB62

DIABST75 5 20
Drop-In models DIAB75, DIAB75C
1. Setting tools sold separately. Tools may be ordered by the piece.
Drop-In Anchor Power-Setting Tool (SDS-plus®)

Model No. Description Box Quantity Carton Qty.
Power-setting tool for use with
DIABST25-SDS 10 50

DIABST37-SDS 10 50
Power-Setting Tool
DIABST50-SDS 10 50
Drop-In models DIAB50, DIABL50, DIAB50C
1. Setting tools sold separately. Tools may be ordered by the piece.
161

DIAB Manual Installation
Caution: Oversized holes will reduce the anchors load capacity
1. Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter 3. Using the designated Drop-In setting tool, drive expander
carbide drill bit or fixed depth bit as specified in the table. plug towards the bottom of the anchor until the shoulder of
Drill the hole to the specified embedment. For fixed depth the setting tool makes contact with the top of the anchor.
bits drill the hole until the shoulder of the bit contacts the When properly set 4 indentations will be visible on the top
surface of the base material. Then blow the hole clean of of the anchor indicating full expansion.
dust and debris using compressed air. Overhead installations
4. Insert bolt or threaded rod. Minimum thread engagement
need not be blown clean.
should be equal to the nominal diameter of the threaded insert.
2. Insert the anchor into the hole. Tap with hammer until flush
against the surface.
Mechanical Anchors
! √ !
DIAB SDS Installation

Caution: Oversized holes will reduce the anchors load capacity
1. Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter 3. Attach SDS Drop-In setting tool to a drill. Drive expander plug
carbide drill bit or fixed depth drill bit as specified in the table. towards the bottom of the anchor using only hammer mode
Drill the hole to the specified embedment. For fixed depth bits until the shoulder of the setting tool makes contact with the
drill the hole until the shoulder of the bit contacts the surface top of the anchor. When properly set 4 indentations will be
of the base material. Then blow the hole clean of dust and visible on the top of the anchor indicating full expansion.

debris using compressed air. Overhead installations need
4. Insert bolt or threaded rod. Minimum thread engagement
not be blown clean.
2. Insert the anchor into the hole. Tap with hammer until flush
against the surface.
! √ !
162
Drop-In (DIAB) Design Information — Concrete

DIAB Allowable Tension and Shear Loads IBC *
in Normal-Weight Concrete
f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) f'c ≥ 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa)
Rod Embed Critical Critical
Drill Bit
Model Size Depth Edge Dist. Spacing Tension Load Shear Load Tension Load Shear Load
Dia.
No. in. In. In. In.
In. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
DIAB25 1/4 1 3 4 1,565 390 1,840 460 1,965 490 1,840 460
3/8 (25) (76) (102) (7.0) (1.7) (8.2) (2.0) (8.7) (2.2) (8.2) (2.0)
DIABL25 (6.4)
DIAB37 3/8 1 9/16 4 1/2 6 2,950 740 4,775 1,195 3,910 980 4,775 1,195
1/2 (152) (13.1) (3.3) (21.2) (5.3) (17.4) (4.4) (21.2) (5.3)
DIABL37 (9.5) (40) (114)
DIAB50
DIABL50 1/2 2 6 8 5,190 1,300 6,760 1,690 6,515 1,630 6,760 1,690
5/8
Mechanical Anchors
(12.7) (51) (152) (203) (23.1) (5.8) (30.1) (7.5) (29.0) (7.3) (30.1) (7.5)
DIAB50C
5/8 2 1/2 7 1/2 10 7,010 1,755 12,190 3,050 9,060 2,265 12,190 3,050
DIAB62 7/8 (254) (31.2) (7.8) (54.2) (13.6) (40.3) (10.1) (54.2) (13.6)
(15.9) (64) (191)
DIAB75 3/4 3 1/8 9 12 1/2 9,485 2,370 15,960 3,990 11,660 2,915 15,960 3,990
1 (229) (42.2) (10.5) (71.0) (17.7) (51.9) (13.0) (71.0) (17.7)
DIAB75C (19.1) (79) (318)
2. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distance and spacing on p. 164.
3. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strength listed.
DIAB Allowable Tension and Shear Loads IBC *

in Soffit of Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck
f'c ≥ 3,000. psi (20.7 MPa)
Rod Size Drill Bit
Model Depth End Dist.6 Spacing Tension Load Shear Load
in. Dia.
No. In. In. In.
(mm) In. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm)
DIAB37 3/8 1 9/16 4 1/2 6 2,895 725 3,530 885
1/2 (152) (12.9) (3.2) (15.7) (3.9)
DIABL37 (9.5) (40) (114)
DIAB50
1/2 2 6 8 4,100 1,025 4,685 1,170
DIABL50 (12.7)
5/8 (51) (152) (203) (18.2) (4.6) (20.8) (5.2)
DIAB50C

4. Anchors were installed in the center of the bottom flute of the steel deck.
5. Steel deck must be minimum 20-gauge thick with minimum yield strength of 33 ksi.
6. Critical end distance is defined as the distance from end of the slab in the direction of the flute.
61⁄4"
3" Min. Upper

20-gauge flute
steel deck
Min. 41⁄2"
Drop-In
anchor
41⁄2" 71⁄2"
Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck

163
Drop-In (DIAB) Design Information — Concrete

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Drop-In Anchor (DIAB) in Normal-Weight Concrete and
Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
1. The following tables are for reduced edge distance and spacing. 4. The load adjustment factor (fc or fs) is the intersection of the row and column.
2. Locate the anchor size to be used for either a tension and/or a shear 5. Multiply the allowable load by the applicable load adjustment factor.
load application. 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are multiplied together.
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the anchor is
to be installed.
Edge Distance Tension (fc ) Edge Distance Shear (fc )
IBC * IBC *
Edge Size 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Edge Size 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
Dist. ccr 3 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9 Dist. ccr 3 4 1/2 6 7 1/2 9
cact cmin 1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4 cact cmin 1 3/4 2 5/8 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/4
(in.) fcmin 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 0.77 (in.) fcmin 0.54 0.54 0.64 0.64 0.64
1 3/4 0.77 1 3/4 0.54
2 0.82 2 0.63
Mechanical Anchors
2 1/2 0.91 2 1/2 0.82

2 5/8 0.93 0.77 2 5/8 0.86 0.54
3 1.00 0.82 3 1.00 0.63
3 1/2 0.88 0.77 3 1/2 0.75 0.64
4 0.94 0.82 4 0.88 0.71
4 3/8 0.98 0.85 0.77 4 3/8 0.97 0.77 0.64
4 1/2 1.00 0.86 0.78 4 1/2 1.00 0.78 0.65
5 0.91 0.82 5 0.86 0.71
5 1/4 0.93 0.83 0.77 5 1/4 0.89 0.74 0.64
5 1/2 0.95 0.85 0.79 5 1/2 0.93 0.77 0.66
6 1.00 0.89 0.82 6 1.00 0.83 0.71
6 1/2 0.93 0.85 6 1/2 0.88 0.76
7 0.96 0.88 7 0.94 0.81
7 1/2 1.00 0.91 7 1/2 1.00 0.86
8 0.94 8 0.90
8 1/2 0.97 8 1/2 0.95
9 1.00 9 1.00
1. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches). 1. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
2. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches). 2. ccr = critical edge distance for 100% load (inches).
3. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches). 3. cmin = minimum edge distance for reduced load (inches).
4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance. 4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. 5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance.
fccr is always = 1.00. fccr is always = 1.00.
6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance. 6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum edge distance.
7. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)]. 7. fc = fcmin + [(1 – fcmin) (cact – cmin) / (ccr – cmin)].
Spacing Tension (fs) Spacing Shear (fs)

Spacing Size
scr
1/4
4
3/8
6
1/2
8
5/8
10
3/4
12 1/2 IBC * Spacing Size
scr
1/4
4
3/8
6
1/2
8
5/8
10
3/4
12 1/2 IBC *
sact smin 3 sact smin 3
(in.) 1 1/2 2 1/4 3 3/4 4 3/4 (in.) 1 1/2 2 1/4 3 3/4 4 3/4
fsmin 0.72 0.72 0.80 0.80 0.80 fsmin 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00

1 1/2 0.72 1 1/2 1.00
2 0.78 2 1.00
2 1/4 0.80 0.72 2 1/4 1.00 1.00
2 1/2 0.83 0.74 2 1/2 1.00 1.00
3 0.89 0.78 0.80 3 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 1/2 0.94 0.81 0.82 3 1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00
3 3/4 0.97 0.83 0.83 0.80 3 3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
4 1.00 0.85 0.84 0.81 4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
4 1/2 0.89 0.86 0.82 4 1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00
4 3/4 0.91 0.87 0.83 0.80 4 3/4 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
5 0.93 0.88 0.84 0.81 5 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
5 1/2 0.96 0.90 0.86 0.82 5 1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
6 1.00 0.92 0.87 0.83 6 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
6 1/2 0.94 0.89 0.85 6 1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00
7 0.96 0.90 0.86 7 1.00 1.00 1.00
7 1/2 0.98 0.92 0.87 7 1/2 1.00 1.00 1.00
8 1.00 0.94 0.88 8 1.00 1.00 1.00
8 1/2 0.95 0.90 8 1/2 1.00 1.00
9 0.97 0.91 9 1.00 1.00
9 1/2 0.98 0.92 9 1/2 1.00 1.00
10 1.00 0.94 10 1.00 1.00
10 1/2 0.95 10 1/2 1.00
11 0.96 11 1.00
11 1/2 0.97 11 1/2 1.00
12 0.99 12 1.00
12 1/2 1.00 12 1/2 1.00
1. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchor is installed (inches). 1. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchor is installed (inches).
2. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches). 2. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
3. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches). 3. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
4. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance. 4. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
5. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance. 5. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
fscr is always = 1.00. fscr is always = 1.00.
6. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance. 6. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing distance.
7. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)]. 7. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)].
164 * See p. 12 for an explanation of the load table icons.

Drop-In Short / Drop-In Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Anchor (DIA)

Drop-in anchors are internally threaded drop-in expansion anchors for use in flush-mount applications in
solid base materials. Available in stainless steel (DIA) or short (DIAS) version. Minimum thread engagement
Features
• Lipped edge (DIAS) eliminates need for precisely drilled hole depth
• Hand- and power-setting tools available for fast, easy and
economical installation
• Fixed-depth stop bit helps you drill to the correct depth every time
• Short length (DIAS) enables shallow embedment to help avoid
drilling into rebar or pre-stressed/post-tensioned cables
• Short drop-in anchors include a setting tool compatible with
Mechanical Anchors
the anchor to ensure consistent installation
Material: Stainless steel and carbon steel

Codes: DOT; Factory Mutual 3017082; Underwriters Laboratories File
Ex3605. Meets requirements of Federal Specifications A-A-55614, Type I.
Caution: The load tables list values based upon results from the most Drop-In Short
recent testing and may not reflect those in current code reports. Where code Stainless Steel Drop-In
jurisdictions apply, consult the current reports for applicable load values.
Installation
1. Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter carbide Fixed-Depth Drill Bits
drill bit as specified in the table. Drill the hole to the specified embedment Drill Bit Drop-In
Model Drill Depth
depth plus 1⁄8" for flush mounting. Blow the hole clean using compressed air. Diameter Anchor
No. (in.)
Overhead installations need not be blown clean. (in.) (in.)
Stainless-Steel Drop-In Anchors (DIA)
2. Insert designated anchor into hole. Tap with hammer until flush against surface.
MDPL037DIA 3/8 1 1/16 1/4
3. Using the designated drop-in setting tool, drive expander plug toward
the bottom of the anchor until shoulder of setting tool makes contact with MDPL050DIA 1/2 1 11/16 3/8
the top of the anchor. MDPL062DIA 5/8 2 1/16 1/2
4. Minimum thread engagement should be equal to the nominal diameter of Short Drop-In Anchors (DIAS)
the threaded insert.
MDPL050DIAS 1/2 13/16 3/8
Caution: Oversized holes will make it difficult to set the anchor and will reduce
MDPL062DIAS 1 1/16
the anchor’s load capacity. 5/8 1/2
"
1/8 min.
Drop-In Anchor Product Data — Stainless Steel

Fixed-Depth
Type 303 /304 Type 316 Drill Bit Bolt Body Thread Quantity Drill Bit
Rod Size Stainless Stainless Diameter Threads Length Length
(in.) Model No. Model No. (in.) (per in.) (in.) (in.) Box Carton
1/4 DIA25SS DIA256SS 3/8 20 1 3/8 100 500

3/8 DIA37SS DIA376SS 1/2 16 1 9/16 5/8 50 250
1/2 DIA50SS DIA506SS 5/8 13 2 3/4 50 200
5/8 DIA62SS — 7/8 11 2 1/2 1 25 100
3/4 DIA75SS — 1 10 3 1/8 1 1/4 20 80
165
Drop-In Short / Drop-In Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Anchor (DIA)

Short Drop-In Anchor Product Data
Rod Drill Bit Bolt Body Thread Quantity
Model
Size Diameter Threads Length Length
No. Box Carton
(in.) (in.) (per in.) (in.) (in.)
3⁄8 DIA37S 1
1⁄2 16 3⁄4 1⁄4 100 500
1⁄2 DIA50S 1 5⁄8 13 1 5⁄16 50 200
1. A dedicated setting tool is included with each box of DIA37S and DIA50S.
Anchor Component Material
Component
Mechanical Anchors
Zinc Plated Carbon Steel Type 303 /304 Stainless Steel Type 316 Stainless Steel
Meets minimum AISI 303. Meets chemical

Anchor Body Type 316
70,000 psi tensile requirements of ASTM A582
Meets minimum
Expander Plug AISI 303 Type 316
50,000 psi tensile
Thread UNC/Coil-thread UNC UNC
Allowable Tension Loads for Drop-In (Stainless Steel) Anchor *

Tension Load
Critical
Rod Drill Embed. Critical
Edge f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Size Bit Depth Spacing
Dist. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (20.7 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete
in. Dia. in. in.
in.
(mm) (in.) (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable
(mm)
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1⁄4 1 3 4 1,400 201 350 405 1,840 451 460
3⁄8 (25) (76) (102) (6.2) (0.9) (1.6) (1.8) (8.2) (2.0) (2.0)
(6.4)
3⁄8 1 9/16 4 1⁄2 6 2,400 251 600 795 3,960 367 990
1⁄2 (152) (10.7) (1.1) (2.7) (3.5) (17.6) (1.6) (4.4)
(9.5) (40) (114)
1⁄2 2 6 8 3,320 372 830 1,178 6,100 422 1,525
5⁄8 (51) (152) (203) (14.8) (1.7) (3.7) (5.2) (27.1) (1.9) (6.8)
(12.7)
5⁄8 2 1⁄2 7 1⁄2 10 5,040 689 1,260 1,715 8,680 971 2,170
7⁄8 (254) (22.4) (3.1) (5.6) (7.6) (38.6) (4.3) (9.7)
(15.9) (64) (191)
3⁄4 3 1⁄8 9 12 1⁄2 8,160 961 2,040 2,365 10,760 1,696 2,690
1

(19.1) (79) (229) (318) (36.3) (4.3) (9.1) (10.5) (47.9) (7.5) (12.0)
See foonotes below.
Allowable Shear Loads for Drop-In (Stainless Steel) Anchor *

Shear Load
Critical
Rod Drill Embed. Critical
Edge f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Size Bit Depth Spacing
Dist. (13.8 MPa) Concrete (20.7 MPa) Concrete (27.6 MPa) Concrete
in. Dia. in. in.
in.
(mm) in. (mm) (mm) Ultimate Std. Dev. Allowable Allowable Allowable
(mm)
lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
1⁄4 1 3 1⁄2 4 1,960 178 490 490 490
3⁄8 (25) (102) (8.7) (0.8) (2.2) (2.2) (2.2)
(6.4) (89)
3⁄8 1 9/16 5 1⁄4 6 3,240 351 810 925 1,040
1⁄2 (152) (14.4) (1.6) (3.6) (4.1) (4.6)
(9.5) (40) (133)
1⁄2 2 7 8 7,000 562 1,750 1,750 1,750
5⁄8 (51) (178) (203) (31.1) (2.5) (7.8) (7.8) (7.8)
(12.7)
5⁄8 2 1⁄2 8 3⁄4 10 11,080 923 2,770 2,770 2,770
7⁄8 (254) (49.3) (4.1) (12.3) (12.3) (12.3)
(15.9) (64) (222)
3⁄4 3 1⁄8 10 1⁄2 12 1⁄2 13,800 1,781 3,450 3,725 4,000
1 (61.4) (7.9) (15.3) (16.6) (17.8)
(19.1) (79) (267) (318)

166
Drop-In (DIA) Design Information — Concrete

Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for *
3⁄8" and 1⁄2" Short Drop-In Anchor in Sand-Lightweight Concrete Fill over Steel Deck IBC
Install through the Lower Flute or Upper Flute of Steel Deck,
Tension Shear f'c ≥ 3,000 psi Concrete (20.7 MPa)
Drill
Rod Emb. Critical Critical Critical
Model Bit
Size Depth End End Spacing Tension Load Shear Load
No. Dia.
(in.) (in.) Distance Distance (in.)
(in.) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(in.) (in.)
(lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.)
DIA37S 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 6 7 8 1,344 335 1,649 410
DIA50S 1⁄2 5⁄8 1 8 9 3⁄8 10 5⁄8 1,711 430 2,070 515
1. The allowable loads listed are based on
a safety factor of 4.0.
2. Allowable loads may not be increased for
Mechanical Anchors
short-term loading due to wind or seismic forces.
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for 6¼"
edge distances and spacing on p. 169.
4. Anchors were installed with a 1" offset from the
centerline of the flute. Min.
3" Upper
20-gauge
flute
steel deck
Drop-In anchor Min. 4½"

1" offset — see footnote #4
on bottom table
4½" 7½"
Figure 1. Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck

3⁄8" and 1⁄2" Short Drop-In Anchor in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC
Tension Shear Normal-Weight Concrete, f'c ≥ 2500 psi Normal-Weight Concrete, f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Drill
Model Bit Tension Load Shear Load Tension Load Shear Load
Size Depth Edge Edge Spacing
No. Dia.
(in.) (in.) Distance Distance (in.) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(in.) (in.) (in.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.)
DIA37S 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 3 1,500 375 2,274 570 2,170 540 3,482 870
DIA50S 1⁄2 5⁄8 1 6 7 4 2,039 510 3,224 805 3,420 855 5,173 1,295
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distances and spacing on p. 168.
4. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths.

3⁄8" and 1⁄2" Short Drop-In Anchor in Hollow-Core Concrete Panel IBC
Tension Shear Hollow Core Concrete Panel, f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Drill
Model Bit Tension Load Shear Load
Size Depth Edge Edge Spacing
No. Dia.
(in.) (in.) Distance Distance (in.) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(in.) (in.) (in.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.) (lb.)
DIA37S 3⁄8 1⁄2 3⁄4 4 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 3 1,860 465 3,308 825
DIA50S 1⁄2 5⁄8 1 6 7 4 2,650 660 4,950 1,235
3. Refer to allowable load-adjustment factors for edge distances and spacing on p. 168.
4. Allowable loads may be linearly interpolated between concrete strengths.
Figure 2. Hollow-Core Concrete Panel

* See p. 12 for an explanation of the load table icons. (anchor can be installed below web or hollow core)
167

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Drop-In (Stainless Steel) and Short Drop-In Anchors
in Normal-Weight Concrete: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are
anchor is to be installed. multiplied together.
Edge Distance Tension (fc ) Spacing Tension and Shear (fs )

Edge Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC * Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 9 3⁄8 1⁄2 10 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 IBC *
Dist. ccr 3 4 1⁄2 6 7 1⁄2 9 E 1 3⁄4 1 1⁄2 1 2 2 1⁄2 3 1⁄8
cact sact
cmin 1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8 5 1⁄4 Scr 4 3 6 4 8 10 12 1⁄2
Mechanical Anchors
(in.) (in.)
fcmin 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65 Smin 2 1 1⁄2 3 2 4 5 6 1⁄4
1 3⁄4 0.65 fsmin 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
2 0.72 1 1⁄2 0.50
2 1⁄2 0.86 2 0.50 0.67 0.50
2 5⁄8 0.90 0.65 2 1⁄2 0.63 0.83 0.63
3 1.00 0.72 3 0.75 1.00 0.50 0.75
3 1⁄2 0.81 0.65 3 1⁄2 0.88 0.58 0.88
4 0.91 0.72 4 1.00 0.67 1.00 0.50
4 3⁄8 0.98 0.77 0.65
4 1⁄2 0.75 0.56
4 1⁄2 1.00 0.79 0.66
5 0.86 0.72 5 0.83 0.63 0.50
5 1⁄4 0.90 0.75 0.65 5 1⁄2 0.92 0.69 0.55
5 1⁄2 0.93 0.78 0.67 6 1.00 0.75 0.60
6 1.00 0.83 0.72 6 1⁄4 0.78 0.63 0.50
6 1⁄2 0.89 0.77 7 0.88 0.70 0.56
7 0.94 0.81 8 1.00 0.80 0.64
7 1⁄2 1.00 0.86 9 0.90 0.72
8 0.91 10 1.00 0.80
8 1⁄2 0.95 11 0.88
9 1.00 12 0.96
See notes below. 12 1⁄2 1.00
Edge Distance Shear (fc ) 2. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are installed (inches).
IBC *
Size 1⁄4 3⁄8 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 3. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
Edge 4. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
Dist. ccr 3 1⁄2 5 1⁄4 7 8 3⁄4 10 1⁄2
cact 5. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing distance.
cmin 1 3⁄4 2 5⁄8 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄8 5 1⁄4
(in.) 6. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing distance.
fcmin 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 fscr is always = 1.00.

1 3⁄4 0.45 7. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum spacing
2 0.53 distance.
2 1⁄2 0.69 8. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)].
2 5⁄8 0.73 0.45 9. 3⁄8" short drop-in (DIA37S).
3 0.84 0.53 10. ½" short Drop-in (DIA50S)
3 1⁄2 1.00 0.63 0.45
4 0.74 0.53
4 3⁄8 0.82 0.59 0.45
4 1⁄2 0.84 0.61 0.47
5 0.95 0.69 0.53
5 1⁄4 1.00 0.73 0.56 0.45
5 1⁄2 0.76 0.59 0.48
6 0.84 0.65 0.53
6 1⁄2 0.92 0.72 0.58
7 1.00 0.78 0.63
7 1⁄2 0.84 0.69
8 0.91 0.74
8 1⁄2 0.97 0.79
8 3⁄4 1.00 0.82
9 0.84
9 1⁄2 0.90
10 0.95
10 1⁄2 1.00
4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge distance.
5. fccr= adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge distance. fccr is always = 1.00.

168

Allowable Load-Adjustment Factors for Short Drop-in Anchors in Sand-Lightweight Concrete
over Steel Deck: Edge Distance and Spacing, Tension and Shear Loads
3. Locate the edge distance (cact) or spacing (sact) at which the 6. Reduction factors for multiple edges or spacing are multiplied
anchor is to be installed. together.
Edge Distance Tension (fc ) Spacing Tension and Shear (fs )

Edge
Size 3⁄8 1⁄2 IBC * Size 3⁄8 1⁄2 IBC *
Dist. ccr 6 8 scr 8 10 5⁄8
Mechanical Anchors
sact
cact cmin 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 (in.) smin 4 5 1⁄4
(in.)
fcmin 0.65 0.65 fsmin 0.50 0.50
3 1⁄2 0.65 4 0.50
4 0.72 0.56
4 1⁄2
4 1⁄2 0.79 5 0.63
4 3⁄4 0.83 0.65 0.66 0.50
5 1⁄4
5 0.86 0.68 6 0.75 0.57
5 1⁄2 0.93 0.73 0.81 0.62
6 1⁄2
6 1.00 0.78 7 0.88 0.66
6 1⁄2 0.84 0.94 0.71
7 1⁄2
7 0.89 8 1.00 0.76
7 1⁄2 0.95 0.80
8 1⁄2
8 1.00 9 0.85
See notes below.
9 1⁄2 0.90
10 0.94
Edge Distance Shear (fc ) 10 5⁄8 1.00
Edge
Size 3⁄8 1⁄2 IBC * 1. sact = actual spacing distance at which anchors are
Dist. ccr 7 9 3⁄8 installed (inches).
cact cmin 3 1⁄2 4 3⁄4 2. scr = critical spacing distance for 100% load (inches).
(in.) 3. smin = minimum spacing distance for reduced load (inches).
fcmin 0.45 0.45
4. fs = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual spacing
3 1⁄2 0.45 distance.
4 0.53 5. fscr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical spacing
distance. fscr is always = 1.00.
4 1⁄2 0.61
6. fsmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum

4 3⁄4 0.65 0.45 spacing distance.
5 0.69 0.48 7. fs = fsmin + [(1 – fsmin) (sact – smin) / (scr – smin)].
5 1⁄2 0.76 0.54
6 0.84 0.60
6 1⁄2 0.92 0.66
7 1.00 0.72
7 1⁄2 0.78
8 0.84
8 1⁄2 0.90
9 0.96
9 3⁄8 1.00
1. cact = actual edge distance at which anchor is installed
(inches).
4. fc = adjustment factor for allowable load at actual edge
distance.
5. fccr = adjustment factor for allowable load at critical edge
distance. fccr is always = 1.00.
6. fcmin = adjustment factor for allowable load at minimum
edge distance.

169
Hollow Drop-In Internally Threaded Anchor

The Simpson Strong-Tie® Hollow Drop-In Anchor (HDIA) is an internally threaded, flush-mount expansion anchor
for use in hollow materials such as CMU and hollow-core plank, as well as in solid base materials such as brick,
normal-weight and lightweight concrete.
Features:
• Suitable for suspending conduit, cable trays, pipe supports,
fire sprinklers and suspended lighting into concrete
• Expansion design allows HDIA to anchor into CMU, hollow-core
plank, brick, normal-weight concrete and lightweight concrete
• Internally threaded anchor allows for easy bolt removal
Material: Die-cast Zamac 3 alloy shell with carbon-steel cone

or 304 stainless-steel cone
Mechanical Anchors
Codes: Factory Mutual 3053987 (3/8"–1/2" diameter)

Underwriters Laboratories EX3605 (3/8"–1/2" diameter) Hollow Drop-In
Hollow Drop-In Anchor

Drill Bit Overall Quantity
Size Model Threads
Diameter Anchor Length Package Carton
(in.) No. (per in.)
(in.) (in.) Qty. Qty.
1/4 HDIA25 3/8 20 3/4 100 1,600
1/4 HDIA25SS 3/8 20 3/4 100 1,600
5/16 HDIA31 5/8 18 1 1/4 50 200
3/8 HDIA37 5/8 16 1 1/4 50 200
3/8 HDIA37SS 5/8 16 1 1/4 50 200
1/2 HDIA50 3/4 13 1 3/4 50 250
5/8 HDIA62 1 11 2 25 125
HDIASTH Setting Tool for Hollow Materials

Setting tool designed to set the Hollow Drop-In internally threaded anchor in
hollow materials such as CMU and hollow-core plank.
Model No. Description Size (in.) Carton Qty.

Setting tool for use with Hollow Drop-In
HDIASTH25 1/4 25
models HDIA25, HDIA25SS
HDIASTH31 5/16 25
Hollow Drop-In model HDIA31
HDIASTH37 3/8 25
HDIASTH50 1/2 25
HDIASTH62 5/8 10
1. Tools sold separately. Tools may be ordered by the piece. HDIASTH Setting Tool
HDIASTS Setting Tool for Solid Materials

Setting tool designed to set the Hollow Drop-In internally threaded anchor in
solid materials such as brick, normal-weight and lightweight concrete.
Model No. Description Size (in.) Box Qty. Carton Qty.

HDIASTS25 1/4 25 125
HDIASTS31-37 5/16 – 3/8 10 50
models HDIA31, HDIA37, HDIA37SS
HDIASTS50 1/2 10 50
Hollow Drop-In model HDIA50 HDIASTS Setting Tool
HDIASTS62 5/8 5 20
1. Tools sold separately. Tools may be ordered by the piece.
170
Hollow Drop-In Internally Threaded Anchor

Installation Instructions — Solid Base (using solid setting tool)
• Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter carbide drill bit as specified in the table.
Drill the hole to the specified embedment depth.
• Blow the hole clean using compressed air. Overhead installations need not be blown clean.
• Insert the HDIA into hole. Tap with hammer until flush against surface.
• Using the designated setting tool, drive the anchor to the bottom of the drilled hole. After the anchor reaches the bottom
of the drilled hole, perform an additional 3 hammer blows against the setting tool to drive the anchor body over the cone.
• Position fixture; insert fastener and tighten.
Mechanical Anchors
Installation Instructions — Hollow Base (using hollow setting tool)
• Drill a hole in the base material using the appropriate diameter carbide drill bit as specified in the table.
• Thread the HDIA onto the designated setting tool for hollow base materials.
• Insert the HDIA into the hole. Tap the setting tool until the face of the tool contacts the surface.
• Rotate the setting tool a minimum of 2 turns to set the anchor.
• Remove the setting tool.
• Position fixture; insert fastener and tighten.
1 1/4" minimum thickness
Min.
2 turns Remove
171
Hollow Drop-In Design Information — Concrete and Masonry

Allowable Tension Loads for Hollow Drop-In Anchor *
Tension Load
Drill Bit Embed Critical Critical
Size
Model Dia. Depth Edge Dist. Spacing f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa) f'c ≥ 4,000 psi (27.6 MPa)
in.
No. in. in. in. in.
(mm) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
HDIA25, 1/4 3/8 7/8 2 5/8 3 1/2 1,180 295 1,220 305
HDIA25SS (6.4) (9.5) (22) (67) (89) (5.2) (1.3) (5.4) (1.4)
5/16 5/8 1 1/2 4 1/2 6 3,000 750 3,420 855
HDIA31 (152) (13.3) (3.3) (15.2) (3.8)
(7.9) (15.9) (38) (114)
HDIA37, 3/8 5/8 1 1/2 4 1/2 6 3,000 750 3,420 855
Mechanical Anchors
HDIA37SS (9.5) (15.9) (38) (114) (152) (13.3) (3.3) (15.2) (3.8)
1/2 3/4 2 6 8 4,260 1,065 5,500 1,375
HDIA50
(12.7) (19.1) (51) (152) (203) (18.9) (4.7) (24.5) (6.1)
5/8 1 2 1/4 6 3/4 9 6,100 1,525 6,300 1,575
HDIA62 (25.4) (229) (27.1) (6.8) (28.0) (7.0)
(15.9) (57) (171)
Allowable Shear Loads for Hollow Drop-In Anchor *

Shear Load Based on Shear Load Based on

Anchor Strength Steel Strength
Size
Model Dia. Depth Edge Dist. Spacing F1554 A193
in. f'c ≥ 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa)
No. in. in. in. in. Grade 36 Grade B7
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Ultimate Allowable Allowable Allowable
HDIA25, 1/4 3/8 7/8 2 5/8 3 1/2 1,840 460 485 1,045
HDIA25SS (6.4) (9.5) (22) (67) (89) (8.2) (2.0) (2.2) (4.6)
5/16 5/8 1 1/2 4 1/2 6 2,660 665 755 1,630
HDIA31
(7.9) (15.9) (38) (114) (152) (11.8) (3.0) (3.4) (7.3)

HDIA37, 3/8 5/8 1 1/2 4 1/2 6 3,580 895 1,085 2,340
HDIA37SS (9.5) (15.9) (38) (114) (152) (15.9) (4.0) (4.8) (10.4)
HDIA50 1/2 3/4 2 6 8 8,220 2,055 1,930 4,160

(12.7) (19.1) (51) (152) (203) (36.6) (9.1) (8.6) (18.5)
5/8 1 2 1/4 6 3/4 9 10,180 2,545 3,025 6,520
HDIA62
(15.9) (25.4) (57) (171) (229) (45.3) (11.3) (13.5) (29.0)
3. Allowable load must be the lesser of the load based on anchor strength or steel strength.

172
Hollow Drop-In Design Information — Concrete and Masonry

Allowable Tension and Shear Loads for Hollow Drop-In Anchor *
in 8" Lightweight, Medium-Weight and Normal-Weight Hollow CMU IBC
Drill Bit Embed Minimum Minimum Minimum Tension Load Shear Load
Size
Model Dia. Depth4 Edge Dist. End Dist. Spacing
in. Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
No. in. in. in. in. in.
(mm) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN) lb. (kN)
HDIA25, 1/4 3/8 3/4 4 4 5/8 8 500 100 975 195
HDIA25SS (6.4) (9.5) (19) (102) (117) (203) (2.2) (0.4) (4.3) (0.9)
5/16 5/8 1 1/4 4 4 5/8 8 500 100 1,450 290
HDIA31
(7.9) (15.9) (32) (102) (117) (203) (2.2) (0.4) (6.4) (1.3)
HDIA37, 3/8 5/8 1 1/4 4 4 5/8 8 500 100 1,450 290
HDIA37SS (9.5) (15.9) (32) (102) (117) (203) (2.2) (0.4) (6.4) (1.3)
Mechanical Anchors
1/2 3/4 1 3/4 4 4 5/8 8 1,525 305 2,300 460
HDIA50
(12.7) (19.1) (44) (102) (117) (203) (6.8) (1.4) (10.2) (2.0)
5/8 1 2 4 4 5/8 8 1,525 305 2,325 465
HDIA62 (25.4) (51) (102) (203) (6.8) (1.4) (10.3) (2.1)
(15.9) (117)
2. Values for 8-inch wide lightweight, medium-weight, and normal-weight CMU.
3. The minimum specified compressive strength of masonry, f'm, at 28 days with a minimum face shell thickness of 1 1/4" is 1,500 psi.
4. The installed end of the anchor may extend into the CMU cavity depending upon face shell thickness.
End
Edge
Tension and Shear Loads for Hollow Drop-In Anchor *

in Hollow-Core Concrete Panel IBC
Shear Load Based on Shear Load Based on

Tension Load Anchor Strength Steel Strength of Threaded Rod
Size
Model Dia. Depth4 Edge Dist. Spacing f'c ≥ 5,000 psi f'c ≥ 5,000 psi F1554 A193
in.
No. in. in. in. in. (34.5 Mpa) (34.5 MPa) Grade 36 Grade B7
Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable Allowable Allowable
HDIA25, 1/4 3/8 3/4 3 4 1/2 1,340 335 2,040 510 485 1,045
HDIA25SS (6.4) (9.5) (19) (76) (114) (6.0) (1.5) (9.1) (2.3) (2.2) (4.6)
HDIA31 5/16 5/8 1 1/4 5 7 1/2 1,820 455 3,240 810 755 1,630
(7.9) (15.9) (32) (127) (191) (8.1) (2.0) (14.4) (3.6) (3.4) (7.3)
HDIA37, 3/8 5/8 1 1/4 5 7 1/2 1,820 455 4,560 1,140 1,085 2,340
HDIA37SS (9.5) (15.9) (32) (127) (191) (8.1) (2.0) (20.3) (5.1) (4.8) (10.4)
1/2 3/4 1 3/4 7 10 1/2 2,840 710 5,820 1,455 1,930 4,160
HDIA50 (12.7) (19.1) (44) (178) (267) (12.6) (3.2) (25.9) (6.5) (8.6) (18.5)
5/8 1 2 8 12 2,980 745 8,700 2,175 3,025 6,520
HDIA62 (15.9) (25.4) (51) (203) (305) (13.3) (3.3) (38.7) (9.7) (13.5) (29.0)
2. The minimum concrete thickness over the open cores is 1 1/4".
3. The minimum specified compressive strength of the concrete used in the hollow-core panel, f'c, is 5,000 psi (34.5 MPa).
4. The installed end of the anchor may extend into the panel cavity depending upon face shell thickness.

173
Zinc Nailon™ Pin Drive Anchors

Zinc Nailon anchors are low-cost, easy-to-install anchors for applications under static loads.
Features
• Available with carbon and stainless-steel pins
• Pin and head configuration designed to make anchor tamper-resistant
Materials
• Body — Die-cast Zamac 3 alloy
• Pin — Carbon steel; Type 304 stainless steel
Code: Meets Federal Specification A-A-1925A, Type 1

Mechanical Anchors
Installation
Caution: Not for use in overhead applications.
Caution: Nailon anchors are not recommended for eccentric tension (prying)
loads — capacity will be greatly reduced in such applications
1. Drill a hole in base material using a carbide drill bit the same diameter
as the nominal diameter of the anchor to be installed. Drill the hole to
specified embedment depth, plus 1/4" for pin extension, and blow hole
clean using compressed air. Alternatively, drill the hole deep enough
to accommodate embedment depth and dust from drilling.
2. Position fixture and insert Nailon anchor.
3. Tap with hammer until flush with fixture, then drive pin until flush
with top of head.
Zinc Nailon Anchor
(Mushroom)
Zinc Nailon Product Data

Carbon Stainless Quantity
Allowable Tension and
Size Steel Pin Steel Pin Shear Loads for Zinc Nailon IBC *
(in.) Box Carton Bulk in Normal-Weight Concrete
Model No. Model No.
3/16 x 7/8 ZN18078 — 100 1,600 3,000 Ultimate Loads (lb.) Allowable Loads (lb.)1
Drill Bit Embed.
1/4 x 3/4 ZN25034 ZN25034SS 100 500 2,000 Size Dia. Depth f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi
(in.) (in.) (in.)
1/4 x 1 ZN25100 ZN25100SS 100 500 1,500 Tension Shear Tension Shear

1/4 x 1 1/4 ZN25114 ZN25114SS 100 500 1,500 3/16 3/16 5/8 460 465 115 115
1/4 x 1 1/2 ZN25112 ZN25112SS 100 500 1,000 5/8 590 635 150 160
1/4 x 2 ZN25200 ZN25200SS 100 400 1,000
1/4 1/4 3/4 780 765 195 190
1/4 x 2 1/2 ZN25212 ZN25212SS 100 400 —
1 1/2 1,050 1,050 265 265
1/4 x 3 ZN25300 ZN25300SS 100 400 1,000
1. The allowable loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
¼" min.

174
Crimp Drive® Anchor

The crimp anchor is an easy-to-install expansion anchor for use in concrete and grout-filled block. The pre-formed
curvature along the shaft creates an expansion mechanism that secures the anchor in place and eliminates the need
for a secondary tightening procedure. This speeds up anchor installation and reduces the overall cost.
Five crimp anchor head styles are available to handle different applications that include fastening wood or light-gauge steel,
attaching concrete formwork, hanging overhead support for sprinkler pipes or suspended ceiling panels.
Material: Carbon steel, stainless steel
Coating: Zinc plated and mechanically galvanized
Codes: Factory Mutual 3031136 for the 3⁄8" rod coupler.
Head Styles: Mushroom, rod coupler, countersunk, tie-wire and duplex
Mechanical Anchors
Installation
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience
performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly,
with the exception of the duplex anchor, use these products in dry, interior
and non-corrosive environments only.
1. Drill a hole using the specified diameter carbide bit into the
base material to a depth of at least 1⁄2" deeper than the required
embedment.
Overhead application need not be blown clean. Where a fixture is
used, drive the anchor through the fixture into the hole until the Mushroom Rod
head sits flush against the fixture. Head Coupler
3. Be sure the anchor is driven to the required embedment depth.
The rod coupler and tie-wire models should be driven in until
the head is seated against the surface of the base material.
Rod Coupler Tie-Wire
Mushroom Head Duplex
Countersunk Tie-Wire Duplex

Head
Duplex-head
anchor may be
removed with a
claw hammer
Countersunk Head Installation Sequence
175
Crimp Drive® Anchor

Crimp Drive Anchor Product Data
Size Head Style/ Drill Bit Dia. Min. Fixture Min. Embed. Quantity
Model No.
(in.) Finish (in.) Hole Size (in.) Pkg. Qty. Carton Qty.
3/16 x 1 1/4 CD18114M 7/8 100 1,600
3/16 x 2 CD18200M 1 1/4 100 500
3/16 x 2 1/2 CD18212M 1 1/4 100 500
3/16 1/4
3/16 x 3 CD18300M 1 1/4 100 500
3/16 x 3 1/2 CD18312M 1 1/4 100 500
3/16 x 4 CD18400M 1 1/4 100 500
Mechanical Anchors
1/4 x 1 CD25100M 7/8 100 1,600

1/4 x 1 1/4 CD25114M Mushroom Head / 7/8 100 1,600
1/4 x 1 1/2 CD25112M Zinc Plated 1 1/4 100 1,600
1/4 x 2 CD25200M 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 5/16
1/4 x 2 1/2 CD25212M 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 3 CD25300M 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 3 1/2 CD25312M 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 4 CD25400M 1 1/4 100 500
3/8 x 2 CD37200M 1 3/4 25 125
3/8 7/16
3/8 x 3 CD37300M 1 3/4 25 125
Mushroom Head /
1/4 x 3 CD25300MG 1/4 5/16 1 1/4 100 500
Mechanically Galvanized
1/4" rod coupler CD25114RC Rod Coupler / 3/16 N/A 1 1/4 100 500
3/8" rod coupler CD37112RC Zinc Plated 1/4 N/A 1 1/2 50 250
3/16 x 2 1/2 CD18212C 1 1/4 100 500
3/16 x 3 CD18300C 3/16 1/4 1 1/4 100 500
3/16 x 4 CD18400C 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 1 1/2 CD25112C 1 1/4 100 500
Countersunk
1/4 x 2 CD25200C Head / 1 1/4 100 500

Zinc Plated
1/4 x 2 1/2 CD25212C 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 5/16
1/4 x 3 CD25300C 1 1/4 100 500
1/4 x 3 1/2 CD25312C 1 1/4 100 400
1/4 x 4 CD25400C 1 1/4 100 400
1/4 x 3 CD25300CMG Countersunk Head / 1 1/4 100 500
Mechanically Galvanized1 1/4 5/16
1/4 x 4 CD25400CMG 1 1/4 100 400
1/4" Tie Wire CD25118T Tie Wire/Zinc Plated 1/4 N/A 1 1/8 100 500
1/4" duplex CD25234D Duplex Head/Zinc Plated 1/4 5/16 1 1/4 100 500
1. Mechanical galvanizing meets ASTM B695, Class 55, Type 1. Intended for some pressure-treated wood sill plate applications.
Not for use in other corrosive or outdoor environments. See p. 261 for details.
Length Identification Head Marks on Mushroom, Countersunk and

Duplex-Head Crimp Drive Anchors (corresponds to length of anchor — inches)
Mark o A B C D E F
From 1 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4
Up To But Not Including 1 1/2 2 2 1/2 3 3 1/2 4 4 1/2
176
Crimp Drive® Design Information — Concrete

Carbon-Steel Crimp Drive Allowable Tension and Shear Loads *

Minimum
Drill Bit Embed. Minimum f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 4,000 psi
Size Edge
Diameter Depth Spacing Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete
(in.) Distance
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable
Load (lb.) Load (lb.) Load (lb.) Load (lb.)
Mushroom/Countersunk Head
3⁄16 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 3 3 145 250 340 450
Mechanical Anchors
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 3 3 175 275 395 610
3⁄8 3⁄8 1 3⁄4 4 4 365 780 755 1,305
Duplex Head
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 3 3 175 275 395 610
Tie Wire
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄8 3 3 155 215 265 325
Rod Coupler4
1⁄4 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 3 3 145 250 — —
3⁄8 1⁄4 1 1⁄2 4 4 265 600 — —

4. For rod coupler, mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads; verify with local codes.

177
Crimp Drive® Design Information — Concrete

Carbon-Steel Crimp Drive Allowable Tension and Shear Loads IBC *
in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck
Tension Load Tension Load Shear Load Shear Load

(Install in (Install Through (Install in (Install Through
Concrete) Steel Deck) Concrete) Steel Deck)
Minimum
Drill Bit Embed. Minimum
Size Edge
Diameter Depth Spacing f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi f'c ≥ 3,000 psi
(in.) Distance
(in.) (in.) (in.) Concrete Concrete Concrete Concrete
(in.)
Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable

Load (lb.) Load (lb.) Load (lb.) Load (lb.)
Mushroom/Countersunk Head
Mechanical Anchors
3⁄16 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 4 4 115 85 345 600
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 4 4 145 130 375 890
3⁄8 3⁄8 1 3⁄4 5 1⁄2 5 1⁄2 315 330 1,030 1,085
Duplex Head
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 4 4 145 130 375 890
Tie Wire
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄8 3 3 130 90 275 210
Rod Coupler4
1⁄4 3⁄16 1 1⁄4 4 4 115 85 — —
3⁄8 1⁄4 1 1⁄2 5 5 300 280 — —

3. Anchors may be installed off-center in the flute, up to 1" from the center of flute.
4. Anchor may be installed in either upper or lower flute.
5. Deck profile shall be 3" deep, 20-gauge minimum.
6. For rod coupler, mechanical and plumbing design codes may prescribe lower allowable loads; verify with local codes.
3" deep, 20-gauge

steel deck minimum 1" max. offset
Figure 1. Sand-Lightweight Concrete on Steel Deck

178
CSD/DSD Split-Drive Anchors

The Split-Drive anchor is a one-piece expansion anchor that can be installed in concrete, grout-filled block
and stone. As the anchor is driven in, the split-type expansion mechanism on the working end compresses
and exerts force against the walls of the hole.
Features
• Available in countersunk (CSD) and duplex-head (DSD) styles
• DSD anchor can be removed with a claw hammer for
temporary applications
Coating: Zinc plated; mechanically galvanized
Mechanical Anchors
Installation
Warning (CSD only): Industry studies show that hardened fasteners
can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments.
Accordingly, use these products in dry, interior and non-corrosive
environments only.
Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will greatly reduce the
anchor’s load capacity. For CSD, embedment depths greater than 1 1/2"
may cause bending during installation.
1. Drill a hole in base material using a 1/4"-diameter carbide-tipped

drill. Drill hole to specified embedment depth and blow clean
using compressed air. (Overhead installation need not be blown
clean.) Alternatively, drill hole deep enough to accommodate
embedment depth and dust from drilling. Position fixture and
insert split-drive anchor through fixture hole.
2. For CSD, 3/8"-diameter fixture hole is recommended for hard
fixtures such as steel. For DSD, 5/16"-diameter fixture hole is
recommended.
DSD CSD
3. Drive anchor until head is flush against fixture. (duplex) (countersunk)
DSD anchor may be removed

with a claw hammer
179
CSD/DSD Split-Drive Anchors

CSD/DSD Product Data
Size Model Drill Bit Diameter Quantity

Head Style/Finish
(in.) No. (in.) Box Carton
1/4 x 1 1⁄2 CSD25112 100 500
1/4 x 2 CSD25200 100 500
1/4 x 2 1⁄2 CSD25212 100 500

Countersunk head – Zinc plated 1/4
1/4 x 3 CSD25300 100 400
1/4 x 3 1⁄2 CSD25312 100 400

Mechanical Anchors
1/4 x 4 CSD25400 100 400
1/4 x 3 CSD25300MG 100 400

Countersunk head – Mechanically galvanized1 1/4
1/4 x 4 CSD25400MG 100 400
1/4 x 3 DSD25300 Duplex head – Zinc plated 1/4 100 400

1. Mechanical galvanizing meets ASTM B695, Class 55, Type 1. Intended for some preservative-treated wood sill plate applications.
Not for use in other corrosive or outdoor environments. See p. 261 for details.
CSD Allowable Tension and Shear Loads *

IBC
in Normal-Weight Concrete
(lb.) (lb.)
Minimum
Size Edge
Diameter Depth Spacing f'c ≥ 2,000 psi f'c ≥ 2,000 psi
(in.) Distance
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
Ultimate Load Allowable Load Ultimate Load Allowable Load
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 655 165 970 240

DSD Allowable Tension and Shear Loads *

Minimum Concrete (lb.) (lb.)
Size Edge Compressive
Diameter Depth Spacing
(in.) Distance Strength
(in.) (in.) (in.) Ultimate Allowable Ultimate Allowable
(in.) (psi)
Load Load Load Load
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 2,500 800 200 2,480 620
1⁄4 1⁄4 1 1⁄4 2 1⁄2 3 4,000 1,060 265 2,740 685

180
Sure Wall Drywall Anchor

Sure Wall anchors are self-drilling drywall anchors and provide
excellent holding value and greater capacity than screws alone.
This anchor cuts threads into drywall, greatly increasing the
bearing surface and strength of the fastening.
Features
• Self-drilling — may be installed in gypsum board
drywall with only a screwdriver
• Easy to remove and reinstall
Material: Die-cast zinc or reinforced nylon
Mechanical Anchors
Sure Wall Sure Wall
Nylon Zinc
Sure Wall Product Data

Model Quantity
No.
Screw Style Applications
Size
Packaged Packaged Box Carton
with Screws Without Screws
#8 x 1 1⁄4 SWN08LS-R100 SWN08L-R100 Nylon 100 500 3⁄8", 1⁄2" drywall, ceiling tile
#8 x 1 1⁄4 SWZ08LS-R100 SWZ08L-R100 Zinc 100 500 3⁄8", 1⁄2", 5⁄8" drywall, plaster
Sure Wall Tension and IBC * Installation Sequence

Shear Loads in 1/2" Drywall
Allowable Loads
Model Screw
No. Size
Tension Shear
(lb.) (lb.)
SWN08LS #8 10 50
SWZ08LS #8 10 50
1. The allowable loads are baswed on a safety factor of 4.0.

2. The allowable loads listed are based on single anchor tests.
3. The performance of multiple anchors spaced closely together
has not been investigated.

181
Direct Fastening Solutions
Powder-Actuated Tool / Fastener Suitability

This matrix matches Simpson Strong-Tie powder-actuated tools with the fasteners typically used with each tool.
General-Purpose Tools
PTP-27L PT-27 PT-22A-RB PT-22HA-RB
Fasteners
0.300"-Headed Fasteners with 0.157" Shank Diameter
PDPA-XXX Max. 2 1/2" Max. 2 1/2" Max. 2 1/2" Max. 2 1/2"
PDPAWL-XXX Max. 3" 3" Max. 2 1/2" Max. 2 1/2"
PDPAS-XXX
PDPAT-XXX ü ü ü ü
PCLDPA-XXX ü ü ü ü
PECLDPA-XXX ü ü ü ü
PTRHA3-XXX ü ü ü ü
PINW-XXX ü ü ü ü

PINWP-XXX 3" Max. 2 1/2" Max. 2 1/2" Max. 2 1/2"
PHBC-XXX ü ü ü ü
PCC-XXX ü ü ü ü
PBXDP-100 ü ü ü ü
PHD-XXX
8 mm-Headed Fasteners
PKP-250 ü ü ü ü
3/8"-Headed Fasteners / Threaded Studs
PSLV3-XXX
See strongtie.com for more tool and fastener product information.

184
Powder-Actuated Tools, Fasteners and Loads
Simpson Strong-Tie Powder Actuated Tools

PTP-27L PT-27 PT-22A PT-22HA
Load Caliber 0.27 cal strip loads 0.27 cal strip loads 0.22 cal “A” crimp 0.22 cal “A” crimp
Load Power Level Brown (2) – Purple (6) Brown (2) – Red (5) Brown (2) – Yellow (4) Brown (2) – Yellow (4)
FIring Action Automatic Semi-automatic Single shot Single shot
Features Adjustable Power Professional Grade Economical DIY
PDPA Drive Pins

• Manufactured with tight tolerances for superior performance
• Code listed per ICC-ES ESR-2138; City of L.A. RR25469; Florida FL15730
All pins/loads available in 100 count boxes. See strongtie.com or product guide (S-A-PG) for additional information.
0.300"-Headed 0.300"-Headed
0.300"-Headed Fasteners with Fasteners with 0.157" 0.300"-Headed Tophat
Fasteners with 0.157" Shank Diameter Shank Diameter — Fasteners with
0.157" Shank Diameter and 1" Metal Washers 10-Pin Collation 0.157" Shank Diameter
Length Model Length Model Length Model Length Model
(in.) No. (in.) No. (in.) No. (in.) No.
1⁄2 PDPA-50 1⁄2 PDPAWL-50 1⁄2 PDPAS-50 1⁄2 knurled PDPAT-50K
1⁄2 knurled PDPA-50K 1⁄2 knurled PDPAWL-50K 1⁄2 knurled PDPAS-50K 5⁄8 knurled PDPAT-62K
5⁄8 knurled PDPA-62K 3⁄4 PDPAWL-75 5⁄8 knurled PDPAS-62K 3⁄4 PDPAT-75
3⁄4 PDPA-75 1 PDPAWL-100 3⁄4 PDPAS-75 1 PDPAT-100
1 PDPA-100 1 1⁄4 PDPAWL-125 1 PDPAS-100

1 1/16 PDPA-106 1 1⁄2 PDPAWL-150 1 1⁄4 PDPAS-125 Point sticks

for ease of
hole location.
1 1⁄4 PDPA-125 1 7⁄8 PDPAWL-187 1 1⁄2 PDPAS-150
1 5/16 PDPA-131 2 PDPAWL-200 1 7⁄8 PDPAS-187 PDPAT

1 1⁄2 PDPA-150 2 1/4 PDPAWL-225 2 PDPAS-200
Pre-Assembled Ceiling
1 7⁄8 PDPA-187 2 1⁄2 PDPAWL-250 2 1⁄2 PDPAS-250 Clips — 0.300"-Headed
2 PDPA-200 2 7⁄8 PDPAWL-287 2 7⁄8 PDPAS-287 Fasteners with 0.157"
Shank Diameter
2 1⁄2 PDPA-250 These models available in
mechanically galvanized finish Length Model
2 7⁄8 PDPA-287 (PDPAWL-200MG, PDPAWL-250MG
(in.) No.
and PDPAWL-287MG).
These models available in 7⁄8 PCLDPA-87
mechanically galvanized finish
(PDPA-200MG, PDPA-250MG 1 1/16 PCLDPA-106
and PDPA-287MG).
1 5/16 PCLDPA-131
1 1/16 PECLDPA-106
PDPAS 1 5/16 PECLDPA-131
PCLDPA PECLDPA
PDPA PDPAWL
185
Threaded Rod Hangers 0.300"-Headed 0.300"-Headed Fasteners Highway Basket Clips

— 0.300"-Headed Fasteners with 0.145" with 0.145" Shank — 0.300"-Headed
Fasteners with Shank Diameter and Diameter and 1 3/8" Fasteners with
0.157" Shank Diameter 1 7/16" Metal Washers Plastic White Washers 0.145" Shank Diameter
Length Model Length Model Length Model Model
Description
(in.) No. (in.) No. (in.) No. No.
1 5/16, 1⁄4 – 20 1 1⁄2 PINW-150 1 PINWP-100W Clip with

threaded PTRHA4-131 PHBC-150
1 1/2" pin
rod hanger 2 PINW-200 1 1⁄2 PINWP-150W
Clip with
1 5/16, 3⁄8 – 16 2 1⁄2 PINW-250 1 3⁄4 PINWP-175W PHBC-200
2" pin
threaded PTRHA3-131
rod hanger 3 PINW-300 2 PINWP-200W
Clip with PHBC-250
2 1⁄2 PINWP-250W 2 1/2" pin
3 PINWP-300W
These models available with inverted

plastic washer (PINWP-150MF and
PINWP-250MF).
PTRHA3
PINW PHBC
Pre-Assembled BX
PINWP
Cable Straps and
Conduit Straps —
0.300"-Headed Concrete Forming Pin — 1/4"-Headed Hammer
Fasteners with 0.145" 0.187"-Headed with Drive Fastener with
Shank Diameter 3/8" — 16 Threaded Studs* 0.145" Shank Diameter 3/8" Metal Washer
Model Length Model Length Model Length Model
Description No. (in.) No. (in.) No. (in.) No.
3⁄4 PHD-75
BX cable strap 3⁄8 – 16 knurled 3⁄16 x 2 1⁄2
PBXDP-100 PSLV3-12575K concrete PKP-250
with 1" pin (T-1 1⁄4, S-3⁄4)

forming pin 1 PHD-100
Conduit clip Note: Lengths in inches are for 1 1⁄4 PHD-125

1⁄2" EMT PCC50-DP100 3⁄8 – 16 PSLV3-125100 reference only and may not be exact.
with 1" pin (T-1 1⁄4, S-1)
Conduit clip
3⁄4" EMT PCC75-DP100 3⁄8 – 16 PSLV3-125125
with 1" pin (T-1 1⁄4, S-1 1⁄4)
Conduit clip *Shank diameter is 0.205".

1" EMT PCC100-DP100 Note: T = thread length,
with 1" pin S = shank length.
PHD
PKP
PBXDP
PSLV3
Warning: Do not use powder

PHT-38 loads with this tool. This is a
Manual Hammer Tool hammer drive tool only. Use
PCC (not for use with of powder loads with this tool
powder loads) may result in injury or death.
186
0.22-Caliber “A” Crimp Loads — Single Shot 0.27-Caliber Single-Shot Loads — Long
Model Model
Description Description
No. No.
P22AC2

0.22 cal. — Brown 0.27 cal. — Yellow P27LVL4
(Level 2) (Level 4)
P22AC2A
P22AC3
0.22 cal. — Green 0.27 cal. — Red P27LVL5
(Level 3) (Level 5)
P22AC3A
P22AC4
0.22 cal. — Yellow 0.27 cal. — Purple P27LVL6
(Level 4) (Level 6)
P22AC4A
Note: An “A” in a part number denotes imported load.

No “A” indicates a domestic load.
P22AC P27LVL
0.27-Caliber Plastic, 10-Shot Strip Loads 0.25-Caliber Plastic 10-Shot Strip Loads
Model Model
Description Description
No. No.
P27SL2 0.25 cal. — Green

0.27 cal. — Brown P25SL3
(Level 2) (Level 3)
P27SL2A
0.25 cal. — Yellow
P27SL3 P25SL4
0.27 cal. — Green (Level 4)
(Level 3)
P27SL3A
0.25 cal. — Red P25SL5
(Level 5)
P27SL4
0.27 cal. — Yellow
(Level 4)
P27SL4A
P27SL5
0.27 cal. — Red
(Level 5)
P27SL5A
P25SL
0.27 cal. — Purple P27SL6

(Level 6)
Note: An “A” in a part number denotes imported load.

No “A” indicates a domestic load.
P27SL
187
Gas Tool / Fastener Suitability

Gas Tool
GCN-MEP
Fuel Cell
GFCXX
Model No. Length (in.)

GDP-50KT 1/2
0.106"-Diameter GDP-62KT 5⁄8
Shank Pins
GDP-75KT 3/4
GDP
GDP-100KT 1
US Patent 605,016
GDP-125KT 1¼
GDP-150KT 1 1/2
0.118"- / Model No. Length (in.)

0.102"-Diameter GDPS-50KT 1⁄2
Stepped-Shank Pins GDPS-62KT 5⁄8
GDPS
GDPS-75KT 3⁄4

Spiral Knurl Pins Model No. Length (in.)
GDPSK GDPSK-138KT 1 3/8
Model No. Description

GCC50-R100 1⁄2" conduit clip with pin
GCC75-R100 3⁄4" conduit clip with pin
GCC100-R100 1" conduit clip with pin GCC GAC
GCC125-R50 1" conduit clip (13-gauge steel) with pin
Mechanical GAC-R100 Angle clip with pin
Electrical GCT-R50 Tie-strap holder with pin
Plumbing
Pins GW50-R200 1/2" dome washer x 1/2" step-shank
(0.110"/0.128") pin
GW75-R200 1⁄2" dome washer with 0.125" x 3⁄4" pin GCT GW
GW100-R100 1⁄2" dome washer with pin
GTS4-5075-R200 1⁄4" threaded stud, 1⁄2" length 1⁄4-20 thread,

3⁄4" length shank (0.127" diameter)
GTH-R200 Tophat pin
GTS GTH
See product guide (S-A-PG) and strongtie.com for additional information.
188
Gas- and Powder-Actuated Fasteners Design Information – Concrete

Powder-Actuated and Gas-Actuated Fasteners — *
Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC
Minimum Allowable Tension Load — lb. (kN)
Shank Minimum Minimum
Direct Edge
Model Diameter Penetration Spacing
Fastening Distance f'c = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 5,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi
No. in. in. in.
Type in. (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (34.5 MPa) (41.3 MPa)
(mm) (mm) (mm)
(mm)

3/4 3.5 5 110 110 110 110
—
(19) (89) (127) (0.49) (0.49) (0.49) (0.49)
1 3.5 5 210 240 310 160
PDPA —
0.157 (25) (89) (127) (0.93) (1.07) (1.38) (0.71)
PDPAT (4.0) 1 1/4 3.5 5 320 340 380 365
PDPAWL —
(32) (89) (127) (1.42) (1.51) (1.69) (1.62)
Powder 1 1/2 3.5 5 375 400 450 465
—
Actuated (38) (89) (127) (1.67) (1.78) (2.00) (2.07)
1 3 4 70 100 150 150
—
PINW 0.145 (25) (76) (102) (0.31) (0.44) (0.67) (0.67)
PINWP (3.7) 1 1/4 3 4 195 255 370 370
—
(32) (76) (102) (0.87) (1.13) (1.65) (1.65)
0.205 1 1/4 4 6 260
PSLV3 — — — —
(5.2) (32) (102) (152) (1.16)
5/8 3 4 25 30 45 45 —
0.106 (16) (76) (102) (0.11) (0.13) (0.20) (0.20)
GDP (2.7) 3/4 3 4 30 30 30 30 —
Gas (19) (76) (102) (0.13) (0.13) (0.13) (0.13)
Actuated 5/8 3 4 65 70 95
GW-75 — —
0.125 (16) (76) (102) (0.29) (0.31) (0.42)
GW-100 (3.2) 3/4 3 4 95 105 190
GTH — —
(19) (76) (102) (0.42) (0.47) (0.85)
1. The fasteners must not be driven until the concrete has reached the designated minimum compressive strength.
2. Minimum concrete thickness must be three times the fastener embedment into the concrete.
3. The allowable tension values are only for the fastener in the concrete. Members connected to the concrete must be investigated
in accordance with accepted design criteria.
4. The allowable load values listed are for static load conditions. Refer to ICC-ES ESR-2138 and ESR-2811 code reports for seismic load conditions.
5. For fastener installation in concrete with compressive strength outside of the listed range, published allowable loads shall not be extrapolated.

Allowable Shear Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC
Minimum Allowable Shear Load — lb. (kN)
Direct Edge
Fastening Distance
No. in. in. in. f'c = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 5,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi
(mm) (mm) (mm)
(mm)
3/4 3.5 5 120 125 135 130
—
(19) (89) (127) (0.53) (0.56) (0.60) (0.58)
1 3.5 5 285 290 310 350
PDPA —
0.157 (25) (89) (127) (1.27) (1.29) (1.38) (1.56)
PDPAT (4.0) 1 1/4 3.5 5 360 380 420 390
PDPAWL —
Powder (32) (89) (127) (1.60) (1.69) (1.87) (1.73)
Actuated 1 1/2 3.5 5 405 430 485 495
—
(38) (89) (127) (1.80) (1.91) (2.16) (2.20)
1 3 4 140 165 205 205
—
PINW 0.145 (25) (76) (102) (0.62) (0.73) (0.91) (0.91)
PINWP (3.7) 1 1/4 3 4 265 265 265 265
—
(32) (76) (102) (1.18) (1.18) (1.18) (1.18)
5/8 3 4 25 25 25 25 —
0.106 (16) (76) (102) (0.11) (0.11) (0.11) (0.11)
GDP (2.7) 3/4 3 4 50 55 75 75 —
Gas (19) (76) (102) (0.22) (0.24) (0.33) (0.33)
Actuated 5/8 3 4 60 65 95
GW-75 — —
0.125 (16) (76) (102) (0.27) (0.29) (0.42)
GW-100 (3.2) 3/4 3 4 135 145 215
GTH — —
(19) (76) (102) (0.60) (0.64) (0.96)
3. The allowable shear values are only for the fastener in the concrete. Members connected to the concrete must be investigated

189

Powder-Actuated and Gas-Actuated Assemblies — *
Allowable Tension Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC
Minimum Allowable Tension Load — lb. (kN)

Direct Edge
No. in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm)
(mm)
3/4 3.5 5 70 120 130
— —
(19) (89) (102) (0.31) (0.53) (0.58)
0.157 1 3.5 5 175 180 190
PCLDPA — —
(4.0) (25) (89) (102) (0.78) (0.80) (0.85)
1 1/4 3.5 5 210 210 190
— —
Powder (32) (89) (102) (0.93) (0.93) (0.85)
Actuated 7/8 3.5 5 90 110 85
— —
0.157 (22) (89) (102) (0.40) (0.49) (0.38)
PECLDPA (4.0) 1 3.5 5 180 155 180
— —
(25) (89) (102) (0.80) (0.69) (0.80)
PTRHA3 0.157 1 1/4 3.5 5 185 220 190
— —
PTRHA4 (4.0) (32) (89) (102) (0.82) (0.98) (0.85)
Gas 0.125 3/4 3 4 105 120 150 170 195
GAC
Actuated (3.2) (19) (76) (102) (0.47) (0.53) (0.67) (0.76) (0.87)
3. The allowable tension values are only for the fastener in the concrete. Members connected to the concrete must be
investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
Powder-Actuated and Gas-Actuated Assemblies — *

Allowable Oblique Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete IBC
Minimum Allowable Oblique Load — lb. (kN)

Direct Edge
No. in. in. in.
(mm) (mm) (mm)
(mm)

3/4 3.5 5 115 105 140
— —
(19) (89) (102) (0.51) (0.47) (0.62)
0.157 1 3.5 5 255 240 245
PCLDPA (4.0) (25) (89) (102) (1.13) — (1.07) — (1.09)
Powder 1 1/4 3.5 5 250 265 265
— —
Actuated (32) (89) (102) (1.11) (1.18) (1.18)
7/8 3.5 5 135 130 115
— —
0.157 (22) (89) (102) (0.60) (0.58) (0.51)
PECLDPA (4.0) 1 3.5 5 225 230 255
— —
(25) (89) (102) (1.00) (1.02) (1.13)
Gas 0.125 3/4 3 4 130 135 145 155 175
GAC
Actuated (3.2) (19) (76) (102) (0.58) (0.60) (0.64) (0.69) (0.78)
3. The allowable oblique values are only for the fastener in the concrete. Members connected to the concrete must be
4. Oblique load direction is 45° from the concrete member surface.

190

Powder-Actuated Fasteners — Allowable Tension and Shear Loads *
IBC
for Attachment of Wood Sill Plates to Normal-Weight Concrete
Nominal f'c = 2,500 psi (17.2 MPa)
Overall Shank Washer Washer
Direct Head
Model Length Diameter Thickness Bearing Allowable Allowable
Fastening Diameter
No. in. in. in. Area in.2 Tension Load Shear Load
Type in.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm2) lb. lb.

(mm)
(kN) (kN)
Powder PDPAWL-287 2 7/8 0.300 0.157 0.070 0.767 200 205

Actuated PDPAWL-287MG (73) (7.6) (4.0) (1.8) (495) (0.89) (0.91)
3. The allowable tension and shear values are only for the fastener in the concrete. Members connected to the concrete must be
4. Minimum concrete edge distance is 1 3/4".
5. Only mechanically galvanized fasteners may be used to attach preservative-treated wood to concrete.
6. Minimum spacing shall be 4" on center.
7. The allowable load values listed are for static load conditions. Refer to ICC-ES ESR-2138 code report for seismic load conditions.
Spacing of Powder-Actuated Fasteners IBC *

for Attachment of Wood Sill Plates to Normal-Weight Concrete
Maximum Spacing
in.
Nominal Head Shank (mm)
Direct Overall Length
Model Diameter Diameter
Fastening in.
No. in. in.
Type (mm) Interior
(mm) (mm)
Nonstructural
Walls2
PDPAWL-2873 2 7/8 0.300 0.157 48

Powder Actuated PDPAWL-287MG3 (73) (7.6) (4.0) (1,219)
1. Spacings are based upon the attachment of 2" (nominal thickness) wood sill plates, with specific gravity
of 0.50 or greater, to concrete floor slabs or footings.
2. All walls shall have fasteners placed at 6" from ends of sill plates, with maximum spacing as shown in the table.
3. Fasteners shall not be driven until the concrete has reached a compressive strength of 2,500 psi.
Minimum edge distance is 1 3/4".
4. The maximum horizontal transverse load on the wall shall be 5 psf.

5. The maximum wall height shall be 14 feet.
6. For exterior walls and interior structural walls, this table is not applicable and allowable loads must be used .
7. Walls shall be laterally supported at the top and the bottom.
8. Minimum spacing shall be 4" on center.
9. Only mechanically galvanized fasteners may be used to attach preservative-treated wood to concrete.

191

Allowable Tension Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck IBC
Allowable Tension Load — lb. (kN)

Shank Minimum Installed Thru. Installed Thru. Installed Thru. Installed Thru.
Direct Model Diameter Penetration Installed in 3" “W” Deck 3" “W” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck
Fastening No. in. in. Concrete4 with 3 1/4" with 2 1/4" with 2 1/4" with 2"
Type
(mm) (mm) Concrete Fill5 Concrete Fill6 Concrete Fill7 Concrete Fill8
f'c = 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) Concrete
3/4 85 105 160

— —
(19) (0.38) (0.47) (0.71)
1 150 145 210

PDPA — —
(25) (0.67) (0.64) (0.93)
0.157
PDPAT (4.0)
PDPAWL 1 1/4 320 170 265
— —
(32) (1.42) (0.76) (1.18)
Powder
Actuated
1 1/2 385 325 — — —
(38) (1.71) (1.45)
PINW 0.145 7/8 85 40

PINWP (3.7) — — —
(22) (0.38) (0.18)
0.205 1 1/4 225

PSLV3 — — — —
(5.2) (32) (1.00)
5/8 75 60 65
— —
(16) (0.33) (0.27) (0.29)
0.106
GDP (2.7)
3/4 105 60 130
— —
(19) (0.47) (0.27) (0.58)
Gas
Actuated
5/8 60 35
— — —
GW-75 (16) (0.27) (0.16)
0.125
GW-100 (3.2)
GTH 3/4 115 55
— — —
(19) (0.51) (0.24)
1. The fastener shall not be driven until the concrete has reached the designated compressive strength.
2. The allowable tension values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the concrete must be invesigated separately
3. Steel deck must be minimum 20 gauge and have a minimum yield strength of 38,000 psi.
4. The minimum fastener spacing is 4". The minimum edge distances are 3 1/2" and 3" for powder-actuated fasteners and

gas-actuated fasteners, respectively.
5. The fastener shall be installed minimum 1 1/2" from the edge of flute and 4" from the end of the deck. The minimum fastener spacing is 4".
6. The fastener shall be installed minimum 1" from the edge of flute and 3" from the end of the deck. The minimum fastener spacing is 4".
For GW and GTH fasteners, the fastener must be a minimum of 1 1/8" from the edge of flute.
7. The fastener shall be installed minimum 7/8" from the edge of flute. For inverted 1.5" “B” deck configuration, the fastener must be
a minimum of 1" from the edge of flute. Fastener must be installed miminim 3" from the end of the deck. The minimum fastener spacing is 4".
8. The fastener shall be installed minimum 7/8" from the edge of flute and 4" from the end of the deck. The minimum fastener spacing is 4".

192

IBC
Allowable Shear Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck
Allowable Shear Load — lb. (kN)
Direct Model Diameter Penetration Installed in 3" “W” Deck 3" “W” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck
Fastening No. in. in. Concrete9 with 3 1/4" with 2 1/4" with 2 1/4" with 2"

Type (mm) (mm) Concrete Fill5 Concrete Fill 6 Concrete Fill7 Concrete Fill8
3/4 105 280 275

— —
(19) (0.47) (1.25) (1.22)
1 225 280 370

PDPA — —
(25) (1.00) (1.25) (1.65)
0.157
PDPAT (4.0)
Powder PDPAWL 1 1/4 420 320 460
— —
Actuated (32) (1.87) (1.42) (2.05)
1 1/2 455 520 — — —

(38) (2.02) (2.31)
PINW 0.145 7/8 250 275

PINWP (3.7) — — —
(22) (1.11) (1.22)
5/8 35 180 195

— —
(16) (0.16) (0.80) (0.87)
0.106
GDP (2.7)
3/4 140 180 270
— —
(19) (0.62) (0.80) (1.20)
Gas
Actuated
5/8 110 215
GW-75 — — —
(16) (0.49) (0.96)
0.125
GW-100 (3.2)
GTH 3/4 130 235
— — —
(19) (0.58) (1.05)
2. The allowable shear values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the concrete must be invesigated separately
4. Shear values are for loads applied toward edge of flute.
For GW and GTH fasteners, the fastener must be a minimum of 1 1/8" from the edge of flute.
7. The fastener shall be installed minimum 7/8" from the edge of flute. For inverted 1.5" “B” deck configuration, the fastener must be a
minimum of 1" from the edge of flute. Fastener must be installed miminim 3" from the end of the deck. The minimum fastener spacing is 4".
9. The minimum fastener spacing is 4". The minimum edge distances are 3 1/2" and 3" for powder-actuated fasteners and gas-actuated fasteners, respectively.

193

Powder-Actuated and Gas-Actuated Assemblies – *
Allowable Tension Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck IBC
Allowable Tension Load — lb. (kN)

Direct Model Diameter Penetration 3" “W” Deck 3" “W” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck
Fastening No. in. in. with 2 1/2" with 2 1/4" with 2 1/4" with 2"
Type
(mm) (mm) Concrete Fill4 Concrete Fill5 Concrete Fill6 Concrete Fill7
PTRHA3 0.157 1 1/4 160 — — 175
PTRHA4 (4.0) (32) (0.71) (0.78)
3/4 115 60
— —
(19) (0.51) (0.27)
0.157 1 140 — — 160
PCLDPA
Powder (4.0) (25) (0.62) (0.71)
Actuated 1 1/4 160 180
— —
(32) (0.71) (0.80)
7/8 80 95
— —
0.157 (22) (0.36) (0.40)
PECDLPA (4.0) 1 120 135
— —
(25) (0.53) (0.60)
Gas 0.125 3/4 105 90
Actuated GAC (3.2) — —
(19) (0.47) (0.40)
2. The allowable tension values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the concrete must be invesigated separately
Powder-Actuated and Gas-Actuated Assemblies – *

IBC
Allowable Oblique Loads in Sand-Lightweight Concrete over Steel Deck
Allowable Oblique Load — lb. (kN)
Direct

Model Diameter Penetration 3" “W” Deck 3" “W” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck 1.5" “B” Deck
Fastening No. in. in. with 2 1/2" with 2 1/4" with 2 1/4" with 2"
Type (mm) (mm) Concrete Fill4 Concrete Fill5 Concrete Fill6 Concrete Fill7
3/4 155 175
— —
(19) (0.69) (0.78)
0.157 1 175 — — 240
PCLDPA (4.0) (25) (0.78) (1.07)
Powder 1 1/4 185 280
— —
Actuated (32) (0.82) (1.25)
7/8 110 110
— —
0.157 (22) (0.49) (0.49)
PECDLPA (4.0) 1 145 175
— —
(25) (0.64) (0.78)
0.125 3/4 120 90
Gas Actuated GAC (3.2) — —
(19) (0.53) (0.40)
2. The allowable oblique values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the concrete must be invesigated separately
8. Oblique load direction is 45° from the concrete member surface.

194
Gas- and Powder-Actuated Fasteners Design Information – CMU

IBC
Allowable Tension and Shear Loads in Hollow and Grout-Filled CMU4,5,8
Minimum 8-inch Hollow CMU 8-inch Grout-Filled CMU

Shank Minimum
Direct Edge
Model Diameter Penetration
Fastening Distance Tension Load Shear Load Tension Load Shear Load
No. in. in.
Type in.
(mm) (mm)

(mm) Allowable Allowable Allowable Allowable
PDPA
0.157 1 3/4 3 1/2 1251 2101 1903 2453
PDPAT (4.0) (44) (89) (0.56) (0.93) (0.85) (1.09)
PDPAWL
Powder
Actuated
PINW 0.145 1 3/4 3 1/2 1101 2001 — —
PINWP (3.7) (44) (89) (0.49) (0.89)
0.106 5/8 3 351 601

GDP — —
(2.7) (16) (76) (0.16) (0.27)
Gas
Actuated
GW-75 0.125 5/8 3 752 902
GW-100 — —
3.2) (16) (76) (0.33) (0.40)
GTH
1. Allowable values for fasteners in hollow lightweight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C90.
2. Allowable values for fasteners in hollow medium-weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C90.
3. Allowable values for fasteners in grout-filled lightweight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C90 with
coarse grout confroming to ASTM C746.
4. The minimum allowable nominal size of the CMU must be 8" high by 8" wider by 16" long, with a minimum 1 1/4"-thick face shell thickness.
5. Allowable values are for fasteners installed in the center of a CMU face shell. See Figure 1 for the applicable placement zone.
Only one fastener may be installed at each cell.
6. Minimum penetration is measured from the outside face of the CMU.
7. Allowable values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the CMU must be investigated separately in
accordance with accepted design criteria.
8. The allowable load values listed are for static load conditions. Refer to ICC-ES ESR-2138 and ESR-2811 code reports
for seismic load conditions.
CMU web
Min. edge
distance
Min. edge
distance 1½"
Min. edge
distance
Zone for fastener installation
Figure 1. Zone for Fastener Installation in Face Shell of CMU

195
Gas- and Powder-Actuated Fasteners Design Information – Steel

Allowable Tension Loads in Steel1 IBC
Shank Minimum Minimum Allowable Tension Load — lb. (kN)

Direct Minimum
Model Diameter10 Edge Distance Spacing Steel Strength3
Fastening No. in. in. in. 1/8"-Thick 3/16"-Thick 1/4"-Thick 3/8"-Thick 1/2"-Thick 3/4"-Thick
Type ASTM
(mm) (mm) (mm) Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel
0.5 1 260 370 3807 5307 1954

A36 —
PDPA (13) (25) (1.16) (1.65) (1.69) (2.36) (0.87)
0.157
PDPAT (4.0)
PDPAWL 0.5 1 A572 Gr. 50 305 335 3557 4855 1706
—
(13) (25) or A992 (1.36) (1.49) (1.58) (2.16) (0.76)
PINW 0.145 0.5 1 155

A36 — — — — —
PINWP (3.7) (13) (25) (0.69)
Powder
Actuated
PSLV3 0.205 1 1 1/2 270 680
Smooth (5.2) (25) A36 — — — —
shank (38) (1.20) (3.02)
PSLV3-
12575K 0.205 1 1 1/2 270 870
Knurled (5.2) (25) A36 — — — —
(38) (1.20) (3.87)
shank
0.5 1 125 210 220

A36 — — —
(13) (25) (0.56) (0.93) (0.98)
0.106
GDP (2.7)
0.5 1 A572 Gr. 50 225 185
— — — —
(13) (25) or A992 (1.00) (0.82)
0.5 1 95 170 1658 1458

A36 — —
(13) (25) (0.42) (0.76) (0.73) (0.64)
Gas 0.118 /0.102
GDPS
Actuated (3.0 /2.6)
0.5 1 A572 Gr. 50 110 170 1558
— — —
(13) (25) or A992 (0.49) (0.76) (0.69)
0.5 1 225 275 2459

A36 — — —
(13) (25) (1.00) (1.22) (1.09)
0.128 /0.110
GW-50 (3.3 /2.8)
0.5 1 A572 Gr. 50 240 2159 2809
— — —
(13) (25) or A992 (1.07) (0.96) (1.25)
1. The entire pointed portion of the fastener must penetrate through the steel to obtain the tabulated values,
unless otherwise indicated.

2. The allowable tension values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the steel must be investigated
separately in accordance with accepted design criteria.
3. Steel strength must comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A 36 (Fy = 36 ksi, Fu = 58 ksi),
ASTM A 572, Grade 50 (Fy = 50 ksi, Fu = 65 ksi), or ASTM A992 (Fy = 50 ksi, Fu = 65 ksi).
4. Based upon minimum penetration depth of 0.46" (11.7 mm).
7. The fastener must be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates through the steel.
10. For stepped shank fasteners: (Diameter of shank above the step)/(Diameter of shank below the step.)
11. The allowable load values listed are for static load conditions. Refer to ICC-ES ESR-2138 and
ESR-2811 code reports for seismic load conditions.

196
Gas- and Powder-Actuated Fasteners Design Information – Steel

Allowable Shear Loads in Steel1 IBC
Shank Minimum Minimum Allowable Shear Load — lb. (kN)

Direct Minimum
Model Diameter10 Edge Distance Spacing Steel Strength3
Fastening No. in. in. in. 1/8"-Thick 3/16"-Thick 1/4"-Thick 3/8"-Thick 1/2"-Thick 3/4"-Thick
Type ASTM
(mm) (mm) (mm) Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel

410 365 3857 3857 3254
A36 —
PDPA, PDPAT, 0.157 0.5 1 (1.82) (1.62) (1.71) (1.71) (1.45)
PDPAWL (4.0) (13) (25) A572 Gr. 50 420 365 2907 2757 2757
—
or A992 (1.87) (1.62) (1.29) (1.22) (1.22)
Powder PINW 0.145 0.5 1 395
A36 — — — — —
Actuated PINWP (3.7) (13) (25) (1.76)
PSLV3 0.205 1 1 1/2 770 1,120
Smooth shank (5.2) (25) A36 — — — —
(38) (3.43) (4.98)
PSLV3-12575K 0.205 1 1 1/2 A36 — 930 1,130 — — —
Knurled shank (5.2) (25) (38) (4.14) (5.03)
0.5 1 285 225 205
A36 — — —
0.106 (13) (25) (1.27) (1.00) (0.91)
GDP (2.7) 0.5 1 A572 Gr. 50 250 145
— — — —
(13) (25) or A992 (1.11) (0.64)
0.5 1 180 265 2258 2258
A36 — —
Gas 0.118 /0.102 (13) (25) (0.80) (1.18) (1.00) (1.00)
GDPS
Actuated (3.0 /2.6) 0.5 1 A572 Gr. 50 205 305 2058
— — —
(13) (25) or A992 (0.91) (1.36) (0.91)
0.5 1 400 345 3109
A36 — — —
0.128 /0.110 (13) (25) (1.78) (1.53) (1.38)
GW-50 (3.3 /2.8) 0.5 1 A572 Gr. 50 380 325 9
350 9
— — —
(13) (25) or A992 (1.69) (1.45) (1.56)
1. The entire pointed portion of the fastener must penetrate through the steel to obtain the tabulated values, unless otherwise indicated.
2. The allowable shear values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the steel must be investigated separately
3. Steel strength must comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A 36 (Fy = 36 ksi, Fu = 58 ksi),
ASTM A 572, Grade 50 (Fy = 50 ksi, Fu = 65 ksi), or ASTM A992 (Fy = 50 ksi, Fu = 65 ksi).
7. The fastener must be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates through the steel.
10. For stepped shank fasteners: (Diameter of shank above the step)/(Diameter of shank below the step).
Spiral Knurl Pin Allowable Tension and Shear Loads *

in Cold-Formed Steel Studs
Shank Minimum Minimum Designation Allowable Loads
Model Diameter Edge Dist. Spacing Thickness Tension Shear
No. in. in. in. mil lb. lb.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (gauge) (kN) (kN)
33 30 70
(20) (0.13) (0.31)
43 48 89
0.109 13⁄16 4 (18) (0.21) (0.40)
GDPSK-138 (2.8) (2.1) (102) 54 92 150
(16) (0.41) (0.67)
68 73 218
(14) (0.32) (0.97)
1. Entire pointed portion of the fastener must penetrate through the cold-formed steel to obtain tabulated values.
2. The allowable tension and shear values are for the fastener only. Members connected to the cold-formed steel
must be investigated separately in accordance with accepted design criteria.
3. Fastener is to be installed in the center of the stud flange.
4. Loads are based on cold-formed steel members with a minimum yield strength, Fy = 33 ksi and tensile strength, Typical GDPSK
Fu = 45 ksi for 33 mil (20 ga.) and 43 mil (18 ga.), and minimum yield strength, Fy = 50 ksi and tensile strength,
Fu = 65 ksi for 54 mil (16 ga.) and 68 mil (14 ga.) Installation

197
CSS Composite Strengthening Systems™
Your Full-Solution Partner for

Composite Strengthening Systems
Simpson Strong-Tie® Composite Strengthening
Systems (CSS) provide efficient solutions for the
structural reinforcement and retrofit of aging, damaged
or overloaded concrete, masonry, steel and timber
structures.
The primary benefit of Composite Strengthening
Systems versus traditional retrofit methods is that
significant flexural, axial or shear strength gains can
be realized with an easy-to-apply composite that does
not add significant weight or mass to the structure.
Many times it is the most economical choice given the
reduced prep and labor costs and may be installed

without taking the structure out of service.
CSS Advantages
• In-house engineering and technical support
• Increase capacity without significantly increasing
weight or mass
• High tensile strength
• Very lightweight and user-friendly installation
• Non-corrosive
• Low aesthetic impact
• Compatible with many finishes and protective coatings
• Economical solution versus conventional methods
For complete information regarding specific products

suitable to your unique situation or condition, please

visit strongtie.com/css or call your local RPS specialist
or CSS Field Engineer at (800) 999-5099.
Composite Strengthening Systems™
Fabric-Reinforced
Cementitious Matrix (FRCM)
FIBER-REINFORCED POLYMER
PROVEN SOLUTIONS (FRP) REPAIRSTEEL
FOR CONCRETE, AND REINFORCEMENT SOLUTIONS
AND TIMBER APPLICATIONS
Now you can

(800) 999-5099 | strongtie.com
repair and
strengthen in
F-R-CSS16.indd 1 8/24/16 10:49 AM one shot.
Flier F-R-CSS
(800) 999-5099
strongtie.com
F-R-FRCM17.indd 1 11/17/17 11:26 AM
Flier F-R-FRCM
200
CSS Solutions
CSS enhances the strength of existing structural elements which require additional strengthening, rehabilitation and repair in
such applications as seismic retrofit, structural preservation, force protection, blast mitigation, and corrosion-related repair and
rehabilitation. CSS increases strength without adding weight or mass like traditional strengthening methods.
CSS Reinforcement Solutions for Structural Elements

Structural Element
Reinforcement
Type
Slab Beam Wall Column/Pile
Externally Applied Laminates Flexural/Collector Flexural/Collector Tensile/Flexural Flexural
Near-Surface Mounted Laminates Flexural/Collector Flexural/Collector Tensile/Flexural Flexural
Fabrics Flexural/Collector Shear/Flexural/Collector Shear/Flexural/Tensile Shear/Flexural/Confinement
FRCM Flexural/Collector Shear/Flexural/Collector Shear/Flexural/Tensile Shear/Flexural/Confinement
6
4
5
1. Slab — Adds collector reinforcement, negative (not shown) and positive moment flexural capacity
2. Slab opening — Trim reinforcement
3. Beam — Laminates, FRCM or fabrics for flexure and/or collector reinforcement, fabrics or FRCM for shear stirrup
reinforcement and potential use of FRP anchors (shown in orange)
4. Wall — Stiffening, flexural, shear or tensile reinforcement with FRCM, fabrics and/or laminates (FRCM shown above)
5. New wall opening — Trim reinforcement
6. Column wrapping — Full column wrap to achieve required strengthening, possibly with additional near-surface
mounted laminates, FRCM or fabric for flexure; effective solution for under-reinforced column ties
7. Protective coating — High-performance protection against exposure, corrosion, chemical attack, abrasion,
fire resistance and other environmental factors
201

Components
Fabric
Several types of code-listed* and non-code-listed FRP fabrics including carbon fiber
and E-glass are available to meet specifier and contractor requirements. Field lamination
provides flexibility and short installation time, resulting in lower labor costs and less
downtime than are usual with traditional retrofit methods.
• Conforms to any shape
• Can be cut/field-adjusted to address odd shapes/orientations
• May be placed in multiple layers for increased capacity gain
• Variety of tow orientation/composition allows for design flexibility
Carbon Fiber Fabrics

CSS-CUCF11* Code-Listed Unidirectional Carbon Fabric — 11 oz./yd.2 (370 g/m2) Unidirectional Carbon Fabric
CSS-CUCF22* Code-Listed Unidirectional Carbon Fabric — 22 oz./yd.2 (740 g/m2)
CSS-CUCF44F* Code-Listed Unidirectional Carbon Fabric — 44 oz./yd.2 (1,490 g/m2)

CSS-UCF10 Unidirectional Carbon Fabric — 10 oz./yd.2 (340 g/m2)
CSS-UCF20 Unidirectional Carbon Fabric — 20 oz./yd.2 (680 g/m2)
CSS-BCF06 Bidirectional Carbon Fabric (0/ 90°) — 6 oz./yd.2 (204 g/m2)
CSS-BCF018 Bidirectional Carbon Fabric (0/ 90°) — 18 oz./yd.2 (611 g/m2)
CSS-BCF418 Bidirectional Carbon Fabric (+/- 45°) — 18 oz./yd.2 (611 g/m2)
E-Glass Fiberglass Fabrics

CSS-CBGF424* Code-Listed Bidirectional E-Glass Fabric (+/- 45) — 24 oz./yd.2 (814 g/m2)
CSS-BGF012 Bidirectional E-Glass Fabric (0/ 90°) — 12 oz./yd.2 (407 g/m2)
CSS-BGF018 Bidirectional E-Glass Fabric (0/ 90°) — 18 oz./yd.2 (611 g/m2)
Carbon and Fiberglass Anchors Unidirectional E-Glass Fabric

High-strength FRP anchors are field laminated and used to carry load into the concrete to
effectively improve bond strength, or through the concrete to transfer load for increased
capacity. Termination and through anchors in carbon and fiberglass are available in diameters
from 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) to 1 1⁄2 in. (38.1 mm) in commonly used stock and custom lengths.
CSS-CA Carbon Fiber Anchor
CSS-GA Fiberglass Anchor

Epoxies
CSS-ES-3KT Epoxy Primer and Saturant — 3 US gallon (11.4 L)
CSS-ES-150KT Epoxy Primer and Saturant — 150 US gallon (567.8 L)
CSS-EP-3KT Epoxy Paste and Filler — 3 US gallon (11.4 L)
Protective Coatings
FX505GR05-5 FX-505 Water-Based Acrylic Coating — 5 US gallon (18.9 L)
FX-70-9GN01KT3 FX-70-9™ Epoxy Coating — 3 US gallon (11.4 L) kit Carbon Termination Anchor
FX70-9GN01KT15 FX-70-9 Epoxy Coating — 15 US gallon (56.8 L) kit
FX207KT1-1 FX-207 Slurry Seal — 3.3 US gallon (12.5 L) kit
Fire Insulation
FX-207 Slurry Seal may be applied over CSS FRP materials for fire insulation and
flame-spread/smoke-developed coating providing a 4-hour rated system per
ASTM E119 and UL 263 and a Class A finish for ASTM E84 flame-spread and
smoke-developed classification.
For use in beam/slab external reinforcing system fire resistance classification.

See UL Fire Resistance Directory (R37897).
* Code-listed fabrics and laminates (ICC-ES ESR-3403) have been evaluated per ICC-ES AC125
for Concrete and Reinforced and Unreinforced Masonry Strengthening Using Externally Bonded FX-70-9 Epoxy Coating applied over
Fiber-Reinforced Polymer (FRP) Composite Systems. Carbon Fiber Fabric
202

Components (cont.)
Precured Carbon-Fiber Laminate
CSS-CUCL is an epoxy-based, pultruded, unidirectional, high-strength,
non-corrosive carbon-fiber-reinforced polymer (CFRP) precured laminate
for both surface mounted and near surface mounted (NSM) structural
reinforcement applications.
• Code listed (ICC-ES ESR-3403) per ICC-ES AC125
• No field saturation required
• Highest tensile capacity available
• Lower overall installed cost/labor savings
• Available in a variety of widths and thicknesses and
may be cut to length
CSS-CUCL Code-Listed Unidirectional Carbon Laminate
CSS-EP Epoxy Paste and Filler Precured Carbon-Fiber Laminate
Fabric-Reinforced Cementitious Matrix (FRCM)
Repair, protect and strengthen aging, damaged or overloaded concrete and
masonry structures in one application and significantly reduce your installed cost.
FRCM or Fabric-Reinforced Cementitious Matrix combines high-performance
sprayable mortar with carbon-fiber grid to create thin-walled, reinforced concrete
shells without adding significant weight or mass to the structure.
Benefits
• Code listed (ICC-ES ESR-3506) per ICC-ES AC434 for concrete
and unreinforced masonry strengthening
• Repair and strengthen structures using only a thin layer of material
• Can be applied in multiple grid layers (four maximum) to achieve
desired strengthening
• Lightweight system for vertical surfaces and overhead applications
• Suitable for harsh environments or service conditions including
marine locations, elevated temperatures, humidity, abrasion and UV
• Works on damp substrates
• Installation process is similar to that for wet shotcrete repair mortars
• Quick installation with less preparation than traditional shotcrete
repairs with rebar
• Does not create a vapor barrier

• Matches substrate finish
CSS-CM Cementitious Matrix — 55 lb. (24.9 kg) bag
CSS-BCG19550 Bidirectional Carbon Grid
CSS-HBCG19550 Heavy Bidirectional Carbon Grid
CSS-UCG19550 Unidirectional Carbon Grid Fabric-Reinforced Cementitious Matrix (FRCM)
For use in beam/slab external reinforcing system fire resistance classification.

See UL Fire Resistance Directory (R37897).
For complete information, please visit strongtie.com/css or call (800) 999-5099.
203
In-house Engineering and

Technical Services
We recognize that specifying Simpson Strong-Tie® Composite Strengthening Systems™ is unlike
choosing any other product we offer. Leverage our expertise to help with your strengthening designs.
Our Engineering and Technical Services Include:

Assessment
• Feasibility studies to ensure suitable solutions for your application

• Partnering with trained and licensed contractors to provide rough
order-of-magnitude (ROM) budget estimates
Complete Engineering Package
• Complete engineering package
• Specifications prepared to your unique project requirements
• Detailed proposal documentation, including drawings
• Calculations provided for Engineer of Record reference during submittal review
• Calculations for each unique element
• Elevation drawings for each element and component
• Typical detail sheet showing installation details
• General notes to include in the plans
• Signed and sealed documents for all 50 states and throughout Canada
204
Notes
205
FX-70® Structural Pile Repair and Protection System

FX-70 Structural Pile Repair and
Protection System for Concrete,
Timber and Steel Structures
Degradation of structures at the waterline is common in
marine environments. Tidal action, river current, saltwater
exposure, chemical intrusion, floating debris, marine borers,
electrolysis, wet-dry cycles and general weathering are all
examples of destructive marine factors addressed by the
FX-70 Structural Repair and Protection System.
The FX-70 system features custom-made tongue-
and-groove seamed fiberglass jackets that provide a
corrosion-resistant protective shell for the life of the repair.
High-strength repair grouts are used to strengthen and
protect damaged piles. These products displace existing

water and can be easily pumped or poured into the
FX-70 jacket even while it is submerged in water.
FX-70 System Advantages

• Economically repair damage to concrete, timber and
steel pilings without taking the structure out of service
• No need for cofferdams or dewatering
• No need for heavy lifting equipment
• Resists corrosion, deterioration, weathering and
abrasion to protect and prevent deterioration of steel,
concrete and timber pilings
• Low-impact installation in marine environments
• Easily blends with existing structure
• Economically repair damage to timber piles without
taking the structure out of service
• Protect or prevent further deterioration of and steel

pilings instead of replacing them
• Manufactured in the U.S.
To learn more, visit strongtie.com/fx70 or call

(800) 999-5099.
FX-70 Structural Pile Repair and Protection System

®
for Timber, Concrete and Steel Structures
Watch How to
Install FX-70
Jackets in Water
at strongtie.com/
videolibrary.
F-R-FX7019.indd 1 1/14/19 2:29 PM
Flier F-R-FX70
206
FX-70® Structural Pile Repair and Protection System

The FX-70 structural pile repair and protection system is customized to the exact specifications of each job, manufactured in the U.S.A.,
and shipped directly to your job site. The FX-70 tongue-and-groove seamed jacket provides a corrosion-resistant shell with over 40 years
of demonstrated in-service performance.
Components Cross-Section of
Tongue-and-Groove
Joint
Epoxy Grout Method Cementitious Grout Combination Method

Typically for Section Loss ≤ 25% Typically for Section Loss > 25%
(optional — concrete
or steel piles only)
(optional — concrete
or steel piles only)
epoxy coating
epoxy coating
FX-70-9™
Pile/Column
FX-70-9™
Pile/Column
Beveled top seal of
FX-763 trowel-grade
Beveled top seal of Spacer epoxy mixed with
Spacer FX-763 trowel-grade FX-702 silica filler
epoxy mixed with
18"–24" (456–610 mm)

4" (102 mm) layer of
18"–24" (456–610 mm)
FX-702 silica filler FX-70-6MP™multi-purpose

marine epoxy grout or
FX-70-6FS fast-set epoxy
bottom seal
High-water level
High-water level
FX-70
18"–24" (456–610 mm) Damaged region fiberglass jacket
FX-70-6MP™
18"–24" (456–610 mm) Damaged region
Length
multi-purpose
Length
marine epoxy grout

Jacket
diameter/size
Jacket
diameter/size FX-70 FX-225 non-shrink
fiberglass jacket cementitious
underwater grout
Spacer
Spacer 6" (152 mm) layer of

6" (152 mm) layer of FX-70-6MP
FX-70-6MP multi-purpose marine
multi-purpose marine epoxy grout or FX-70-6FS
epoxy grout or FX-70-6FS fast-set epoxy bottom seal
½" (13 mm) fast-set epoxy bottom seal
annular void Pile 2" (51 mm)
diameter/size annular void Pile
FX backer rod diameter/size FX backer rod
• FX-70-6MP multi-purpose marine epoxy grout • FX-70-6MP multi-purpose marine epoxy grout
used for bottom seal and repair used for top and bottom seal
• Typical annular void of 1/2" (13 mm) • FX-225 non-shrink underwater grout used for repair
• 3/4" (19 mm) annular void for H-piles • Typical annular void of 2" (51 mm)
Jacket dimension = Jacket dimension =

pile column dimension pile column dimension
+ 2x annular void + 2x annular void 2" (51 mm)
clear min.
Annular
Annular void Pile/column size
void
Pile/column diameter Pile/column size
Spacer Spacer
Spacer Spacer
207
CI-SLV Super-Low-Viscosity Injection Epoxy

CI-SLV super-low-viscosity structural injection epoxy is a two-component, high-modulus, high-solids,
moisture-tolerant epoxy specially designed for pressure injection, gravity feeding and flood coat filling of
concrete cracks when substrate temperatures are between 60°F (16°C) to 90°F (32°C). Available in
3-gallon bulk kits or convenient side-by-side cartridges dispensed through a static mixing nozzle
using either a manual or pneumatic dispensing tool.
Features
• Chemically bonds with the concrete to provide a structural repair. CI-SLV seals
the crack from moisture, protecting rebar in the concrete from corrosion.
• Moisture-tolerant, can be used on dry and damp surfaces
• Low surface tension allows the material to effectively penetrate narrow cracks
• Formulated for maximum penetration under pressure
• Non-shrink and resistant to oils, salts and mild chemicals
• Can be used with metered pressure-injection equipment
• Freeze-thaw resistant
Applications
• Pressure injection
• Gravity feed
• Underwater pressure injection
• Flood coat
Product Information
Mix Ratio/Type 2:1
Mixed Color Clear
Crack Width 0.002" – 0.25" (0.05 mm – 6 mm)
Storage Temperature 45°F (7°C) – 90°F (32°C)
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) 8 g/L mixed
Yield 231 in.3/US gal. (0.001 m3/L)
For Flood-Coat Applications 150 – 200 ft.2/US gal. (3.7 – 4.9 m2/L)
depending on surface profile and porosity
Pot Life, 1 Quart 6 minutes at 90°F (32°C)

25 minutes at 72°F (22°C) CI-SLV
Thin Film (5 mil) Set to touch: 4 hrs.
Cure Time at 72°F, ASTM D5895 Dry through: 9 hrs.

ASTM C881 and AASHTO M235 Type I/IV; Grade 1; Class C
Installation instructions are located at the following locations: pp. 224–229,
product packaging or on the CI-SLV Technical Data Sheet at strongtie.com/rps.
Accessories
See p. 223 for information on crack repair accessories.
CI-SLV Packaging Information

Model Capacity Packaging Package Carton Dispensing Mixing
No. (ounces) Type Quantity Quantity Tools Nozzle
EMN022
CISLV32 32 Side-by-side cartridge 1 5 ADT30S, ADT30P (included)
1 case of Metering pumps offered by

CISLV3KT 384 3 gallon bulk kit — —
(3) gallon cans third-party manufacturers
1. Cartridge estimation guidelines are available at strongtie.com/apps.
208
CI-SLV Super Low Viscosity Injection Epoxy

Technical Information
Compressive Strength
60°F (16°C) 72°F (22°C) 90°F (32°C)
Cure Time Test Standard
psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa)
4-hour cure — — 10,250 (70.7)
8-hour cure — 4,450 (30.7) 11,500 (79.3)
16-hour cure 5,750 (39.6) 10,200 (70.3) 11,700 (80.7)
24-hour cure 7,600 (52.4) 11,250 (77.6) 11,900 (82.0)

ASTM D695
3-day cure 12,800 (88.3) 13,150 (90.7) 12,250 (84.5)
7-day cure 13,400 (92.4) 13,300 (91.7) 12,500 (86.2)
14-day cure 13,700 (94.5) 13,600 (93.8) 12,500 (86.2)
28-day cure 13,700 (94.5) 14,200 (97.9) 12,500 (86.2)
Temperature Range >60°F (16°C) Test Standard
Epoxy Classification Types I, IV; Grade I (LV) ASTM C881
Viscosity — mixed1 150 cP ASTM D2556
Gel Time — 60 gram mass1 40 minutes ASTM C881
Bond Strength, Slant Shear:

Hardened to Hardened Concrete — 2-day cure² 2,200 psi (15.2 MPa) ASTM C882
Hardened to Hardened Concrete — 14-day cure2 3,600 psi (24.8 MPa)
Tensile Strength — 7-day cure2 7,500 psi (51.7 MPa) ASTM D638
Elongation at Break — 7-day cure2 2.14% ASTM D638
Flexural Strength — 7-day cure2 7,300 psi (50.3 MPa) ASTM D790
Modulus of Elasticity in Compression — 7-day cure2 318,000 psi (2,192.5 MPa) ASTM D695
Heat Deflection Temperature — 7-day cure3 122°F (50°C) ASTM D648
Glass Transition Temperature — 7-day cure3 128°F (53°C) ASTM E1356
Water Absorption — 14-day cure4 0.51% ASTM D570
Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage3 0.005 ASTM D2566
2.89 x 10-5 in./(in.°F)

Coefficient of Thermal Expansion3 ASTM C531
5.20 x 10-5 cm/(cm°C)
Shore D Hardness — 24-hour cure3 82 ASTM D2240
Shore D Hardness — 7-day cure3 82 ASTM D2240
Adhesion to Concrete — 24-hour cure 3

1,100 psi (7.6 MPa) ASTM D7234
1. Tested at 72°F (22°C).

2. Cured at 60°F (16°C).
3. Cured at 72°F (22°C).
4. Cured at 72°F (22°C), immersed in water 24 hours.
209
CI-LV Low-Viscosity Injection Epoxy

CI-LV low-viscosity structural injection epoxy is a two-component, high-modulus, high-solids, moisture-tolerant
epoxy specially designed for pressure injection, gravity feeding and flood coat filling of concrete cracks and for
increasing the bond between freshly placed repair mortars or concrete mixes and existing concrete when substrate
temperatures are between 40°F (4°C) to 90°F (32°C). Available in 3-gallon bulk kits or convenient side-by-side
cartridges dispensed through a static mixing nozzle using either a manual or pneumatic dispensing tool.
Features
• Chemically bonds with the concrete to provide a structural repair. CI-LV seals
• Approved under NSF/ANSI Standard 61 (719 in.2 /1,000 gal.)
Applications
• Pressure injection • Underwater pressure injection
• Gravity feed • Flood coat
• Repair mortar • Bonding agent
Product Information
Mix Ratio/Type 2:1
Mixed Color Dark amber
Crack Width 0.002" – 0.25" (0.05 mm – 6 mm)
Base Material Temperature 40°F (4°C) – 90°F (32°C)

25 minutes at 72°F (22°C)
100 minutes at 50°F (10°C) CI-LV
Thin Film (5 mil) Set to touch: 3 hrs. 50 min.
Cure Time at 72°F, ASTM D5895 Dry through: 6 hrs. 15 min.

ASTM C881 and AASHTO M235 Type I/II; Grade 1; Class B,
Type I/IV and II/V, Grade 1, Class C
NSF/ANSI/CAN 61 (216 in.2 / 1,000 gal.)
product packaging or on the CI-LV Technical Data Sheet at strongtie.com/rps.
Accessories
CI-LV Packaging Information

EMN022
CILV32 32 Side-by-side cartridge 1 5 ADT30S, ADT30P (included)
CILV3KT 384 3 gallon bulk kit — —
210
CI-LV Low-Viscosity Injection Epoxy

40°F (4°C) 60°F (16°C) 72°F (22°C) 90°F (32°C) Test
Cure Time
psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) Standard
4-hour cure — — — 9,800 (67.6)
8-hour cure — — 5,000 (34.5) 10,100 (69.6)
16-hour cure — — 9,100 (62.7) 10,350 (71.4)
24-hour cure — 6,250 (43.0) 9,250 (63.8) 10,450 (72)
ASTM D695
3-day cure 5,350 (36.9) 10,800 (74.5) 10,700 (73.8) 11,150 (76.9)
7-day cure 9,100 (62.7) 11,250 (77.6) 11,000 (75.8) 11,150 (76.9)
14-day cure 11,000 (75.8) 11,800 (81.4) 11,250 (77.6) 11,150 (76.9)
28-day cure 12,150 (83.8) 12,000 (82.7) 11,600 (80.0) 11,450 (78.9)
Temperature Range
40°–60°F (4°C–16°C) >60°F (16°C) Standard
Epoxy Classification Types I, II; Grade I (LV) Types I, II, IV, V; Grade I (LV) ASTM C881
Viscosity — mixed 1
1,500 cP 350 cP ASTM D2556
Gel Time — 60 gram mass1 400 minutes 45 minutes ASTM C881
Hardened to Hardened Concrete — 2-day cure2 1,100 psi (7.6 MPa) 2,400 psi (16.5 MPa)
ASTM C882
Fresh to Hardened Concrete — 14-day cure3 1,850 psi (12.8 MPa) 1,850 psi (12.8 MPa)
Tensile Strength — 7-day cure2 5,550 psi (38.2 MPa) 7,950 psi (54.8 MPa) ASTM D638
Elongation at Break — 7-day cure 2
2.2% 3.2% ASTM D638
Flexural Strength — 14-day cure2 5,500 psi (37.9 MPa) 11,900 psi (82.0 MPa) ASTM D790
Modulus of Elasticity in Compression — 7-day cure2 318,000 psi (2,190 MPa) 382,000 psi (2,630MPa) ASTM D695
5.82 x 10-5 in./(in.°F)
1.05 x 10-4 cm/(cm°C)

Adhesion to Concrete — 24-hour cure3 1,100 psi (7.6 MPa) ASTM D7234
1. Class B tested at 50°F (10°C), Class C tested at 72°F (22°C).
2. Class B cured at 40°F (4°C), Class C cured at 60°F (16°C).
3. Cured at 72°F (22°C).
Technical Information — When Used as a Mortar

Tests performed at 1 part by volume of mixed CI-LV to 5 parts by volume of FX-702.
Pot life: 120 minutes at 72°F.
40°F (4°C) 60°F (16°C) 72°F (22°C) Test
Cure Time
psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) Standard
1-day cure 250 (1.7) 6,650 (45.9) 7,600 (52.4)
7-day cure 6,500 (44.8) 7,200 (49.6) 8,100 (55.8) ASTM C579
28-day cure 6,600 (45.5) 7,350 (50.7) 8,400 (57.9)
72°F (22°C) Test

Temperature Range
psi (MPa) Standard
Flexural Strength — 7-day cure 2,250 (15.5) ASTM C580
Tensile Strength — 7-day cure 1,200 (8.3) ASTM C307
Bond Strength, Slant Shear
1,350 (9.3) ASTM C882
Hardened to Fresh Mortar — 7-day cure
211
CI-LV FS Low-Viscosity Fast-Setting Injection Epoxy

CI-LV FS fast-setting low-viscosity structural injection epoxy is a two-component, high-modulus, high-solids,
moisture-tolerant epoxy specially designed for pressure injection of concrete cracks and for increasing the bond
between freshly placed repair mortars or concrete mixes and existing concrete when substrate temperatures
are between 40°F (4°C) to 90°F (32°C). Available in 3-gallon bulk kits or convenient side-by-side cartridges
dispensed through a static mixing nozzle using either a manual, battery-powered or pneumatic dispensing tool.
Features
• Chemically bonds with the concrete to provide a structural repair. CI-LV FS seals
Applications
• Gravity feed • Flood coat
• Bonding agent
Product Information
Mix Ratio/Type 2:1
Mixed Color Amber
Crack Width 0.016" – 0.25" (0.4 mm – 6 mm)

CI-LV FS
Thin Film (5 mil) Set to touch: 1 hr. 45 min.

product packaging or on the CI-LV FS Technical Data Sheet at strongtie.com/rps.
Accessories
CI-LV FS Packaging Information

EMN022
CILVFS32 32 Side-by-side cartridge 1 5 ADT30S, ADT30P (included)

CILVFS3KT 384 3 gallon bulk kit — —

212
CI-LV FS Low-Viscosity Fast-Setting Injection Epoxy

23°F (-5°C) 40°F (4°C) 60°F (16°C) 72°F (22°C) Test
Cure Time
psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) Standard
1-hour cure — — — 9,500 (65.5)
2-hour cure — — — 11,250 (77.6)
4-hour cure — — — 11,600 (80.0)
8-hour cure — — — 11,700 (80.7)
16-hour cure — — 7,150 (49.3) 11,800 (81.4)
ASTM D695
24-hour cure — — 8,350 (57.6) 11,800 (81.4)
3-day cure — 6,600 (45.5) 12,800 (88.3) 12,800 (88.3)
7-day cure 2,250 (15.5) 12,600 (86.9) 13,700 (94.5) 13,500 (93.1)
14-day cure 2,850 (19.7) 13,700 (94.5) 14,500 (100.0) 13,600 (93.8)
28-day cure 2,900 (20.0) 14,500 (100.0) 15,200 (104.8) 13,600 (93.8)
Temperature Range
40°–60°F (4°C–16°C) >60°F (16°C) Standard
Epoxy Classification Types I, II; Grade I (LV) Types I, II, IV, V; Grade I (LV) ASTM C881
Viscosity — mixed1 2,000 cP 600 cP ASTM D2556
Gel Time — 60 gram mass1 55 minutes 12 minutes ASTM C881
Hardened to Hardened Concrete — 2-day cure2 1,700 psi (11.7 MPa) 3,650 psi (25.2)
ASTM C882
Tensile Strength — 7-day cure2 5,300 psi (36.5 MPa) 7,900 psi (54.5 MPa) ASTM D638
Elongation at Break — 7-day cure2 1.06% 1.91% ASTM D638
Flexural Strength — 7-day cure 2
5,700 psi (39.3 MPa) 9,350 psi (64.5 MPa) ASTM D790
Modulus of Elasticity in Compression — 7-day cure2 442,000 psi (3,050 MPa) 439,000 psi (3,030 MPa) ASTM D695
4.78 x 10-5 in./(in.°F)

8.60 x 10-5 cm/(cm°C)
3. Cured at 72°F (22°C).

Tests performed at 1 part by volume of mixed CI-LV FS to 5 parts by volume of FX-702.
Pot life: 40 minutes at 72°F (22°C).
40°F (4°C) 60°F (16°C) 72°F (22°C) Test
Cure Time
psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) Standard
1-day cure 3,500 (24.1) 7,800 (53.8) 9,150 (63.1)
7-day cure 7,600 (52.4) 8,850 (61.0) 10,000 (68.9) ASTM C579
28-day cure 7,700 (53.1) 8,950 (61.7) 10,150 (70.0)
72°F (22°C) Test

Temperature Range
psi (MPa) Standard
1,800 (12.4) ASTM C882
213
CI-LPL Low-Viscosity Long-Pot-Life Injection Epoxy

CI-LPL long-pot-life structural injection epoxy is a two-component, high-modulus, high-solids, moisture-tolerant epoxy
specially designed for pressure injection, gravity feeding and flood coat filling of concrete cracks when substrate
temperatures are between 60°F (16°C) to 110°F (43°C). Available in 3-gallon bulk kits or convenient side-by-side
cartridges dispensed through a static mixing nozzle using either a manual or pneumatic dispensing tool.
Features
• Chemically bonds with the concrete to provide a structural repair. CI-LPL seals
• Formulated for use in hot environments to 110°F
Applications
• Pressure injection
• Gravity feed
• Underwater pressure injection
Product Information
Mix Ratio/Type 2:1
Mixed Color Amber
Crack Width 0.016" – 0.25" (0.4 mm – 6 mm)
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) < 1 g/L mixed

CI-LPL
Thin Film (5 mil) Set to touch: 6 hrs. 30 min.
Cure Time at 72°F, ASTM D5895 Dry through: 16 hrs. 30 min.
Thin Film (5 mil) Set to touch: 3 hrs.

ASTM C881 and AASHTO M235 Type I/IV; Grade 1; Class C
product packaging or on the CI-LPL Technical Data Sheet at strongtie.com/rps.
Accessories
CI-LPL Packaging Information

EMN022
CILPL32 32 Side-by-side cartridge 1 5 ADT30S, ADT30P (included)
CILPL3KT 384 3 gallon bulk kit — —
214
CI-LPL Low-Viscosity Long-Pot-Life Injection Epoxy

60°F (16°C) 72°F (22°C) 90°F (32°C) 110°F (43°C)
Cure Time Test Standard
psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa)
8-hour cure — — 6,900 (47.6) 10,000 (70.0)
16-hour cure — — 9,900 (68.3) 10,100 (69.6)
24-hour cure — 6,800 (46.9) 10,900 (75.2) 10,200 (70.3)
3-day cure 8,450 (58.3) 9,900 (68.3) 11,200 (77.2) 10,200 (70.3) ASTM D695
7-day cure 10,400 (71.7) 10,800 (74.5) 11,200 (77.2) 10,200 (70.3)
14-day cure 11,600 (80.0) 11,500 (79.3) 11,200 (77.2) 10,200 (70.3)
28-day cure 12,000 (82.7) 11,700 (80.7) 11,400 (78.6) 10,400 (71.7)
Temperature Range 60°F (16°C) 72°F (22°C) 95°F (35°C) Test Standard
Epoxy Classification Types I, IV; Grade II (MV)1 Types I, IV; Grade I (LV)1 ASTM C881
Viscosity — mixed 3,600 cP 2,000 cP 750 cP ASTM D2556
Gel Time — 60 gram mass 420 minutes 135 minutes 40 minutes ASTM C881

Hardened to Hardened Concrete — 2-day cure 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) 2 — 1,300 psi (9.0 MPa)
ASTM C882
Hardened to Hardened Concrete — 3-day cure — 1,375 psi (9.5 MPa) —
Hardened to Hardened Concrete — 14-day cure — 1,500 psi (10.3 MPa) —
Tensile Strength — 7-day cure 7,100 psi (49.0 MPa) 8,000 psi (55.2 MPa) 8,300 psi (57.2 MPa) ASTM D638
Elongation at Break — 7-day cure 2.52% 3.41% 3.21% ASTM D638

Flexural Strength — 7-day cure — 11,400 psi (78.6 MPa) — ASTM D790
Modulus of Elasticity in Compression — 7-day cure 345,000 psi (2,378.7 MPa) 349,000 psi (2,406.3 MPa) 365,000 psi (2,516.6 MPa) ASTM D695
Heat Deflection Temperature — 7-day cure — 122°F (50°C) ASTM D648
Glass Transition Temperature — 7-day cure — 135°F (57°C) ASTM E1356
Water Absorption — 7-day cure 3 — 0.07% ASTM D570
Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage — 0.001 ASTM D2566
2.92 x 10-5 in./(in.°F)

Coefficient of Thermal Expansion — ASTM C531
5.26 x 10-5 cm/(cm°C)
Shore D Hardness — 24-hour cure — 78 ASTM D2240
Shore D Hardness — 7-day cure 80 ASTM D2240
Adhesion to Concrete — 24-hour cure 1,250 psi (8.8 MPa) ASTM D7234
1. Installation under damp conditions 72°F – 110°F (22°C – 43°C).

2. Tested using dry test specimens.
215
CI-GV Gel-Viscosity Injection Epoxy

CI-GV structural injection epoxy gel is a two-component, high-modulus, high-solids, moisture-tolerant,
thixotropic epoxy designed for pressure injection of concrete cracks. CI-GV is suitable for vertical and
horizontal crack sealing and general concrete repair applications when substrate temperatures are between
40°F (4°C) to 90°F (32°C). Available in 3-gallon bulk kits or convenient side-by-side cartridges dispensed
through a static mixing nozzle using either a manual or pneumatic dispensing tool.
Features
• Chemically bonds with the concrete to provide a structural repair. CI-GV seals
• Gel-viscosity moisture-tolerant, can be used on dry and damp surfaces
Applications
• Repair mortar • Bonding agent
• Pick proof sealant
Product Information
Mix Ratio/Type 2:1
Mixed Color Concrete gray
Crack Width 0.094" – 0.25" (2.4 mm – 6 mm)

Thin Film (5 mil) Set to touch: 3 hrs. CI-GV

product packaging or on the CI-GV Technical Data Sheet at strongtie.com/rps.
Accessories
CI-GV Packaging Information

EMN022
CIGV32 32 Side-by-side cartridge 1 5 ADT30S, ADT30P (included)

CIGV3KT 384 3 gallon bulk kit — —
216
CI-GV Gel-Viscosity Injection Epoxy

40°F (4°C) 60°F (16°C) 72°F (22°C) 90°F (32°C) Test
Cure Time psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) Standard
4-hour cure — — — 9,150 (63.1)
8-hour cure — — 5,150 (35.5) 9,800 (67.6)
16-hour cure — 3,100 (21.4) 9,300 (64.1) 10,200 (70.3)
24-hour cure — 6,800 (46.9) 10,250 (70.7) 10,250 (70.7)
ASTM D695
3-day cure 5,100 (35.2) 10,500 (72.4) 11,250 (77.6) 10,250 (70.7)
7-day cure 7,600 (52.4) 11,700 (80.7) 11,600 (80.0) 10,400 (71.7)
14-day cure 8,300 (57.2) 12,150 (83.8) 11,600 (80.0) 10,600 (73.1)
28-day cure 10,600 (73.1) 12,400 (85.5) 11,700 (80.7) 10,800 (74.5)
Temperature Range 40°–60°F (4°C–16°C) >60°F (16°C) Standard
Epoxy Classification Types I, II; Grade 3 Types I, II, IV, V; Grade 3 ASTM C881
Gel Time — 60 gram mass 1
200 minutes 30 minutes ASTM C881
ASTM C882
Hardened to Hardened Concrete — 14-day cure2 3,650 psi(25.2 MPa) 3,850 psi (26.5 MPa)
Flexural Strength — 7-day cure2 4,400 psi (30.3 MPa) 10,150 psi (70.0 MPa) ASTM D790
389,000 psi 454,000 psi
Modulus of Elasticity in Compression — 7-day cure 2
(2,680 MPa) (3,130 MPa) ASTM D695

Glass Transition Temperature — 7-day cure 3
136°F (58°C) ASTM E1356
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion3 2.32 x 10-5 in./(in.°F) ASTM C531

4.18 x 10-5 cm/(cm°C)

3. Cured at 72°F (22°C).

Tests performed at 1 part by volume of mixed CI-GV to 1 part by volume of FX-702.
Pot life: 30 minutes at 72°F (22°C).
40°F (4°C) 60°F (16°C) 72°F (22°C) Test
Cure Time psi (MPa) psi (MPa) psi (MPa) Standard
1-day cure — 8,000 (55.2) 9,200 (63.4)
7-day cure 8,600 (59.3) 9,500 (65.5) 10,200 (70.3) ASTM C579
28-day cure 9,450 (65.2) 9,600i (66.2) 10,450 (72.0)
72°F (22°C) Test

Temperature Range psi (MPa) Standard
1,800 (12.4) ASTM C882
217
Crack-Pac® Injection Epoxy

The Crack-Pac injection epoxy is designed to repair cracks in
concrete ranging from 1⁄64" to 1/4" wide in concrete walls, floors, slabs,
columns and beams. The mixed adhesive has the viscosity of a light oil
and a low surface tension, allowing it to penetrate fine to medium-width
cracks in dry, damp or wet conditions with excellent results. Resin is
contained in the cartridge and hardener is contained in the nozzle.
Features
• Dispenses with a standard caulking tool, no special
dispensing tool needed
• Clean and easy to mix
• Seals out moisture, protecting rebar in the concrete
from corrosion and flooring from moisture damage
• Chemically bonds with the concrete to restore strength
• Non-shrink material resistant to oils, salts and

mild chemicals
• Meets the requirements of AASHTO M235 and
ASTM C881, Type I, Grade 1, Class C
Application Considerations
• Suitable for repair of cracks ranging from 1⁄64" to 1/4" wide in
concrete walls, floors, slabs, columns and beams
• Can be used to inject cracks in dry, damp or wet conditions
with excellent results. Not for use in actively leaking cracks.
• In order for components to mix properly, the resin and
hardener must be conditioned to 60°F (16°C) to 80°F (27°C)
before mixing
Shelf Life: 24 months from date of manufacture, unopened
Base Material Temperature: 60°F (16°C) to 90°F (32°C)
Storage Conditions: For best results, store between

45°F (7°C) and 90°F (32°C)

Installation Instructions: See pp. 224–229 Crack-Pac Injection Epoxy
(ETIPAC10)
Accessories: See p. 223 for information on crack repair accessories.
Crack-Pac injection epoxy is also available in the Crack-Pac

Injection Kit (ETIPAC10KT). The kit includes everything needed
to pressure inject cracks.
• 2 Crack-Pac cartridge/nozzle sets (ETIPAC10)
• 12 E-Z-Click injection ports
• 2 E-Z-Click injection fittings with 12" tubing
• 1 pint of ETR paste-over epoxy

(8 oz. of resin + 8 oz. of hardener)
• 4 disposable wood paste-over applicators
• 1 pair latex gloves
Crack-Pac Kit
(ETIPAC10KT)
218
Crack-Pac® Injection Epoxy
Property Test Method Results*
Viscosity ASTM D2556 1,400 cP
Bond Strength (moist cure) @ 2 days ASTM C882 2,010 psi (13.9 MPa)
@ 14 days ASTM C882 3,830 psi (26.4 MPa)
Tensile Strength ASTM D638 5,860 psi (40.4 MPa)
Tensile Elongation at Break ASTM D638 14.0%
Compressive Yield Strength ASTM D695 11,300 psi (77.9 MPa)
Compressive Modulus ASTM D695 319,000 psi (2,200 MPa)
Flexural Strength ASTM D790 8,020 psi (55.3 MPa)
Water Absorption (24-hour soak) ASTM D570 0.08%
Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage ASTM D2556 0.0020
Gel Time (60-gram mass) ASTM C881 16 min.
Full, Mixed Cartridge — 30 min.
EPA Method 24
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) 7 g/L
ASTM D2369
Initial Cure — 24 hours
Mixing Ratio by Volume (Part A:Part B) — 8:1
*Material and curing conditions: 73 ± 2°F (23 ±1°C)

Crack-Pac Cartridge System

Model Capacity Cartridge Carton Dispensing
No. (ounces) Type Quantity Tool
ETIPAC10 9 Single 12
CDT10S
ETIPAC10KT 18 Single 2 (kits)
219
Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O™ Polyurethane Crack Sealer

The Crack-Pac Flex-H2O polyurethane injection resin seals leaking cracks,
voids or fractures from 1⁄32" to 1/4" wide in concrete or solid masonry.
Designed to perform in applications where water is seeping or mildly
leaking from the crack, the polyurethane is packaged in the cartridge
and an accelerator is packaged in the nozzle. When the resin encounters
water as it is injected into the crack, it becomes an expanding foam that
provides a flexible seal in leaking and non-leaking cracks.
Features
• Can be dispensed with a standard caulking tool
• Can also be used on dry cracks if water is introduced to
affected area
• Can be used with a reduced amount or without accelerator
to slow down reaction time
• Expands to fill voids and seal the affected area

• Fast reacting — reaction begins within 1 minute after
exposure to moisture; expansion may be completed within
3 minutes (depending on the amount of moisture and
the ambient temperature)
• 20:1 expansion ratio (unrestricted rise) means less
material needed
• Suitable for sealing cracks ranging from 1⁄32" to 1/4" wide in
concrete and solid masonry.
• Suitable for repair of cracks in dry, damp and wet conditions
with excellent results. Designed to perform in applications
where water is seeping or mildly leaking from the crack.
• In order for components to mix properly, the resin and
hardener must be conditioned to 60°F (16°C) to 90°F (32°C)
before mixing.
Shelf Life: 12 months from the date of manufacture,

unopened

Base Material Temperature: 60°F (16°C) to 90°F (32°C)
Storage Conditions: For best results, store in a dry area

between 45°F (7°C) and 90°F (32°C). Product is very moisture sensitive. Crack-Pac Flex-H2O
Crack Sealer
Installation Instructions: See pp. 224–229 (CPFH09)
Accessories: See p. 223 for information on crack repair accessories.
220
Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O™ Polyurethane Crack Sealer
Crack-Pac Flex-H2O injection epoxy is also available in the

Crack-Pac Flex-H2O Injection Kit (CPFH09KT). The kit includes
everything needed to pressure inject cracks.
• 2 Crack-Pac Flex-H2O cartridge/nozzle sets (CPFH09)
• 12 E-Z-Click injection ports
• 2 E-Z-Click injection fittings with 12" tubing
• 1 pint of ETR paste-over epoxy

(8 oz. of resin + 8 oz. of hardener)
• 4 disposable wood paste-over applicators
• 1 pair latex gloves
Crack-Pac Flex-H2O Kit

(CPFH09KT)
Crack-Pac Flex-H2O Packaging

Model Cartridge Carton Dispensing
Capacity
No. Type Quantity Tool
CPFH09 9 ounces Single 12

CDT10S
CPFH09KT 18 ounces Single 2 (kits)
5 gallons resin
FH051 Pail 1 —
16 ounces catalyst
1. For standard reaction time, use 30:1 resin to catalyst ration.

For a faster reaction time, add more catalyst; for a slower reaction time, use less.
221
CIP / ETR Paste-Over and Crack Sealants

CIP and ETR are fast-curing epoxy used to paste-over and seal cracks while securing injection ports to the
surface of concrete substrates prior to injecting an epoxy or urethane crack repair product. When properly mixed,
the products will be a uniform gray color and can be left in place or removed after the repair is complete.
Features
• 1:1 two component, high solids, epoxy amine based adhesive
• Non-sag paste consistency for horizontal, vertical or
overhead applications
• Manufactured in the USA using global materials
CIP-LO Low Odor Paste-Over Epoxy and Crack Sealant

• Low odor formulation
• Strong substrate bond; requires chipping to remove
• Gel Time — 6 minutes at 72°F (22°C), 28 minutes at 40°F (4°C)
• Cure Time — 75 minutes at 72°F (22°C), 2 hours at 60°F (16°C)

and 4–5 hours at 40°F (4°C)
• Volatile organic compound (VOC) — 4 g/L
CIP-F Flexible Paste-Over Adhesive and Crack Sealant

• Remains flexible after cure for easier removal
• Moderate substrate bond; peels away for removal
• Cure Time — 1 hour at 72°F (22°C), and 3 hours at 40°F (4°C)
CIP-LO CIP-F
ETR Concrete Repair and Paste-Over Epoxy
• Canisters are mixed manually and do not require dispensing tool
• Each package contains enough material to cover approximately
eight lineal feet of cracks
• Cure Time — 1 hour at 72°F (22°C), 2 hours at 60°F (16°C)

• Available in two 8 fl. oz. canisters
• Apply to concrete 40°F (4°C) or above. For best results, warm
material to 65°F (16°C) or above prior to application.
ETR16
Shelf Life: 24 months from date of manufacture, unopened for CIP-LO
and ETR; 12 months from date of manufacture, unopened for CIP-F
Storage Conditions: For best results, store between 45°F (7°C) and
90°F (32°C) for CIP-LO and ETR; 60°F (16°C) – 95°F (35°C) for CIP-F
Installation Instructions: See pp. 224–225
Paste-Over and Crack Sealants

Model Capacity Mixing Dispensing Package Carton
Cartridge
No. (oz.) Nozzle Tool Quantity Quantity
CIPLO22 22 Side-by-side EMN22I 1 10

EDT22S,
EDTA22CKT, EDTA22P
CIP-F221 22 Side-by-side EMNCIPF22 1 10
ETR16 16 — — — 1 4
1. One EMNCIPF22 mixing nozzle is supplied with each cartridge.
222
Crack Repair Accessories
EMN022 Optimix®
Mixing Nozzle
Mixing Nozzles
Model Package Carton
Description
No. Quantity Quantity
EMNCIPF22-RP5 Mixing nozzle for CIPF-22 epoxy 5 5
EMN022-RP6 Optimix mixing nozzle for epoxies 6 5
1. Use only appropriate Simpson Strong-Tie® mixing nozzle in accordance with Simpson Strong-Tie instructions.
Modification or improper use of mixing nozzle may impair epoxy performance.
2. Includes retaining nuts.
E-Z-Click EIPX-EZ EIP-EZA

Ports and Injection Fitting Corner Mount/ Flush-Mount Port
Drilled-In Port
Injection Ports and Injection Fittings

Package Contents
Model Hole Size Carton
Description
No. (in.) E-Z Click Quantity
Ports Injection Fitting
EIP-EZAKT — 20 1 5 kits
E-Z Click flush mount injection ports
EIP-EZA — 1 each — 100
EIPX-EZKT 20 1 5 kits
E-Z Click corner mount or drill in injection port 5/8
EIPX-EZ-RP20 20 — 5 packs of 20
EIF-EZ E-Z Click injection fitting — — 1 each 10
1. EIPX intended for use as a surface-mount port in corners and as a drilled-in port on flat surfaces.
Detailed information on the full line of Simpson Strong-Tie® manual and pneumatic dispensing tools is available on strongtie.com.
223
Crack Injection Guide

Important: These instructions are intended as recommended guidelines. Due to the variability of field conditions,
selection of the proper material for the intended application and installation is the sole responsibility of the applicator.
Epoxy injection is an economical method of repairing non-moving cracks in concrete walls, slabs, columns and piers and
is capable of restoring the concrete to its pre-cracked strength. Prior to doing any injection it is necessary to determine the
cause of the crack. If the source of cracking has not been determined and remedied, the concrete may crack again.
Materials
• CI-LV and CI-SLV for repair of hairline cracks (0.002") and those up to 1⁄4" in width.
• CI-LV FS and CI-LPL for repair of fine to medium-width cracks (suggested width range: 1/64"–1⁄4").
• CI-GV for repair of medium-width cracks (suggested width range: 3⁄32"–1⁄4").
• Crack-Pac® injection epoxy for repair of fine to medium non-structural cracks (suggested width range: 1/64"–1⁄4").
• Crack-Pac Flex-H2O polyurethane crack sealer for repair of fine- to medium-width cracks (suggested width range: 1⁄32"–1/4").
• CIP-LO, CIP-F and ETR are recommended for paste-over of crack surface and installation of injection ports.
ET-HP may also be used as a substitute.

• E-Z-Click™ injection ports, fittings and other suitable accessories.
Estimating Guide for Epoxy Crack Injection

CI-SLV, CI-LV, CI-LV FS,
ETI-LV, ETI-GV ETI-SLV Crack-Pac Crack-Pac Flex-H2O
Concrete CI-LPL, CI-GV
Width of Crack Thickness
(in.) Approx. Coverage Approx. Coverage Approx. Coverage Approx. Coverage Approx. Coverage
(in.)
per 32 oz. Cartridge per 22 oz. Cartridge per 16.5 oz. Cartridge per 9 oz. Cartridge per 9 oz. Cartridge
(linear ft.) (linear ft.) (linear ft.) (linear ft.) (linear ft.)
4 69.4 47.7 35.7 18.4 —
6 46.3 31.8 23.8 12.3 —
1/64
8 34.6 23.8 17.9 9.2 —
10 27.8 19.1 14.3 7.4 —
4 34.6 23.8 17.9 9.2 108.0
6 23.1 15.9 11.9 6.1 72.0
1/32
8 17.3 11.9 8.9 4.6 54.0

10 13.8 9.5 7.1 3.7 43.2
4 17.3 11.9 8.9 4.6 54.0
6 11.5 7.9 6.0 3.1 36.0
1/16
8 8.7 6.0 4.5 2.3 27.0
10 7.0 4.8 3.6 1.8 21.6
4 8.7 6.0 4.5 2.3 27.0
6 5.8 4.0 3.0 1.5 18.0
1/8
8 4.4 3.0 2.2 1.2 13.5
10 3.5 2.4 1.8 0.9 10.8
4 5.8 4.0 3.0 1.5 18.0
6 3.8 2.6 2.0 1.0 12.0
3/16
8 2.9 2.0 1.5 0.8 9.0
10 2.3 1.6 1.2 0.6 7.2
4 4.4 3.0 2.2 1.2 13.5
6 2.9 2.0 1.5 1.8 9.0
1/4
8 2.2 1.5 1.1 0.6 6.8
10 1.7 1.2 0.9 0.5 5.4
Coverage listed is approximate and will vary depending on waste and condition of concrete.
224

Preparation of the Crack for Injection
Clean the crack and the surface surrounding it to allow the paste-over to bond to sound concrete. At a minimum, the surface to
receive paste-over should be brushed with a wire brush. Oil, grease or other surface contaminant must be removed in order to allow
the paste-over to bond properly. Take care not to impact any debris into the crack during cleaning. Using clean, oil-free compressed
air, blow out the crack to remove any dust, debris or standing water. Best results will be obtained if the crack is dry at the time of
injection. If water is continually seeping from the crack, the flow must be stopped in order for epoxy injection to yield a suitable repair.
Other materials such as polyurethane resins may be required to repair an actively leaking crack.
For many applications, additional preparation is necessary in order to seal the crack. Where a surfacing material has been removed
using an acid or chemical solvent, prepare the crack as follows:
1. Using clean, compressed air, blow out any remaining debris and liquid.
2. Remove residue by high-pressure washing or steam cleaning.
3. Blow any remaining water from the crack with clean compressed air.
If a coating, sealant or paint has been applied to the concrete, it must be removed before placing the paste-over epoxy.
Under the pressure of injection, these materials may lift and cause a leak. If the surface coating is covering the crack, it may be
necessary to route out the opening of the crack in a “V” shape using a grinder in order to get past the surface contamination.
Sealing of the Crack and Attachment of E-Z-Click™ Injection Ports

1. To adhere the port to the concrete, apply a small amount of paste-over around the bottom of the port base.
Place the port at one end of the crack and repeat until the entire crack is ported. As a rule of thumb, injection ports
should be placed 8" apart along the length of the crack.
Important: Do not allow paste-over to block the port or the crack under it, this is where epoxy must enter the crack.
1. 1.1
2. Using a putty knife or other paste-over tool, generously work paste-over along the entire length of the crack.
Take care to mound the paste-over around the base of the port to approximately 1/4" thick extending 1" out from the
base of the port and to work out any holes in the material. It is recommended that the paste-over should be a minimum
of 3/16" thick and 1" wide along the crack. Insufficient paste-over will result in leaks under the pressure of injection.
If the crack passes completely through the concrete element, seal the back of the crack, if possible. If not, injection
epoxy may be able to run out the back side of the crack, resulting in an ineffective repair.
2.
3. Allow the paste-over to harden before beginning injection.

Note: CIP-LO and ETR are a fast cure and when manually mixed may harden prematurely if left in a mixed mass
on the mixing surface while installing ports. Spreading paste-over into a thin film (approximately 1/8") on the mixing
surface will slow curing by allowing the heat from the reaction to dissipate.
225
Injection Procedure for CI-SLV, CI-LV, CI-LV FS, CI-LPL,

CI-GV and Crack-Pac® Injection Epoxy
1. Follow cartridge preparation instructions on the cartridge label. Verify the material flowing from the Opti-Mix®
mixing nozzle is a uniform and consistent color.
2. Attach the E-Z-Click™ fitting to the end of the nozzle by pushing the tubing over the barbs at the end of the nozzle.
Make sure that all ports are pushed in to the open position.
3. Attach the E-Z-Click™ injection fitting to the first E-Z-Click™ port until it clicks into place. Make sure that the heads of all the
ports are pushed in to the open position. In vertical applications, begin injection at the lowest port and work your way up.
In a horizontal application start at one end of the crack and work your way to the other end.
3.
4. Inject epoxy into the first port until it will no longer flow into the crack. If epoxy shows at the next port and the first port still
accepts material, close the second port and continue to inject into the first port until it accepts no more epoxy. Continue
closing ports where epoxy appears until the first port refuses epoxy. When the first port reaches the point of refusal, brace the
base of the port and pull out gently on the head of the port to close it. Pulling too hard may dislodge the port from the surface
of the concrete, causing a leak. Depress the metal tab on the head of the E-Z-Click fitting and remove it from the port.
4.

5. Go to the last port where epoxy appeared while injecting the first port, open it, and continue injection at this port.
If the epoxy has set up and the port is bonded closed, move to the next clean port and repeat the process until every
portion of the crack has refused epoxy.
While this method may appear to leave some ports uninjected, it provides maximum pressure to force the epoxy into the smaller
areas of the crack. Moving to the next port as soon as epoxy appears will allow the epoxy to travel along the wider parts of the
crack to the next ports rather than force it into the crack before it travels to the next ports.
Injection Tips
• If using a pneumatic dispensing tool, set the tool at a low setting when beginning injection and increase pressure if necessary
to get the epoxy to flow.
• For narrow cracks it may be necessary to increase the pressure gradually until the epoxy begins to flow. It may also be necessary
to wait a few minutes for the epoxy to fill the crack and travel to the next port.
• If desired, once the injection epoxy has cured, remove the injection ports and paste-over. Epoxy paste-over can be removed with
a chisel, scraper, or grinder. The paste-over can be simply peeled off if CIP-F is used. Using a heat gun to soften the epoxy is
recommended when using a chisel or scraper.
• Mixing nozzles can be used for multiple cartridges as long as the epoxy does not harden in the nozzle. For injection epoxies in
side-by-side cartridges, care must be taken to ensure the level of material is the same on both parts of the cartridge. This can be
done by checking for air in the cartridge and the positions of the wipers in the back of the cartridge. If the liquid levels are off by
more than 1⁄8", then Step 1 from the injection procedures must be repeated.
226
Troubleshooting
Epoxy is flowing into the crack, but not showing up at the next port.
This can indicate that either the crack expands and/or branches off under the surface of the concrete. Continue to inject
and fill these voids. In situations where the crack penetrates completely through the concrete element and the backside of
the concrete element cannot be sealed (e.g., basement walls, or footings with backfill) longer injection time may not force
the epoxy to the next port. This most likely indicates that epoxy is running out of the unsealed back side of the crack.
In this case the application may require a gel viscosity injection epoxy (CI-GV) or may not be suitable for epoxy injection
repair without excavation and sealing of the back side of the crack.
Epoxy is leaking from the pasted-over crack or around injection ports.

Stop injecting. If using a fast cure paste-over material (CIP-F, CIP-LO or ETR), wipe off the leaking injection epoxy with a
cotton cloth and re-apply the paste over material. Wait approximately 10 to 15 minutes to allow the paste-over to begin to
harden. If the leak is large (e.g., the port broke off of the concrete surface) it is a good idea to wait approximately 30 minutes,
or longer as necessary, to allow the paste over to cure more completely. Check to see that the paste-over is hard before
reinjecting or the paste-over or ports may leak. Another option for small leaks is to clean off the injection epoxy and use
paraffin or crayon to seal the holes.
More epoxy is being used than estimated.

This may indicate that the crack either expands or branches off below the surface. Continue to inject and fill these voids.
This may also indicate that epoxy is running out of the back side of the crack. If the crack penetrates completely through
the concrete element and cannot be sealed, the application may not be suitable for injection repair.
Back pressure is preventing epoxy from flowing.

This can indicate several situations:
• The crack is not continuous and the portion being injected is full
(see above instructions about injection after the port has reached refusal).
• The port is not aligned over the crack properly.
• The crack is blocked by debris.
• The injection epoxy used has too high a viscosity.
• If the mixing nozzle has been allowed to sit for a few minutes full of epoxy, the material
may have hardened in the nozzle. Attach the E-Z-Click™ fitting to a port at another
uninjected location on the crack and attempt to inject. If the epoxy still won't flow,
chances are the epoxy has hardened in the nozzle.
Less epoxy is being used than estimated.

This may indicate that the crack is shallower than originally thought, or the epoxy is not penetrating the crack
sufficiently before moving to the next port. Reinject some ports with a lower viscosity epoxy to see if the crack will
take more epoxy. Another option is to heat the epoxy to a temperature of 80-100°F which will reduce its viscosity
and allow it to penetrate into small cracks easier. The epoxy should be heated uniformly, do not overheat cartridge.
227
Injection Procedure for Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O™ Crack Sealer

1. Follow cartridge preparation instructions on the cartridge label. Verify that the material flowing from the nozzle is a
uniform green color.
2. Attach the E-Z-Click™ fitting to the end of the nozzle by pushing the tubing over the barbs at the end of the nozzle.
Make sure that all ports are pushed into the open position. If crack is dry, introduce a small amount of water (1–2 mL)
into each open port using a dropper, pipet, syringe or squirt bottle.
3. Attach the E-Z-Click injection fitting to the first E-Z-Click port until it clicks into place. Make sure that the head of the
port is pushed into the open position. In vertical applications, begin injection at the lowest port and work your way up.
In a horizontal application, start at one end of the crack and work your way to the other end.
4. Inject polyurethane into the first port until material shows at the next port. Remove the E-Z-Click fitting by bracing
the base of the port and pulling out gently on the head of the port to close it. Pulling too hard may dislodge the port
from the surface of the concrete, causing a leak. Depress the metal tab on the head of the E-Z-Click fitting and
remove it from the port.
5. Move to the next port and repeat until all ports have been injected.
Injection Tips for Crack-Pac Flex-H2O Crack Sealer

• For narrow cracks, it may be necessary to increase the pressure gradually until the polyurethane begins to flow.
It may also be necessary to wait a few minutes for the material to fill the crack and travel to the next port.
• If desired, once the injection epoxy has cured, remove the injection ports and paste-over. Epoxy paste-over can be
removed with a chisel, scraper, or grinder. The paste-over can be simply peeled off if CIP-F is used. Using a heat gun
to soften the epoxy is recommended when using a chisel or scraper.
Troubleshooting for Crack-Pac Flex-H2O Crack Sealer

Polyurethane is flowing into the crack, but not showing up at the next port.

This can indicate there is not enough water present to react with the polyurethane and generate foam. Introduce water into
the port and continue to inject. Introduce water into subsequent ports prior to injection. This can indicate that either the crack
expands and/or branches off under the surface of the concrete. Continue to inject and fill these voids. This can indicate that
the crack either expands and/or branches off under the surface of the concrete. Continue to inject and fill these voids. In
situations where the crack penetrates completely through the concrete element, and the back-side of the concrete element
cannot be sealed (e.g., basement walls, or footings with backfill), longer injection time may not force the epoxy to the next
port. This most likely indicates that epoxy is running out the unsealed back side of the crack. In this case, the application may
require a gel viscosity injection epoxy (CI-GV) or may not be suitable for injection repair without excavation and sealing of the
back side of the crack.
Back pressure is preventing polyurethane from flowing.

This can indicate several situations:
• The crack is not continuous and the portion being injected is full.
• The port is not aligned over the crack properly.
• The crack is blocked by debris.
Polyurethane is leaking from the pasted-over crack or around injection ports.

Stop injecting. If using a fast cure paste-over material (CIP-F, CIP-LO or ETR), wipe off the leaking polyurethane with
a cotton cloth and reapply the paste over material. Wait a approximately 10–15 minutes to allow the paste-over to begin
to harden. If the leak is large (e.g., the port broke off of the concrete surface), it is a good idea to wait approximately
30 minutes, or longer as necessary, to allow the paste-over to cure more completely. Check to see that the paste-over
is hard before reinjecting or the paste-over or ports may leak.
Another option for small leaks is to clean off the injection adhesive and use paraffin or crayon to seal the holes.
228
Troubleshooting for Crack-Pac Flex-H2O Crack Sealer (cont.)

More polyurethane is being used than estimated.
This may indicate there is not enough water present to react with the polyurethane and generate foam.
Introduce water into the port and continue to inject. Introduce water into subsequent ports prior to injection.
This may indicate that the crack either expands or branches off below the surface. Continue to inject and
fill these voids.
Less polyurethane is being used than estimated.

This may indicate that the crack is shallower than originally thought, or the polyurethane is not penetrating
the crack sufficiently before moving to the next port.
Gravity-Feed Procedure
Some horizontal applications where complete penetration is not a requirement can be repaired using the
gravity-feed method.
1. Follow cartridge preparation instructions on the cartridge label. Verify that the material flowing from the
Optimix® mixing nozzle is a uniform and consistent color.
2. Starting at one end of the crack, slowly dispense epoxy into the crack, moving along the crack as it fills.
It will probably be necessary to do multiple passes in order to fill the crack. It is possible that the epoxy will
take some time to run into the crack, and the crack may appear empty several hours after the initial
application. Reapply epoxy until the crack is filled.
3. In situations where the crack completely penetrates the member (e.g., concrete slab), the material may
continue to run through the crack into the subgrade. It may be possible to use a small amount of course,
dry sand to act as a barrier for the injection epoxy. Place the sand in the crack to a level no more than
1⁄4" thickness of the member and apply the injection epoxy as described in step 2. The epoxy level will drop
as it penetrates the sand, but should cure and provide a seal to the bottom of the crack. Reapply the epoxy
until the crack is filled. In some cases, application of sand is impractical or not permitted and epoxy repair
may not provide a complete and effective repair. Use of a gel viscosity injection epoxy (CI-GV) may permit
a surface repair to the crack with partial penetration.
229
Heli-Tie™ Helical Wall Tie

The Heli-Tie helical wall tie is a stainless-steel tie used to anchor building façades to structural members or
to stabilize brick walls.
The helical design allows the tie to be driven quickly and easily into a predrilled pilot hole (or embedded into mortar
joints in new construction) to provide a mechanical connection between a masonry façade and its backup material.
As it is driven, the fins of the tie undercut the masonry to provide an expansion-free anchorage that will withstand
tension and compression loads.
The Heli-Tie wall tie is installed into a predrilled hole using a proprietary setting tool with an SDS-plus® shank
rotohammer to drive and countersink the tie. Heli-Tie wall ties perform in concrete and masonry as well as wood
and steel studs.
Features
• Installs quickly and easily — with the
rotohammer in hammer mode, the tie
Heli-Tie Helical Wall Tie
installs faster than competitive products.
• Provides an inconspicuous repair that preserves
the appearance of the building. After installation,

the tie is countersunk up to 1⁄2" below the surface,
allowing the tie location to be patched.
• Larger core diameter provides higher torsional capacity,
resulting in less deflection due to “uncoiling” under load.
• Fractionally sized anchor — no metric drill bits required.
• Patented manufacturing process results in a more uniform
helix along the entire tie, allowing easier driving and better
interlock with the substrate.
Material: Type 304 stainless steel (Type 316 available by

special order — contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details)
Test Criteria: CSA A370

Watch how to install Heli-Tie helical wall tie
Installation
at strongtie.com/helitie.
• Drill pilot hole through the façade material and into the backup
material to the specified embedment depth + 1" using appropriate
drill bit(s) in the chart below. Drill should be in rotation-only mode Installation Sequence
when drilling into soft masonry or into hollow backing material.

• Position blue end of the Heli-Tie fastener in the installation tool
and insert the tie into the pilot hole.
• With the SDS-plus rotohammer in hammer mode, drive the tie
until the tip of the installation tool enters the exterior surface
of the masonry and countersinks the tie below the surface.
Patch the hole in the façade with a matching masonry mortar.
Heli-Tie Helical Wall Tie Product Data

Drill Bit Quantity
Size Model Diameter
(in.) No. (in.) Box Carton
3/8 x 7 HELI37700A 50 400
3/8 x 8 HELI37800A 50 400
3/8 x 9 HELI37900A 50 400
3/8 x 10 HELI371000A 50 200
3/8 x 11 HELI371100A 7⁄32 50 200
or
3/8 x 12 HELI371200A 1⁄4 50 200
3/8 x 14 HELI371400A 50 200
3/8 x 16 HELI371600A 50 200
3/8 x 18 HELI371800A 50 200
3/8 x 20 HELI372000A 50 200
Special-order lengths are also available; contact Simpson Strong-Tie
for details.
230
Heli-Tie™ Design Information
Guide Tension Loads in Various Base Materials

Caution: Loads are guide values
Min. Tension Load1 based on laboratory testing. Onsite
Size Drill Bit Embed. Load at Max. Standard testing shall be performed for
Base Anchor Ultimate2 verification of capacity since base
in. Diameter Depth Permitted Displ.3 Deviation
Material Location lb. material quality can vary widely.
(mm) in. in. lb. lb.
(mm) (kN) (kN) (kN)
570 240 79
7⁄32 (2.5) (1.1) (0.4)
Mortar
bed joint
365 130 46
1⁄4 (1.6) (0.6) (0.2)
Solid
brick 4
1,310 565 84
7⁄32 (5.8) (2.5) (0.4)
Brick
face
3 815 350 60
1⁄4 (76) (3.6) (1.6) (0.3)
Mortar 530 285 79
bed joint 7⁄32 (2.4) (1.3) (0.4)
Hollow 775 405 47

brick 5 7⁄32 (3.4) (1.8) (0.2)
Brick
face
510 185 20
1⁄4 (2.3) (0.8) (0.1) 1. Tabulated loads are guide values based
on laboratory testing. Onsite testing
1,170 405 79 shall be performed for verification of
7⁄32 (5.2) (1.8) (0.4) capacity since base material quality can
Center of vary widely.
face shell
830 350 60 2. Ultimate load is average load at failure
1⁄4 (3.7) (1.6) (0.3) of the base material. Heli-Tie fastener
average ultimate steel strength is
1,160 440 56 3,885 lb. and does not govern.
7⁄32 (5.2) (2.0) (0.2) 3. Load at maximum permitted
Grout-filled displacement is average load at
Web
CMU 6 displacement of 0.157 inches (4 mm).
810 330 100
1⁄4 (3.6) (1.5) (0.4) The designer shall apply a suitable
factor of safety to these numbers to
3⁄8 720 320 71 derive allowable service loads.
7⁄32 (3.2) (1.4) (0.3) 4. Solid brick values for nominal 4-inch-
(9.0)
Mortar 2 3⁄4 wide solid brick conforming to ASTM
bed joint (70) C62/C216, Grade SW. Type N mortar
530 205 58
1⁄4 (2.4) (0.9) (0.3) is prepared in accordance with IBC
Section 2103.2.
790 305 56 5. Hollow brick values for nominal 4-inch-
7⁄32 (3.5) (1.4) (0.2) wide hollow brick conforming to ASTM
Center of C216/C652, Grade SW, Type HBS,
face shell Class H40V. Mortar is prepared in
505 255 46
1⁄4 (2.2) (1.1) (0.2) accordance with IBC Section 2103.2.
Hollow 6. Grout-filled CMU values for nominal
CMU 7 8-inch-wide lightweight, medium-
1,200 445 50
7⁄32 (5.3) (2.0) (0.2) weight and normal-weight concrete
masonry units. The masonry units must
Web
be fully grouted. Values for nominal
675 385 96 8-inch-wide concrete masonry units
1⁄4 (3.0) (1.7) (0.4) (CMU) with a minimum specified
compressive strength of masonry, f'm,
1 3⁄4 880 410 76 at 28 days is 1,500 psi.
7⁄32 (3.9) (1.8) (0.3)
(44) 7. Hollow CMU values for 8-inch-wide
Normal-weight —
concrete 8 lightweight, medium-weight and
2 3⁄4 990 380 96 normal-weight concrete masonry units.
1⁄4 (4.4) (1.7) (0.4)
(70) 8. Normal-weight concrete values for
concrete with minimum specified
590 370 24 compressive strength of 2,500 psi.
7⁄32 (2.6) (1.6) (0.1)
2x4 wood Center of 2 3⁄4 9. 2x4 wood stud values for nominal
stud 9,11 thin edge (70) 2x4 Spruce-Pine-Fir.
450 260 6
1⁄4 (2.0) (1.2) (0.0) 10. Metal stud values for 20-gauge
C-shape metal stud.
200 120 8 11. For retrofits, due to difficulty of locating
7⁄32 (0.9) (0.5) (0.0) center of 2x4 or metal stud flange,
Center of 1 install Heli-Tie from interior of building.
Metal stud 10,11
flange (25) 12. For new construction, anchor one end
155 95 2
1⁄4 (0.7) (0.4) (0.0) of tie into backup material. Embed
other end into veneer mortar joint.
231
Heli-Tie™ Design Information
Compression (Buckling) Loads1
Size Unsupported Length Ultimate Compression Load1

in. in. lb.
(mm) (mm) (kN)
1 1,905
(25) (8.5)
2 1,310
(50) (5.8)
3⁄8
(9.0)
4 980
(100) (4.4)
6 785
(150) (3.5)
1. The designer shall apply a suitable factor of safety to these numbers to derive allowable
service loads.
Heli-Tie Fastener Installation Tool —

Model HELITOOL37A
Required for correct installation of Heli-Tie wall ties.
Speeds up installation and automatically countersinks
the tie into the façade material.
HELITOOL37A
Heli-Tie Wall Tie Tension Tester —

Model HELITEST37A
Recommended equipment for onsite testing to accurately
determine load values in any specific structure, the Heli-Tie
wall tie tension tester features a key specifically designed
to grip the Heli-Tie fastener and provide accurate results.
Replacement test keys sold separately (Model HELIKEY37A).
Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for Heli-Tie onsite testing
procedures.
HELITEST37A HELIKEY37A
For more information see strongtie.com/helitie.
232
Heli-Tie™ Helical Stitching Tie

The Simpson Strong-Tie® Heli-Tie helical stitching tie provides a unique solution to the preservation and repair of damaged
brick and masonry structures. Ties are grouted into existing masonry joints to repair cracks and increase strength with
minimum disturbance. Made of Type 304 stainless steel, the Heli-Tie stitching tie features radial fins formed on the steel
wire via cold rolling process, increasing the tensile strength of the tie.
HELIST254000
Watch how to install Heli-Tie helical

Features stitching tie at strongtie.com/helitie.
• Helical design distributes loads uniformly over a large
surface area
• Installs into the mortar joint to provide an inconspicuous
repair and preserve the appearance of the structure
• Type 304 stainless steel offers superior corrosion
resistance to mild steel reinforcement
• Patented manufacturing process results in consistent,
uniform helix configuration (US Patent 7,269,987)
• Batch number printed on each tie for easy identification
and inspection
HELIST254000: 1⁄4" x 40" stitching tie

(special lengths are available upon request)
Material: Type 304 stainless steel
Ordering Information: Sold in tubes of 10
• Chase bed joint 20" on either side of the affected
area to a depth of approximately 1 1/4" with a rotary
grinding wheel. Vertical spacing of installation sites
should be 12" for red brick or “every other course”
for concrete masonry units.

• Clear bed joint of all loose debris.
• Mix non-shrink repair grout or mortar per product
instructions and place into the prepared bed joint,
filling the void to approximately two-thirds of its
depth. Simpson Strong-Tie FX-263 Rapid-Hardening
Vertical / Overhead Repair Mortar should be used.
• Embed the tie at one-half the depth of the void.
Trowel displaced grout to fully encapsulate the tie.
• Fill any remaining voids and vertical cracks with
non-shrink repair grout or other repair mortar to
conceal repair site. 20 in. 20 in.
20 in. 20 in.
233
Carbide Drill Bits
Speed Clean™ DXS / SDS-plus® Drill Bits

Speed Clean DXS Dust Extraction Drill Bits
Code Tested with AT-XP®, SET-XP® and SET-3G™ Adhesives
Diameter Shank Drilling Depth Overall Length Model
(in.) Style (in.) (in.) No.
7/16 SDS–plus – 2 cutter 7½ 13 DXS-PL04313
1/2 SDS–plus – 2 cutter 7½ 13 DXS-PL05013
9/16 SDS–plus – 2 cutter 10 15 DXS-PL05615
5/8 SDS–plus – 4 cutter 10 15 DXS-PL06215Q
11/16 SDS–plus – 4 cutter 12 1/2 18 DXS-PL06818Q
3/4 SDS–plus – 4 cutter 12 1/2 18 DXS-PL07518Q
3/4 SDS–max® – 4 cutter 12 1/2 21 DXS-MX07521Q
13/16 SDS–max – 4 cutter 15 25 DXS-MX08125Q
7/8 SDS–max – 4 cutter 15 25 DXS-MX08725Q
1 SDS–max – 4 cutter 17 1/2 27 DXS-MX10027Q
1 1/8 SDS–max – 4 cutter 20 29 DXS-MX11229Q
1 3/8 SDS–max – 4 cutter 25 34 DXS-MX13734Q

Carbide Drill Bits
SDS-plus Shank Bits — Retail Packs

Drilling Overall Quantity
Diameter Model
Depth Length (per
(in.) No.
(in.) (in.) pack)
5⁄32 4 6 1/4 25 MDPL01506-R25
2 4 1/4 25 MDPL01804-R25
4 6 1/4 25 MDPL01806-R25

6 8 1/4 25 MDPL01808-R25
3⁄16
8 10 25 MDPL01810-R25
10 12 25 MDPL01812-R25
12 14 25 MDPL01814-R25
4 6 1/4 25 MDPL02106-R25
7⁄32 6 8 1/4 25 MDPL02108-R25
8 3/4 11 25 MDPL02111-R25
2 4 1/4 25 MDPL02504-R25
4 6 1/4 25 MDPL02506-R25
1/4
6 8 1/4 25 MDPL02508-R25
8 3/4 11 25 MDPL02511-R25
5⁄16 4 6 1/4 25 MDPL03106-R25 SDS-plus

Retail Packs
4 6 1/4 25 MDPL03706-R25
3⁄8
10 12 1/4 25 MDPL03712-R25
4 6 1/4 25 MDPL05006-R25
1/2
10 12 1/4 25 MDPL05012-R25
5⁄8 6 8 20 MDPL06208-R20
236
SDS-plus® / SDS-max® Drill Bits

SDS-plus Shank Bit
SDS-plus bits use an asymmetrical-parabolic flute for efficient energy transmission and dust removal.
SDS-plus Shank Bits SDS-max and SDS-max Quad Head Shank Bits
Drilling Overall Drilling Overall
Diameter Model Diameter Model
Depth Length Depth Length
(in.) No. (in.) No.
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
2 4 1/4 MDPL01504 3⁄8 7 1/2 13 MDMX03713
5⁄32
4 6 1/4 MDPL01506 7 1/2 13 MDMX05013
1/2
4 6 1/4 MDPL01806 15 1/2 21 MDMX05021
6 8 1/4 MDPL01808 7 1/2 13 MDMX05613
9⁄16
3⁄16 8 10 MDPL01810 15 1/2 21 MDMX05621
10 12 MDPL01812 7 1/2 13 MDMX06213Q
12 14 MDPL01814 5⁄8 15 1/2 21 MDMX06221Q
4 6 1/4 MDPL02106 30 1/2 36 MDMX06236Q
6 8 1/4 MDPL02108 11⁄16 15 1/2 21 MDMX06821Q
7⁄32
8 3/4 11 MDPL02111 8 13 MDMX07513Q
14 16 MDPL02116 17 21 MDMX07521Q
3/4
2 4 1/4 MDPL02504
31 36 MDMX07536Q
4 6 1/4 MDPL02506
13⁄16 17 21 MDMX08121Q
6 8 1/4 MDPL02508
1/4 8 13 MDMX08713Q
9 11 MDPL02511 7⁄8
17 21 MDMX08721Q
12 14 MDPL02514
8 13 MDMX10013Q
Carbide Drill Bits

14 16 MDPL02516
1 17 21 MDMX10021Q
4 6 1/4 MDPL03106
5⁄16 31 36 MDMX10036Q
10 12 MDPL03112
1 1⁄16 18 23 MDMX10623Q
4 6 1/4 MDPL03706
12 17 MDMX11217Q
8 10 1/4 MDPL03710
1 1⁄8 17 21 MDMX11221Q
3⁄8 10 12 1/4 MDPL03712
31 36 MDMX11236Q
16 18 MDPL03718
22 24 MDPL03724 1 3⁄16 18 23 MDMX11823Q
4 6 1/4 MDPL04306 10 15 MDMX12515Q
7⁄16 1 1/4 18 23 MDMX12523Q
10 12 1/4 MDPL04312
SDS-max
4 6 1/4 MDPL05006 31 36 MDMX12536Q

12 17 MDMX13717Q Shank Bit
8 10 1/4 MDPL05010
1 3⁄8
1/2 10 12 1/4 MDPL05012 18 23 MDMX13723Q
16 18 MDPL05018 1 1/2 18 23 MDMX15023Q
22 24 MDPL05024 1 3/4 18 23 MDMX17523Q
4 6 1/4 MDPL05606 SDS-plus 2 18 23 MDMX20023Q
10 MDPL05612 Shank Bit
9⁄16 12 1/4 Model numbers ending with “Q” denote Quad Head.
16 18 MDPL05618
6 8 MDPL06208
10 12 MDPL06212
5⁄8
16 18 MDPL06218
22 24 MDPL06224
11⁄16 6 8 MDPL06808
6 8 MDPL07508
8 10 MDPL07510
3/4 10 12 MDPL07512
16 18 MDPL07518
22 24 MDPL07524
6 8 MDPL08708 Quad Head
Model numbers
7⁄8 10 12 1/4 MDPL08712
ending with “Q” denote
16 18 MDPL08718 quad-head bits.
8 10 MDPL10010
1
16 18 MDPL10018
237
Spline Shank / Straight Shank Drill Bits

Spline Shank Bits Straight Shank Bits
Drilling Overall Drilling Overall
Diameter Model Diameter Model
Depth Length Depth Length
(in.) No. (in.) No.
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
8 13 MDSP03713 1⁄8 1 3⁄8 3 MDB01203
3⁄8
11 16 MDSP03716 3⁄16 4 6 MDB01806
7⁄16 8 13 MDSP04313 2 1⁄8 4 MDB02504
8 13 MDSP05013 1/4 4 6 MDB02506
11 16 MDSP05016 10 12 MDB02512
1/2
17 22 MDSP05022 5⁄16 4 6 MDB03106
31 36 MDSP05036 4 6 MDB03706
3⁄8
8 13 MDSP05613 10 12 MDB03712
9⁄16
18 23 MDSP05623 7⁄16 4 6 MDB04306
8 13 MDSP06213 4 6 MDB05006
1/2
11 16 MDSP06216 (Q) 10 12 MDB05012
5⁄8
17 22 MDSP06222 (Q) 5⁄8 3 1/2 6 MDB06206
31 36 MDSP06236 (Q) 3/4 4 6 MDB07506
11⁄16 11 16 MDSP06816
8 13 MDSP07513 Straight Shank Bits – Retail Packs
11 16 MDSP07516 (Q)
Diameter Drilling
3/4 Overall Quantity
17 22 MDSP07522 (Q) Model
Depth Length (per
(in.) No.
31 36 MDSP07536 (Q) (in.) (in.) pack)
3⁄16 4 6 25 MDB01806-R25
Carbide Drill Bits
11 16 MDSP08716 (Q)
7⁄8 17 22 MDSP08722 (Q) 2 1⁄8 4 25 MDB02504-R25
1/4
31 36 MDSP08736 4 6 25 MDB02506-R25
11 16 MDSP10016 5⁄16 4 6 25 MDB03106-R25
1 17 22 MDSP10022 (Q) 3⁄8 4 6 25 MDB03706-R25
Straight
31 36 MDSP10036 (Q) 1/2 4 6 25 MDB05006-R25
Shank Bit
11 16 MDSP11216Q
1 1⁄8
17 22 MDSP11222 (Q)
17 22 MDSP12522 (Q)
1 1/4
31 36 MDSP12536Q

1 3⁄8 17 22 MDSP13722 (Q) Straight
1 1/2 17 22 MDSP15022 (Q) Shank Bits
Retail Packs
1 3/4 17 22 MDSP17522
2 17 22 MDSP20022 Spline
(Q) – Denotes quad head availability Shank Bit
Core Bits
Simpson Strong-Tie® core bits are made to the same exacting standards as
our standard carbide-tipped drill bits. They utilize a centering bit to facilitate
accurate drilling in combination hammer/drill mode.
Core Bits with Centering Bit — SDS-max® Shank

Drilling Overall
Diameter Model
Depth Length
(in.) No.
(in.) (in.)
2 6 1⁄4 22 CBMX20022
2 5⁄8 6 1⁄4 22 CBMX26222
3 1/8 6 1/4 22 CBMX31222
3 1/2 6 1/4 22 CBMX35022
4 6 1⁄4 22 CBMX40022
5 6 1⁄4 22 CBMX50022 Core Bit Core Bit
Note: With 1-piece bits, once coring is begun, the centering bit must be Transfers Energy Center Pilot Bit Ejector Key
removed using ejector pin. Core bit bodies are 2 11⁄16" deep. Efficiently (CTRBTF04304) (CDBEJKEY)
238
Demolition Bits
Flat Chisels Bull Point Chisels
General Concrete and General Concrete and
Masonry Demolition Masonry Demolition
Head Overall Overall
Shank Model Shank Model
Width Length Length
Type No. Type No.
(in.) (in.) (in.)
1 12 CHMXF10012 SDS-plus® 10 CHPLBP10

SDS-max ®
1 18 CHMXF10018 12 CHMXBP12
SDS-max
1 12 CHSPF10012 18 CHMXBP18
Spline
1 18 CHSPF10018 12 CHSPBP12
Flat Chisel Spline
18 CHSPBP18 Bull-Point
Chisel
Asphalt Cutters
Asphalt, Hardpan and Ground Rod Drivers
Compacted Soil Cutting Driving in Ground Rods
Head Overall Head Overall
Width Length Width Length
Type No. Type No.
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
Carbide Drill Bits

SDS-max 3 1/2 16 CHMXAC35016 SDS-max 7⁄8 10 1⁄4 CHMXRD08710
3/4" Hex 3 1/2 16 CHHAC35016 Spline 7⁄8 10 1⁄4 CHSPRD08710 Ground Rod
Asphalt Cutter Driver
Scrapers
Removing Tiles, Flooring and Scalers
Other Materials Removing Large Quantities of Material
Head Overall Head Overall
Width Length Width Length
Type No. Type No.
(in.) (in.) (in.) (in.)
3/4 10 CHPLF07510 1 1/2 12 CHMXSC15012

SDS-plus
1 1/2 10 CHPLSC15010 SDS-max 2 12 CHMXSC20012
SDS-max 2 12 CHMXSCP20012 3 12 CHMXSC30012
Spline 2 12 CHSPSCP20012 2 12 CHSPSC20012

Scraper Spline
3 12 CHSPSC30012 Scaler
Bushing Tools One Piece

Concrete and Asphalt Surface
Roughening
Head Overall
Shank Model
Width Length
Type No.
(in.) (in.)
SDS-max 1 3⁄4 9 1⁄2 CHMXBT17509
Spline 1 3⁄4 9 1⁄4 CHSPBT17509 Bushing Tool

Head
For additional carbide product availability, visit strongtie.com or see the current product guide (S-A-PG).
239
Appendix
Appendix
Market Segments and Applications
Light-Frame Construction pp. 242–243
Retrofit and Repair pp. 244–245
Wastewater / Water Treatment pp. 246–247
Bridge and Marine pp. 248–249
Manufacturing, Maintenance and Material Handling (OEM) pp. 250–251
Appendix
Cold-Formed Steel Construction pp. 252–253
Supplemental Topics for Anchors

I. Anchor Products for Corrosive Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254–259
II. Base Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
III. Anchor Failure Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260–261
IV. Corrosion Resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261–262
V. Mechanical Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
VI. Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264–269
241
Light Frame Construction
Anchoring Adhesives
SET-3G™ AT-XP® SET-XP® ET-HP®

Appendix

Mechanical Anchors
Titen HD® Titen HD® SS Titen HD® Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge-All® Titen Turbo™
Washer Head
Direct Fastening Systems
Powder-Actuated Systems PDPAWL PDPA

242
Light Frame Construction
Speed Clean™ DXS
DXS Drill Bit
Carbide Drill Bits
Framing Hardware (New and Retrofit) Post Bases for Decks, Railings and Patio Covers
Titen HD®, Strong-Bolt® 2, Wedge-All®, Titen HD rod coupler,

anchoring adhesives
Ledgers
Appendix
Titen HD SS (exterior), Titen HD (interior), Strong-Bolt 2,

Wedge-All, anchoring adhesives
Titen HD SS, Strong-Bolt 2, Wedge-All, anchoring adhesives
243
Retrofit and Repair
Anchoring Adhesives CI Structural Injection Epoxy
Available in five
formulations
(CI-SLV, CI-LV,
CI-LV FS,CI-LPL
and CI-GV) for
cracks ranging
from 0.002" to
1/4" (0.05 mm
SET-3G™ AT-XP® SET-XP® ET-HP® to 6.4 mm).
Appendix

Opti-Mesh Screen Tube Steel Screen Tube Piston Plug
Mechanical Anchors
Titen HD® Titen HD® Titen HD® Titen HD® Strong-Bolt® 2 Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge-All® Wedge-All® Sleeve-All Sleeve-All Titen
SS CS CS SS SS SS SS Turbo™
Drop-In Drop-In SS Hollow Drop-In Heli-Tie™ FX-225 FX-263

244
Retrofit and Repair

Composite Strengthening Restoration and Retrofit Fabric-Reinforced
Systems™ (CSS)
Products and Solutions for Concrete and Masonry Cementitious Matrix (FRCM)
High-Strength
Anchoring Adhesives Composite Strengthening Systems™
FRP, FRCM, Laminate, FRP Anchors, Structural Crack

Repair Epoxies
Saturant/Paste, Coatings
Mechanical Anchors
Helical Wall and

Stitching Ties
Composite
Strengthening Systems™
Repair Mortars
Now you can

repair and
strengthen in
one shot.
(800) 999-5099
(800) 999-5099 strongtie.com
strongtie.com (800) 999-5099 | strongtie.com
F-R-RETROFIT20.indd 1 1/31/20 2:31 PM F-R-FRCM17.indd 1 11/17/17 11:26 AM F-R-CSS16.indd 1 8/24/16 10:49 AM
Rebar and Smooth Dowelling Seismic Retrofit / Structural Renovation
Anchoring adhesives Titen HD®, Strong-Bolt® 2, Wedge-All®, anchoring adhesives
Architectural Attachments Concrete Formwork
Appendix
Titen HD, Strong-Bolt 2, Wedge-All, Titen Turbo™, Titen HD, DSD, Strong‑Bolt 2, Wedge-All
anchoring adhesives
Concrete / Unreinforced Masonry (URM) Retrofit
CSS laminates and CSS-EP Carbon and E-glass FRP Fabrics Fabric-Reinforced Cementitious Matrix (FRCM)
245
Wastewater / Water Treatment
For more information, please visit strongtie.com/solutions/wastewater.
Anchoring Adhesives
Products and Solutions for
Water/Wastewater Facilities
Mechanical Anchors
High-Strength Adhesives
and Crack Repair
S-A-WWT18.indd 1 10/3/18 11:27 AM
Flier S-A-WWT SET-3G™ AT-XP® SET-XP® ET-HP®
Mechanical Anchors
Appendix

Titen HD® SS Titen HD® Strong-Bolt® 2 SS Wedge-All® SS Sleeve-All SS Drop-In SS
CS SS
Crack Injection CI Structural Injection Epoxy
Available in five
formulations
(CI-SLV, CI-LV,
CI-LV FS,CI-LPL
and CI-GV) for
cracks ranging
from 0.002" to
1/4" (0.05 mm FX-70-9™
to 6.4 mm). Epoxy Coating
Crack-Pac® Flex-H2O™
246
Wastewater / Water Treatment

Composite Strengthening Systems™ (CSS) Crack Injection —
FRP, FRCM, Laminate, FRP Anchors, CSS-ES, Paste-Over and Crack Sealants
Underwater Saturant, Paste, Coatings
Fabric-Reinforced
Cementitious Matrix (FRCM)
Now you can

repair and
strengthen in
one shot.
(800) 999-5099
strongtie.com
CIP-LO CIP-F22 ETR-16

F-R-FRCM17.indd 1 11/17/17 11:26 AM F-R-CSS16.indd 1 8/24/16 10:49 AM
Speed Clean™ DXS Carbide Drill Bits
DXS Drill Bit
Pumps and Equipment Concrete / Unreinforced Masonry (URM) Retrofit
Appendix
Titen HD® SS, Strong-Bolt® 2 SS, Wedge-All® SS, CSS laminates and CSS-EP
anchoring adhesives
Gates Pipe Supports
Titen HD SS, Strong-Bolt 2 SS, Wedge-All SS, Titen HD, Titen HD threaded rod hanger, Strong-Bolt 2,
anchoring adhesives Wedge-All, Drop-In
247
Bridge and Marine
Anchoring Adhesives CI Structural Injection Epoxy
Available in five
formulations
(CI-SLV, CI-LV,
CI-LV FS,CI-LPL
and CI-GV) for
cracks ranging
from 0.002" to
1/4" (0.05 mm
SET-3G™ AT-XP® SET-XP® ET-HP® to 6.4 mm).
Mechanical Anchors
Appendix

Titen HD® SS Titen HD® CS SS Strong-Bolt® 2 SS Wedge-All® SS Sleeve-All SS Drop-In SS
Composite Strengthening Systems™ (CSS)

FRP, FRCM, Laminate, FRP Anchors, CSS-ES,
Underwater Saturant, Paste, Coatings
FX-70® FX-70-6MP FX-763

248
F-R-CSS16.indd 1 8/24/16 10:49 AM
Bridge and Marine

Concrete Formwork Barriers and Guardrails
Titen HD® SS, Strong‑Bolt® 2 SS, Wedge-All® SS Titen HD SS, Strong-Bolt 2 SS, Wedge-All SS,
anchoring adhesives
Heavy- and Light-Duty Signs Attaching Precast Elements
Titen HD SS, Strong-Bolt 2 SS, Wedge-All SS, Titen HD SS, Strong-Bolt 2 SS, Wedge-All SS,
anchoring adhesives anchoring adhesives
Dowels for Jersey Barriers Glare Screens
Appendix
Anchoring adhesives Titen HD SS, Strong-Bolt 2 SS, Wedge-All SS,

anchoring adhesives
Pile Repair Composite Strengthening Systems™ (CSS)
FX-70® structural piling repair and protection system Underwater and marine coatings
249
Manufacturing, Maintenance and Material Handling (OEM)
Anchoring Adhesives
Appendix

SET-3G™ AT-XP® SET-XP® ET-HP®
Mechanical Anchors
Titen HD® Titen HD® SS Titen HD® CS Strong-Bolt® 2 Strong-Bolt® 2 SS Wedge-All® Wedge-All® SS Titen Turbo™
250
Manufacturing, Maintenance and Material Handling (OEM)
Racking Dock Doors and Bumpers
Titen® HD, Strong-Bolt® 2, Wedge-All® Titen HD SS, Strong-Bolt 2 SS, Wedge-All SS,
anchoring adhesives
Conveyors and Rollers Steel Beams / Columns
Titen HD, Strong-Bolt 2, Wedge-All, anchoring adhesives Titen HD, Strong-Bolt 2, Wedge-All, anchoring adhesives
Appendix
Stadium Seating Awnings
Titen HD, Strong-Bolt 2, Wedge-All, anchoring adhesives Titen HD, Strong-Bolt 2, Wedge-All, anchoring adhesives
251
Cold-Formed Steel Construction
Mechanical Anchors
Titen HD® Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge-All® Crimp Drive® Titen Turbo™ CSD Zinc Nailon™
Split-Drive
Appendix

Direct Fastening Systems
Powder-Actuated Systems Gas-Actuated System
PDPAWL PDPA PDPAT GDP GDPS
252
Cold-Formed Steel Construction

CFS Curtain Walls Concrete Floor Slab
Titen Turbo™ screw
Bypass Steel Connections Bypass Connections (Concrete or Steel)
Direct fastening systems Titen HD®, Strong-Bolt® 2, Wedge-All® to concrete and

direct fastening systems to steel
Bottom Track Ceiling Track
Appendix
Split-Drive, Crimp Drive®, Zinc Nailon™, direct fastening systems Split-Drive, Crimp Drive, Zinc Nailon, direct fastening systems
Low-Post or Knee-Wall Framing Bypass Floor Slab or Steel Attachment
RCKW kneewall connection with Titen HD, Strong-Bolt 2 or Titen HD to concrete and direct fastening systems to steel
anchoring adhesives
253
I. Anchor Products for Corrosive Environments
Trusted quality, code approved and innovative

stainless-steel anchors that can be installed in exterior
and corrosive environments.
Appendix
When it comes to anchorage, specifying a material that can withstand the environment is critical. Proper

protection comes from materials that are capable of resisting corrosion while maintaining their strength.
Most anchor products are made from carbon steel. This material is easy to form into a screw or an
expansion anchor and can be heat treated to increase its strength and durability. Steel is versatile but
can weaken in a corrosive environment. Left unprotected, the iron in the steel will react with oxygen
and moisture to form iron oxide — also known as rust.
Environments
There are four levels of corrosive environments (as shown below).
Minimum Corrosion Resistance Recommendations

Corrosion Resistance Recommended Product
Classification by Environment Material or Coating
Low Zinc plated
Mechanically galvanized (ASTM B695 — Class 55)

Medium
Hot-dip galvanized (ASTM A153 — Class C)
High Type 303 or 304 stainless steel
Severe Type 316 stainless steel
254
Quick Guide to Choosing the Right Stainless-Steel Grade

High to Severe
A highly corrosive environment is a location where anchors are exposed to chemicals such as fertilizers,
soil, acid rain and other corrosive elements. Examples of these environments include kitchens, industrial zones,
food-processing facilities, wineries, breweries, outdoor facilities and severe exterior conditions.
Typical high-corrosive environment — Typical high-corrosive environment — Typical severe-corrosive environment

central utility plants. food-processing plants. — wastewater treatment plants.
Medium
A medium-level corrosive environment is typically a general exterior location where chlorides or corrosive chemical
elements are not present. Anchors installed in interior conditions where the anchor is attaching a treated lumber may
also require a medium-level corrosive-resistive anchor. Examples of elements at risk to medium-exposure corrosion
are stadium seating, exterior handrails, exterior facade anchorages and other components of outdoor facilities.
Appendix
Typical medium exposure — Typical medium-corrosive environment —

outdoor seating. exterior anchorage.
Low
Finally, low-corrosive environments consist of interior dry spaces. Examples of such applications are warehouse
racking, machinery installations, facility catwalk anchorage, interior furniture anchorages and so forth.
Typical low-corrosive environment —

interior warehouse.
255

Type 304, 316 and 410 stainless steel products for your job.
Anchor — Stainless-Steel Products Type 304 Type 316 Type 410
Drop-In (DIA) internally threaded anchor  
Sleeve-All® sleeve anchor 
Stainless-steel Titen HD® heavy-duty screw anchor  
Strong-Bolt® 2 wedge anchor  
Titen® stainless-steel concrete and masonry screw 
Wedge-All® wedge anchor  

Appendix

Stainless-Steel Stainless-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Wedge-All Sleeve-All
Titen HD Titen HD Wedge Anchor Wedge Anchor Sleeve Anchor
Heavy-Duty Countersunk
Screw Anchor Heavy-Duty
Screw Anchor
Drop-In (DIA) Stainless-Steel

Internally Titen
Threaded Anchor Concrete and
Masonry Screw
256
Concrete Adhesives for Stainless-Steel Threaded Rod
SET-3G™ SET-XP® AT-XP®

High-Strength High-Strength High-Strength, Fast-Cure,
Epoxy Adhesive Epoxy Adhesive All-Weather Acrylic
• Install in dry, water-saturated • AC308 qualified for Adhesive
or water-filled holes in base threaded rods, • Can be used in cold
materials with temperatures development length temperatures as low as 14°F
between 40°F and 100°F and lap splices
• NSF/ANSI standard 61
• NSF/ANSI standard 61 • NSF/ANSI standard 61 approved
approved approved
Appendix
ASTM A193,
Adhesive Anchor — ASTM A593 CW ASTM A193, Grade B6
Grade B8 and B8M
Stainless Steel Rods (Type 304 and 316) (Type 410)
(Type 304 and 316)
SET-3G   
SET-XP  
AT-XP  
257
When designing strong and durable anchorage solutions for

high and severe corrosive environments, the two most commonly
considered materials are Types 304 and 316 stainless steel.
Type 300 Series stainless-steel screw anchors have different corrosion-resistant properties for different environments.
When matched to the appropriate environment and application, anchors made from Type 300 Series stainless steel will
resist the effects of corrosion and maintain their strength and integrity. Type 316 is the optimal choice for applications
in severe corrosive or extreme environments such as salt water, or when chemical or corrosive solutions are present.
Type 304 is a cost-effective solution for high corrosive applications where the environment may be wet, moist or damp.
Type 316 Stainless Steel

• Wastewater treatment • Pulp and paper mills
• Fertilizer storage buildings • Parking structures
• Sill plates in coastal environments • Tunnels
• Marine/port restoration • Balconies in coastal environments
• Light rail (transportation) • Outdoor railings in coastal environments
• Agricultural facilities
Appendix
258
Type 304 Stainless Steel

• Stadium seating • Scaffolding
• Curtain walls • Parking structures
• Clean rooms • Balconies
• Central utility plant facilities • Refineries
• Food-processing facilities • Breweries and wineries
• Ledger bolts for decks • Fencing
• DOT signs and fixtures • Outdoor railings
• Cooling towers
Appendix
259
II. Base Materials

“Base material” is a generic industry term that refers to the element or substrate to be anchored to. Base materials include
concrete, brick, concrete block (CMU) and structural tile, to name a few. The most common type of base material where
adhesive and mechanical anchors are used is concrete.
Concrete
Concrete can be cast-in-place or precast concrete. Concrete has excellent compressive strength, but relatively low tensile
strength. Cast-in-place (or sometimes called “poured in place”) concrete is placed in forms erected on the building site.
Cast-in-place concrete can be either normal-weight or lightweight concrete. Lightweight concrete is often specified when
it is desirable to reduce the weight of the building structure.
Lightweight concrete differs from normal-weight concrete by the weight of aggregate used in the mixture. Normal-weight
concrete has a unit weight of approximately 150 pounds per cubic foot compared to approximately 115 pounds per
cubic foot for lightweight concrete.
The type of aggregate used in concrete can affect the tension capacity of an adhesive anchor. Presently, the relationship
between aggregate properties and anchor performance is not well understood. Test results should not be assumed to be
representative of expected performance in all types of concrete aggregate.
Prefabricated concrete is also referred to as “precast concrete”. Precast concrete can be made at a prefabricating plant or
site-cast in forms constructed on the job. Precast concrete members may be solid or may contain hollow cores. Many
precast components have thinner cross sections than cast in place concrete. Precast concrete may use either normal or
lightweight concrete. Reinforced concrete contains steel bars, cable, wire mesh or random glass fibers. The addition of
reinforcing material enables concrete to resist tensile stresses which lead to cracking.
The compressive strength of concrete can range from 2,000 psi to over 20,000 psi, depending on the mixture and
how it is cured. Most concrete mixes are designed to obtain the desired properties within 28 days after being cast.
Concrete Masonry Units (CMU)

Block is typically formed with large hollow cores. Block with a minimum 75% solid cross section is called solid block even
though it contains hollow cores. In many parts of the country building codes require steel reinforcing bars to be placed
in the hollow cores, and the cores to be filled solid with grout.
In some areas of the eastern United States, past practice was to mix concrete with coal cinders to make cinder blocks.
Althoughcinder blocks are no longer made, there are many existing buildings where they can be found. Cinder blocks
require special attention as they soften with age.
Brick
Clay brick is formed solid or with hollow cores. The use of either type will vary in different parts of the United States. Brick can
be difficult to drill and anchor into. Most brick is hard and brittle. Old, red clay brick is often very soft and is easily over-drilled.
Appendix

Either of these situations can cause problems in drilling and anchoring. The most common use of brick today is for building
facades (curtain wall or brick veneer) and not for structural applications. Brick facade is attached to the structure by the use
of brick ties spaced at intervals throughout the wall. In older buildings, multiple widths, or “wythes” of solid brick were
used to form the structural walls. Three and four wythe walls were common wall thicknesses.
Clay Tile
Clay tile block is formed with hollow cores and narrow cavity wall cross sections. Clay tile is very brittle, making drilling difficult
without breaking the block. Caution must be used in attempting to drill and fasten into clay tile.
III. Anchor Failure Modes

Four different tension failure modes and three different shear failure modes are generally observed for post-installed anchors
under tension loading.
Failure Modes
Tension Shear
Steel Fracture
Steel Fracture
Concrete Breakout
Concrete Breakout
Pullout (Mechanical Anchor)
Pryout
Bond Failure (Adhesive Anchor)
Breakout Failure — Breakout failure occurs when the base material ruptures, often producing a cone-shaped failure
surface when anchors are located away from edges, or producing a spall when anchors are located near edges. Breakout
failure can occur for both mechanical and adhesive anchors and is generally observed at shallower embedment depths,
and for installations at less than critical spacings or edge distances.
Pullout Failure — Pullout failure occurs when a mechanical anchor pulls out of the drilled hole, leaving the base material
otherwise largely intact.
260
Bond Failure — Bond failure occurs when an adhesive anchor pulls out of the drilled hole due to an adhesion failure at the
adhesive-to-base-material interface, or when there is a cohesive failure within the adhesive itself. When bond failure occurs,
a shallow cone-shaped breakout failure surface will often form near the base material surface. This breakout surface is not the
primary failure mechanism.
Pryout Failure — Pryout failure occurs for shallowly embedded anchors when a base material failure surface is pried out
“behind” the anchor, opposite the direction of the applied shear force.
Steel Fracture — Steel fracture occurs when anchor spacings, edge distances and embedment depths are great enough to
prevent the base-material–related failure modes listed above and the steel strength of the mechanical anchor or adhesive anchor
insert is the limiting strength.
IV. Corrosion Resistance

Many environments and materials can cause corrosion, including ocean salt air, fire-retardants, fumes, fertilizers,
preservative-treated wood, de-icing salts, dissimilar metals and more. Metal fixtures, fasteners and anchors can corrode and
lose load-carrying capacity when installed in corrosive environments or when installed in contact with corrosive materials.
The many variables present in a building environment make it impossible to accurately predict if, or when, corrosion will begin
or reach a critical level. This relative uncertainty makes it crucial that specifiers and users are knowledgeable about the potential
risks and select a product suitable for the intended use. It is also prudent that regular maintenance and periodic inspections
are performed, especially for outdoor applications.
It is common to see some corrosion in outdoor applications. Even stainless steel can corrode. The presence of some
corrosion does not mean that load capacity has been affected or that failure is imminent. If significant corrosion is apparent
or suspected, then the fixtures, fasteners and connectors should be inspected by a qualified engineer or qualified inspector.
Replacement of affected components may be appropriate.
Chemical Attack Galvanic Series of Metals

Chemical attack occurs when the anchor material is not resistant to a substance
with which it is in contact. Chemical-resistance information regarding anchoring Corroded End (Anode)
adhesives is found on pp. 268–269. Some wood-preservative chemicals and
Magnesium
fire-retardant chemicals and retentions pose increased corrosion potential and Magnesium alloys
are more corrosive to steel anchors and fasteners than others. Additional Zinc
information on this subject is available at strongtie.com.
Aluminum 1100
We have attempted to provide basic knowledge on the subject of corrosion Cadmium
here, but it is important to fully educate yourself by reviewing our technical Aluminum 2024-T4
bulletins on the topic (strongtie.com/info) and also by reviewing information, Iron and Steel
Appendix
literature and evaluation reports published by others.
Lead
Tin
Galvanic Corrosion Nickel (active)
Inconel Ni-Cr alloy (active)
Galvanic corrosion occurs when two electrochemically dissimilar metals contact Hastelloy alloy C (active)
each other in the presence of an electrolyte (such as water) that acts as a
conductive path for metal ions to move from the more anodic to the more Brasses
cathodic metal. In the galvanic couple, the more anodic metal will corrode Copper
Cu-Ni alloys
preferentially. The Galvanic Series of Metals table provides a qualitative guide Monel
to the potential for two metals to interact galvanically. Metals in the same group
(see table) have similar electrochemical potentials. The farther the metals are Nickel (passive)
apart on the table, the greater the difference in electrochemical potential, and
the more rapidly galvanic corrosion will occur. Corrosion also increases with 304 stainless steel (passive)
increasing conductivity of the electrolyte. 316 stainless steel (passive)
Hasteloy alloy C (passive)
Good detailing practice, including the following, can help reduce the possibility
of galvanic corrosion of anchors: Silver
Titanium
• Use of anchors and metals with similar electrochemical potentials Graphite
• Separating dissimilar metals with insulating materials Gold
Platinum
• Ensuring that the anchor is the cathode, when dissimilar materials are present
Protected End (Cathode)
• Preventing exposure to and pooling of electrolytes.
Hydrogen-Assisted Stress-Corrosion Cracking

Some hardened fasteners may experience premature failure if exposed to moisture as a result of hydrogen-assisted
stress-corrosion cracking. These fasteners are recommended specifically for use in dry, interior locations.
261
Guidelines for Selecting

Corrosion-Resistant Anchors and Fasteners
Minimum Corrosion Resistance
Evaluate the Application Recommendations
Consider the importance of the connection.
Evaluate the Exposure Corrosion
Material or
Consider these moisture and treatment chemical exposure conditions: Resistance
Coating
Classification
• Dry Service: Generally INTERIOR applications and includes wall and ceiling cavities,
raised floor applications in enclosed buildings that have been designed to prevent
condensation and exposure to other sources of moisture. Prolonged exposure during ZN
construction should also be considered, as this may constitute a Wet Service or Low
Elevated Service Condition.
Zinc plated
• Wet Service: Generally EXTERIOR construction in conditions other than Elevated
Service. These include Exterior Protected and Exposed and General Use Ground
Contact as described by the AWPA UC4A. Ceramic coating
• Elevated Service: Includes fumes, fertilizers, soil, some preservative-treated wood
(AWPA UC4B and UC4C), industrial zones, acid rain and other corrosive elements. Mechanically galvanized
(ASTM B695 – Class 65)
• Uncertain: Unknown exposure, materials or treatment chemicals.
• Ocean/Water Front: Marine environments that include airborne chlorides and Mechanically galvanized
Medium
some splash. Environments with de-icing salts are included. (ASTM B695 – Class 55)1
• Treatment Chemicals: See AWPA Use Category Designations. The preservative-treated Hot-dip galvanized
wood supplier should provide all of the pertinent information about the wood being used. (ASTM A153 – Class C)
The information should include Use Category Designation, wood species group, wood
treatment chemical and chemical retention. See appropriate evaluation reports for corrosion Type 410 stainless steel
effects of treatment chemicals and fastener corrosion resistance recommendations. with protective top coat
Use the Simpson Strong‑Tie® Corrosion Classification Table
Type 303 or 304
If the treatment chemical information is incomplete, Simpson Strong‑Tie recommends High
stainless steel
the use of a 300-series stainless-steel product. Also if the treatment chemical is not shown
in the Corrosion Classification Table, then Simpson Strong‑Tie has not evaluated it and
cannot make any recommendations other than the use of coatings and materials in the Severe Type 316 stainless steel
Severe category. Manufacturers may independently provide test results of other product
information; Simpson Strong‑Tie expresses no opinion regarding such information. 1. Mechanically galvanized Titen HD® anchors
are recommended only for temporary
outdoor service.
Appendix

Corrosion Resistance Classifications
Material to Be Fastened
Preservative-Treated Wood Fire-
Environment Untreated
Chemical Chemical Retardant-
Wood or SBX-DOT Other or
Retention ≤ AWPA, Retention > AWPA, ACZA Treated
Other Material Zinc Borate Uncertain
UC4A UC4A Wood
Dry Service Low Low Low High Medium High Medium

Wet Service Medium N/A Medium High High High High
Elevated Service High N/A Severe Severe High Severe N/A
Uncertain High High High Severe High Severe Severe
Ocean/Waterfront Severe N/A Severe Severe Severe Severe N/A
1. These are general guidelines that may not consider all application criteria. Refer to product-specific information for additional guidance.
2. Type 316/305/304 stainless-steel products are recommended where preservative-treated wood used in ground contact has chemical retention level
greater than those for AWPA UC4A; CA-C, 0.15 pcf; CA-B, 0.21 pcf; micronized CA-C, 0.14 pcf; micronized CA-B, 0.15 pcf; ACQ-Type D (or C), 0.40 pcf.
3. Testing by Simpson Strong-Tie following ICC-ES AC257 showed that mechanical galvanization (ASTM B695, Class 55), Quik Guard coating, and
Double Barrier coating will provide corrosion resistance equivalent to hot-dip galvanization (ASTM A153, Class D) in contact with chemically-treated wood
in dry service and wet service exposures (AWPA UC1 – UC4A, ICC-ES AC257 Exposure Conditions 1 and 3) and will perform adequately subject to
regular maintenance and periodic inspection.
4. Mechanical galvanizations C3 and N2000 should not be used in conditions that would be more corrosive than AWPA UC3A (exterior, above ground,
rapid water run off).
5. If uncertain about Use Category, treatment chemical, or environment, use Types 316/305/304 stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper fasteners.
6. Some treated wood may have excess surface chemicals making it potentially more corrosive than lower retentions. If this condition is suspected,
use Types 316/305/304 stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper fasteners.
7. Types 316/305/304 stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper fasteners are the best recommendation for ocean salt-air and other chloride-containing
environments. Hot-dip galvanized fasteners with at least ASTM A153, Class C protection can also be an alternate for some applications in environments
with ocean air and/or elevated wood moisture content.
262
V. Mechanical Anchors
Pre-Load Relaxation
Expansion anchors that have been set to the required installation torque in concrete will experience a reduction in pre-tension
(due to torque) within several hours. This is known as pre-load relaxation. The high compression stresses placed on the
concrete cause it to deform which results in a relaxation of the pre-tension force in the anchor. Tension in this context refers
to the internal stresses induced in the anchor as a result of applied torque and does not refer to anchor capacity. Historical
data shows it is normal for the initial tension values to decrease by as much as 40–60% within the first few hours after
installation. Retorquing the anchor to the initial installation torque is not recommended or necessary.
Anchors Adjacent to Abandoned Holes

Testing was performed on various anchor types including drop-in anchors, wedge-type anchors, screw anchors, and
adhesive anchors adjacent to holes that have been abaondoned. Nominal anchor diameters of 3/4 in. and smaller were included
as part of this test program. The distance between the installed anchor and the abandoned hole(s) was measured as the center
of the anchor to the center of the abandoned hole, as shown as distance “L” in Figure 1. The minimum distance “L” examined
in these tests was two times the drilled hole diameter, “d.” Figure 1: Example of Installed Anchor Adjacent to Abandoned Hole
Based on the results of this test program, Simpson Strong-Tie® suggests the following guidelines for tension performance of
anchors near abandoned holes:
1. Anchors should not be installed closer than 2 times the drilled hole diameter (2d) away from an abandoned hole.
2. Anchors that are more than 2 inches away from abandoned holes do not require a reduction in capacity.
3. Expansion anchors, such as drop-in and wedge-type anchors, that are more than two times the drilled hole
diameter (2d), but less than 2 inches from abandoned holes, should have a factor of 0.80 applied to their
calculated tension capacity.
4. Concrete screws and adhesive anchors that are more than two times the drilled hole diameter (2d), but less
than 2 inches from abandoned holes, should have a factor of 0.90 applied to their calculated tension capacity.
5. Where abandoned holes have been filled with a non-expansive grout or anchoring adhesive and allowed to
completely cure, no reduction is necessary for anchors installed more than two times the drilled hole diameter
(2d) away from the filled holes.
Summary of Capacity Reductions Due to Abandoned Holes

Abandoned Hole Capacity
Anchor Type
Distance Adjustment Factor
Appendix
All types tested L > 2" 1.0
Expansion anchors 2d < L ≤ 2" 0.8
Concrete screws and adhesive anchors 2d < L ≤ 2" 0.9
All types tested, with abadoned holes L ≥ 2d 1.0

re-filled as noted on item 5 above
Figure 1
Example of Installed Anchor Adjacent
to Abandoned Hole
263
VI. Adhesive Anchors

Installation into Green Concrete
The strength design data for adhesive anchors in this catalog are based on installations into concrete that is at least
21-days old. For anchors installed into concrete that has cured for less than 21 days, refer to the following modification
factors that should be applied to the published adhesive bond strength.
Concrete Age Concrete Age Bond Strength

Products
When Installed When Loaded Factor
21 days 1.0
SET-3G 14 days
SET-XP 14 days 0.9
AT-XP 21 days 1.0
ET-HP 7 days
7 days 0.7
Oversized Holes
The performance data for adhesive anchors are based upon anchor tests in which holes were drilled with carbide-tipped drill
bits of the same diameter listed in the product’s load table. Additional static tension tests were conducted to qualify anchors
installed with SET-3G™, SET-XP® and ET-HP® adhesives for installation in holes with diameters larger than those listed in the
load tables. The tables indicate the acceptable range of drilled hole sizes and the corresponding tension-load reduction factor
(if any). The same conclusions also apply to the published shear load values. Drilled holes outside of the accepted range
shown in the charts are not recommended.
SET-3G Adhesive — Acceptable Hole Diameter

Insert Diameter Acceptable Hole Acceptable Load
(in.) Diameter Range (in.) Reduction Factor
1⁄2 9⁄16 – 3⁄4 1.0
5⁄8 11⁄16 – 7⁄8 1.0
3⁄4 7⁄8 – 1 1.0
7⁄8 1 – 1 1⁄8 1.0

Appendix
1 1 1⁄8 – 1 1/4 1.0

1 1/4 1 3⁄8 – 1 1⁄2 1.0
SET-XP and ET-HP Adhesives — Acceptable Hole Diameter

1⁄2 5⁄8 – 3⁄4 1.0
5⁄8 3⁄4 – 15⁄16 1.0
3⁄4 7⁄8 – 1 1⁄8 1.0
7⁄8 1 – 1 5⁄16 1.0

1 1 1⁄8 – 1 1⁄2 1.0
1 1/4 1 3/8 – 1 7/8 1.0
AT-XP Adhesive — Acceptable Hole Diameter

3/8 7/16 – 1/2 1.0
1/2 9/16 – 5/8 1.0
5/8 11/16 – 3/4 1.0
264

Core-Drilled Holes
The performance data for adhesive anchors are based upon anchor tests in which holes were drilled with carbide-tipped
drill bits. Additional static tension tests were conducted to qualify anchors installed with SET-3G™, SET-XP® and ET-HP®
anchoring adhesives for installation in holes drilled with diamond-core bits. In these tests, the diameter of the diamond-core
bit matched the diameter of the carbide-tipped drill bit recommended in the product’s load table. SET-3G, SET-XP,
and ET-HP anchoring adhesive require a reduction factor of 0.7 is applied to the characteristic bond strength (τk). The
same conclusions also apply to the published allowable shear loads. Tests conducted in core-drilled holes are for
non-IBC jurisdictions.
Installation in Damp, Wet and Submerged Environments

SET-3G, SET-XP, ET-HP and AT-XP:
The performance data for adhesive anchors using SET-3G, SET-XP, ET-HP and AT-XP adhesives are based upon
tests according to ICC-ES AC308. This criteria requires adhesive anchors that are to be installed in outdoor environments
to be tested in water-saturated concrete holes that have been cleaned with less than the amount of hole cleaning
recommended by the manufacturer. A product’s sensitivity to this installation condition is considered in determining
the product’s “Anchor Category” (strength reduction factor).
SET-XP, ET-HP and AT-XP may be installed in dry or water-saturated concrete.
SET-3G may be installed in dry, water-saturated or water-filled holes in concrete.
Reliability Testing per ICC-ES AC308 is defined as:

• Dry Concrete — Cured concrete whose moisture content is in equilibrium with surrounding
non-precipitate atmospheric conditions.
• Water-Saturated Concrete — Concrete that has been exposed to water over a sufficient length
of time to have the maximum possible amount of absorbed water into concrete pores to a
depth equal to the anchor embedment.
• Submerged Concrete — Water-saturated concrete that is fully submerged at the time of
hole drilling and anchor installation.
• Water-Filled Hole — Drilled hole in water-saturated concrete that is clean yet contains
standing water at the time of installation.
Appendix
265

Use of Vacuum in Lieu of Compressed Air
Based on tension tests conducted by Simpson Strong-Tie at our ISO 17025-accredited laboratory, it has been determined
that holes for SET-3G™, SET-XP®, ET-HP® and AT-XP® anchors may alternatively be cleared of concrete dust using a vacuum
in place of compressed air. Note that the hose of the vacuum must be capable of reaching the bottom of the hole during
vacuuming, similar to the compressed air nozzle. Additionally, the specified time duration for vacuuming must be the same
as the time duration specified for compressed air. Lastly, the drilled holes must be brushed as is noted in the applicable
evaluation reports. Please see the installation illustrations below for further details.
Hole Preparation — Horizontal, Vertical and Overhead Applications (SET-3G)
1. Drill. 2. Vacuum. 3. Brush. 4. Vacuum.

2 2 2 2 cycles
2 cyclesdust 22 cycles
2 2 2 cycles 2 2
Drill hole to Remove Clean with Remove dust
seconds seconds seconds
(min.) seconds
seconds seconds a seconds seconds
specified from hole with(min.) (min.) steel wire(min.)
brush from hole with
(min.) (min.) (min.) (min.)
(min.) (min.) (min.) (min.)
diameter vacuum for a for a minimum vacuum for a
and depth. minimum of of two cycles. minimum of
two seconds. Brush should two seconds.
Vacuum hose provide resistance Vacuum hose
Hose to Hose to Hose to
must reach HoseHose
to to toHose to If no Hose to
insertion. Hose to must reach
reach reach bottomreach reach
reach reach is felt, reach
resistance reach bottom of
bottom bottom of the bottom
hole. bottom
bottom bottom
the brush is bottom bottom the hole.
of hole of hole of hole of hole
of hole of hole
worn and must of hole of hole
be replaced.
Hole Preparation — Horizontal, Vertical and Overhead Applications (SET-XP, ET-HP and AT-XP)
1. Drill. 2. Vacuum. 3. Brush. 4. Vacuum.

Drill hole to 4 4 4 cycles4dust 4 cycles 4 4 cycles
4 4 4 cycles 4 4
Remove Clean with a Remove dust
specified seconds seconds seconds (min.) seconds
(min.) seconds
(min.) seconds(min.) seconds seconds
from hole with nylon brush for from hole with
diameter (min.) (min.) (min.) (min.)(min.) (min.) (min.) (min.)
vacuum for a a minimum of vacuum for a
and depth. minimum of four cycles. minimum of
four seconds. Brush should four seconds.
Vacuum hose provide resistance Vacuum hose
Hose to Hose to Hose to
must reach Hose to
Hose to Hose to If no Hose to
to insertion. Hose to must reach
reach reach bottomreach reach reach reach is felt, reach
resistance reach bottom of
bottom bottom of thebottom
hole. bottombottom thebottom
brush is bottom bottom the hole.
of hole of hole of hole of holeof hole of hole
worn and must of hole of hole
be replaced.
Appendix

Elevated In-Service Temperature
The performance of all adhesive anchors is affected by elevated base material temperature. The in-service temperature
sensitivity table provided for each adhesive provides the information necessary to apply the appropriate load adjustment
factor to either the allowable tension based on bond strength or allowable shear based on concrete edge distance for a given
base material temperature. While there is no commonly used method to determine the exact load-adjustment factor, there
are a few guidelines to keep in mind when designing an anchor that will be subject to elevated base-material temperature.
In any case, the final decision must be made by a qualified design professional using sound engineering judgment:
• When designing an anchor connection to resist wind and/or seismic forces only, the effect of fire
(elevated temperature) may be disregarded.
• The base-material temperature represents the average internal temperature and, hence, the temperature
along the entire bonded length of the anchor.
• The effects of elevated temperature may be temporary. If the in-service temperature of the base material is
elevated such that a load-adjustment factor is applicable but, over time, the temperature is reduced to a
temperature below which a load-adjustment factor is applicable, the full allowable load based on bond
strength is still applicable. This is applicable provided that the degradation temperature of the anchoring
adhesive (500°F for SET-3G, SET-XP and ET-HP, and 450°F for AT-XP) has not been reached.
266

AT-XP® High-Strength Acrylic Adhesive Installed at 0°F (-18°C)
The evaluation report for AT-XP (IAPMO UES ER-263) specifies the concrete temperatures that are permitted during
anchor installation, along with the corresponding gel times and cure times.
Based on testing conducted by Simpson Strong-Tie, no reduction in load values was observed when anchors were
installed into concrete that has a temperature of 0°F (-18°C). The table below highlights the gel time and cure time
associated with concrete temperatures that range between 0°F and 14°F (-18°C and -10°C). Installation instructions
noted on the AT-XP cartridge label and on p. 64 shall be followed.
AT-XP Cure Schedule

Concrete Temperature Range
Gel Time Cure Time
(minutes) (hrs.)
0°F 0°C
0 to 14 -18 to -10 30 24
It is noted that the temperature of the AT-XP cartridge shall be at least 65°F (+18°C) when used for anchor installations
into concrete that is between 0°F and 14°F (-18°C and -10°C).
Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bar Installed with SET-3G™, SET-XP®, AT-XP and

ET-HP® Anchoring Adhesives into Cracked and Uncracked Concrete.
(For Anchorage Design in Accordance with ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 / ACI 318-11 Appendix D)
The evaluation reports for SET-3G (ICC-ES ESR-4057), SET-XP (ICC-ES ESR-2508), AT-XP (IAPMO UES ER-263) and
ET-HP (ICC-ES ESR-3372) present the characteristic bond strength of the adhesives for uncoated reinforcing bar (rebar)
installations in concrete. These values are based on testing in accordance with ACI 355.4 and the values are to be
used in conjunction with ACI 318 Anchoring to Concrete provisions.
Based on testing conducted by Simpson Strong-Tie at our IAS accredited laboratory (accreditation number TL-284),
it has been determined that SET-3G, SET-XP, AT-XP and ET-HP adhesives may be used with epoxy-coated rebar
when a factor of 0.85 is applied to the published characteristic bond strength (τk ) published in the evaluation report
for uncoated rebar.
Appendix
267

Chemical Resistance of Chemical Concentration SET-3G AT-XP SET-XP ET-HP
Adhesive Anchors
Glacial F NR F F
• Samples of Simpson Strong-Tie® anchoring Acetic Acid
5% F R F F
adhesives were immersed in the chemicals
Acetone 100% F F F F
shown here until they exhibited minimal
weight change (indicating saturation) or for Aluminum Ammonium Sulfate 10% R R R R
a maximum of three months. (Ammonium Alum)
Aluminum Chloride 10% R R R R
• The samples were then tested according to
ASTM D543 Standard Practices for Evaluating Aluminum Potassium 10% R R R R
Sulfate (Potassium Alum)
the Resistance of Plastics to Chemical
Changes, Procedures I & II, and either ASTM Aluminum Sulfate (Alum) 15% NR R R R
D790 Standard Test Method for Flexural 28% R NR R NR
Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Ammonium Hydroxide 10% R R R R
Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials (Ammonia)
pH = 10 R R R R
or ASTM D695 Standard Test Method for
Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics. Ammonium Nitrate 15% R R R R
Ammonium Sulfate 15% R R R R
• In cases where mild chemicals were evaluated,
the exposure was accelerated per ASTM D3045 Automotive Antifreeze 50% R R R R
Standard Practice for Heat Aging of Plastics Aviation Fuel (JP5) 100% R R R R
Without Load. Brake Fluid (DOT3) 100% R R NR F
• Samples showing no visible damage and Calcium Hydroxide 10% R R R R
demonstrating statistically equivalent strength Calcium Hypochlorite
and elastic modulus as compared to control 15% R R R R
(Chlorinated Lime)
samples were classified as “Resistant” (R).
Calcium Oxide (Lime) 5% R R R R
— These adhesives are considered suitable 10% F NR F F
for continuous exposure to the identified Carbolic Acid
5% NR NR F F
chemical when used as a part of an
adhesive anchor assembly. Carbon Tetrachloride 100% R R R R
Chromic Acid 40% R R NR NR
• Samples exhibiting slight damage, such as
swelling or crazing, or not demonstrating both Citric Acid 10% R R R R
statistically equivalent strength and elastic Copper Sulfate 10% R R R R
modulus as compared to control samples Detergent (ASTM D543) 100% R R R R
were classified a “Non-Resistant” (NR).
Diesel Oil 100% R R R NR
— These adhesives are considered suitable 95% NR NR F F
for periodic exposure to the identified Ethanol, Aqueous
Appendix
50% R NR NR NR
chemical if the chemical will be diluted

and washed away from the adhesive Ethanol, Denatured 100% F R F F
anchor assembly after exposure, or if Ethylene Glycol 100% R R R R
only emergency contact with the chemical Fluorosilicic Acid 25% R R R R
is expected and subsequent replacement
Concentrated F F F F
of the anchor would be undertaken. Formic Acid
10% F R F F
— Some manufacturers refer to this as
Gasoline 100% R R R R
“limited resistance” or “partial resistance”
in their literature. Concentrated F NR F F
Hydrochloric Acid 10% NR R NR F
• Samples that were completely destroyed by
the chemical, or that demonstrated a significant pH = 3 R R R R
loss in strength after exposure were classified 30% NR R F F
as “Failed” (F). Hydrogen Peroxide
3% R R R R
— These adhesives are considered unsuitable Iron (II) Chloride 15% R R R R
for exposure to the identified chemical. (Ferrous Chloride)
Iron (III) Chloride
Note: In most actual service conditions, the 15% R R R R
(Ferric Chloride)
majority of the anchoring adhesive is not exposed
Iron (III) Sulfate
to the chemical and thus some period of time is 10% NR R R F
(Ferric Sulfate)
required for the chemical to saturate the entire
Isopropanol 100% R R F F
adhesive. An adhesive anchor would be expected
to maintain bond strength and creep resistance 85% F R F F
Lactic Acid
until a significant portion of the adhesive is 10% NR R F F
saturated. Machine Oil 100% R R R R
Methanol 100% F NR F F
Methyl Ethyl Ketone 100% F NR F F
268
Chemical Concentration SET-3G AT-XP SET-XP ET-HP

Methyl Isobutyl Ketone 100% NR NR NR NR
Mineral Oil 100% R R R R
Mineral Spirits 100% R R R R
Mixture of Amines1 100% F R F F
Mixture of Aromatics 2
100% R NR NR R
Motor Oil (5W30) 100% R R R R
N,N-Diethyaniline 100% R R R R
40% F NR F F
Nitric Acid
10% NR R R F
pH = 3 R R R R
85% F R F F
40% F R F F
Phosphoric Acid
10% F R F F
pH = 3 R R R R
40% R NR R NR
Potassium Hydroxide 10% R NR R R
pH = 13.2 R R R R
Potassium Permanganate 10% R R R R
Propylene Glycol 100% R R R NR
Seawater (ASTM D1141) 100% R R R R
Soap (ASTM D543) 100% R R R R
Sodium Bicarbonate 10% R R R R
Sodium Bisulfite 15% R R R R
Sodium Carbonate 15% R R R R
Sodium Chloride 15% R R R R
Sodium Fluoride 10% R R R R
Sodium Hexafluorosilicate 5% R R R R
(Sodium Silicon Fluoride)
Appendix
Sodium Hydrosulfide 10% R R R R

60% R R R R
40% R R R R
Sodium Hydroxide
10% R R R R
pH = 10 R R R R
Sodium Hypochlorite 25% R R R R
(Bleach) 10% R R R R
Sodium Nitrate 15% R R R R
Sodium Phosphate 10% R R R R
(Trisodium Phosphate)
Sodium Silicate 50% R R R R
30% F R NR F
Sulfuric Acid
3% NR R NR F
pH = 3 R R R R
Toluene 100% R NR F NR
Triethanol Amine 100% R R NR R
Turpentine 100% R R R R
Water 100% R R R R
Xylene 100% R NR NR R
“R” – Resistant, “NR” – Non-Resistant, “F” – Failed, “—” – Not tested
1. Triethanol amine, n-butylamine, N,N-dimethylamine
2. Toluene, methyl naphthalene, xylene
269
Glossary
ACI — American Concrete Institute CONCRETE BRICK — A solid concrete masonry unit (CMU) made
from Portland cement, water, and aggregates.
ACRYLIC — Polymer based on resins prepared from a combination
of acrylic and methacrylic esters. CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (f'c) — The specified
compressive load carrying capacity of concrete used in design,
ADHESIVE ANCHOR — Typically, a threaded rod or rebar that is expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) or megapascals (MPa).
installed in a predrilled hole in a base material with a two-part
chemical compound. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT (CMU) — A hollow or solid masonry
unit made from cementitious materials, water and aggregates.
ADMIXTURE — A material other than water, aggregate or hydraulic
cement used as an ingredient of concrete and added to concrete CORE DRILL — A method of drilling a smooth wall hole in a base
before or during its mixing to modify its properties. material using a special drill attachment.
AERATED CONCRETE — Concrete that has been mixed with CREEP — Displacement under a sustained load over time.
air-entraining additives to protect against freeze-thaw damage and
provide additional workability. CURE TIME — The elapsed time required for an adhesive anchor to
develop its ultimate carrying capacity.
AGGREGATE — A granular material, such as sand, gravel, crushed
DESIGN LOAD — The calculated maximum load that is to be applied
stone and iron blast-furnace slag, used with a cementing medium
to the anchor for the life of the structure.
to form a hydraulic cement concrete or mortar.
DESIGN STRENGTH — The nominal strength of an anchor calculated
AISC — American Institute of Steel Construction
per ACI 318, ICC-ES AC193 or ICC-ES AC308 and then multiplied by
ALLOWABLE LOAD — The maximum design load that can be a strength reduction factor (φ).
applied to an anchor. Allowable loads for mechanical and adhesive
DROP-IN ANCHOR — A post-installed mechanical anchor consisting
anchors are based on applying a factor of safety to the average
of an internally-threaded steel shell and a tapered expander plug.
ultimate load.
The bottom end of the steel shell is slotted longitudinally into equal
segments. The anchor is installed in a pre-drilled hole using a hammer
ALLOWABLE STRESS DESIGN (ASD) — A design method in
and a hand-setting tool. The anchor is set when the tapered expander
which an anchor is selected such that service loads do not exceed
plug is driven toward the bottom end of the anchor such that the
the anchor’s allowable load. The allowable load is the average
shoulder of the hand-setting tool makes contact with the top end of
ultimate load divided by a factor of safety.
the anchor. A drop-in anchor may also be referred to as a displacement
controlled expansion anchor.
AMINE CURING AGENT — Reactive ingredient used as a setting
agent for epoxy resins to form highly crosslinked polymers. DUCTILITY — A material under tensile stress with an elongation of at
least 14% and an area reduction of at least 30% prior to rupture.
ANCHOR CATEGORY — The classification for an anchor that is
established by the performance of the anchor in reliability tests such DUCTILE ANCHOR SYSTEM — The behavior of an anchor system
as sensitivity to reduced installation effort for mechanical anchors
Glossary of Terms
where a ductile steel insert governs the design over concrete breakout,

or sensitivity to hole cleaning for adhesive anchors. pullout and adhesive bond.
ANSI — American National Standards Institute DYNAMIC LOAD — A load whose magnitude varies with time.
ASTM — American Society for Testing and Materials EDGE DISTANCE:
BASE MATERIAL — The substrate (concrete, CMU, etc.) into which EDGE DISTANCE (C) — The measure between the anchor centerline
adhesive or mechanical anchors are to be installed. and the free edge of the concrete or masonry member.
BOND STRENGTH — The mechanical interlock or chemical bonding CRITICAL EDGE DISTANCE (Ccr or Cac) — The least edge distance
capacity of an adhesive to both the insert and the base material. at which the allowable load capacity of an anchor is applicable
without reductions.
BRICK — A solid masonry unit of clay or shale formed into a
rectangular prism while plastic and burned or fired in a kiln that may have MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCE (Cmin) — The least edge distance at
cores or cells comprising less than 25% of the cross sectional area. which the anchors are tested for recognition.
CAMA — Concrete and Masonry Anchor Manufacturer’s Association EFFECTIVE EMBEDMENT DEPTH — The dimension measured from
the concrete surface to the deepest point at which the anchor tension
CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR — A headed bolt, stud or hooked bolt load is transferred to the concrete.
installed into formwork prior to placing concrete.
EMBEDMENT DEPTH — The distance from the top surface of the
CHARACTERISTIC DESIGN VALUE — The nominal strength for base material to the installed end of the anchor. In the case of a
which there is 90% confidence that there is a 95% probability of the post-installed mechanical anchor, the embedment depth is measured
actual strength exceeding the nominal strength. prior to application of the installation torque.
CONCRETE — A mixture of Portland cement or any other hydraulic EPOXY RESIN — A viscous liquid containing epoxide groups that
cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and water, with or without can be crosslinked into final form by means of a chemical reaction
admixtures. Approximate weight is 150 pcf. with a variety of setting agents.
270
Glossary
EXPANSION ANCHOR — A mechanical fastener placed in hardened PLAIN CONCRETE — Structural concrete with no reinforcement
concrete or assembled masonry, designed to expand in a self-drilled or with less reinforcement than the minimum specified for reinforced
or predrilled hole of a specified size and engage the sides of the hole concrete.
in one or more locations to develop shear and/or tension resistance
to applied loads without grout, adhesive or drypack. PORTLAND CEMENT — Hydraulic cement consisting of finely
pulverized compounds of silica, lime and alumina.
FATIGUE LOAD TEST — A test in which the anchor is subjected to
a specified load magnitude for 2 x 106 cycles in order to establish the POST-INSTALLED ANCHOR — Either a mechanical or adhesive
endurance limit of the anchor. anchor installed in a pre-drilled hole in the base material.
GEL TIME — The elapsed time at which an adhesive begins to POST-TENSION — A method of prestressing in which tendons are
increase in viscosity and becomes resistant to flow. tensioned after concrete has hardened.
GROUT — A mixture of cementitious material and aggregate to POT LIFE — The length of time a mixed adhesive remains workable
which sufficient water is added to produce pouring consistency (flowable) before hardening.
without segregation of the constituents.
PRECAST CONCRETE — A concrete structural element cast
GROUTED MASONRY (or GROUT-FILLED MASONRY) — elsewhere than its final position in the structure.
Hollow-unit masonry in which the cells are filled solidly with grout.
Also, double or triple-wythe wall construction in which the cavity(s) PRESTRESSED CONCRETE — Structural concrete in which internal
or collar joint(s) is filled solidly with grout. stresses have been introduced to reduce potential tensile stresses in
concrete resulting from loads.
HOT-DIP GALVANIZED — A part coated with a relatively thick layer
of zinc by means of dipping the part in molten zinc. PRETENSIONING — A method of prestressing in which tendons are
tensioned before concrete is placed.
IAPMO UES — IAPMO Uniform Evaluation Service. An ISO 17065
ANSI-accredited company that issues evaluation reports expressing REBAR — Deformed reinforcing steel which comply with ASTM A615.
a professional opinion as to a product’s building code compliance.
REINFORCED CONCRETE — Structural concrete reinforced
IBC — International Building Code. with no less than the minimum amount of prestressed tendons or
nonprestressed reinforcement specified in ACI 318.
ICC-ES — ICC Evaluation Service. An ISO 17065 ANSI-accredited
company that issues evaluation reports expressing a professional REINFORCED MASONRY — Masonry units and reinforcing steel
opinion as to a product’s building code compliance. bonded with mortar and/or grout in such a manner that the
components act together in resisting forces.
LEGACY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA — A past version of an ICC-ES
anchor qualification criteria. These are no longer current standards, REQUIRED STRENGTH — The factored loads and factored load
but are the basis for legacy allowable load data for anchors in concrete. combinations that must be resisted by an anchor.
These standards have been replaced by modern standards such as
Glossary of Terms
ICC-ES AC193 and AC308. SCREEN TUBE — Typically a wire or plastic mesh tube used with
adhesives for anchoring into hollow base materials to prevent the
LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE — Concrete containing lightweight adhesive from flowing uncontrolled into voids.
aggregate. The unit weight of lightweight concrete is not to exceed
115 pcf. SCREW ANCHOR — A post-installed anchor that is a threaded
mechanical fastener placed in a predrilled hole. The anchor derives
MASONRY — Brick, structural clay tile, stone, concrete masonry its tensile holding strength from the mechanical interlock of the
units or a combination thereof bonded together with mortar. fastener threads with the grooves cut into the concrete during the
anchor installation.
MECHANICALLY GALVANIZED — A part coated with a layer of zinc
by means of mechanical impact. The thickest levels of mechanical SHEAR LOAD — A load applied perpendicular to the axis of
galvanizing (ASTM B695, Class 55 or greater) are considered to be an anchor.
alternatives to hot-dip galvanizing and provide a medium level
of corrosion resistance. SHOTCRETE — Concrete that is pneumatically projected onto
a surface at high velocity. Also known as gunite.
MORTAR — A mixture of cementitious materials, fine aggregate
and water used to bond masonry units together. SLEEVE ANCHOR — A post-installed mechanical anchor
consisting of a steel stud with nut and washer, threaded on the
NOMINAL STRENGTH — The strength of an element as calculated top end and a formed uniform tapered mandrel on the opposite
per ACI 318, ICC-ES AC193 or ICC-ES AC308. end around which a full length expansion sleeve formed from
sheet steel is positioned. The anchor is installed in a predrilled
NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE — Concrete containing normal hole and set by tightening the nut by torquing thereby causing
weight aggregate. The unit weight of normal weight concrete is the expansion sleeve to expand over the tapered mandrel
approximately 150 pcf. to engage the base material.
OBLIQUE LOAD — A load that is applied to an anchor, which can

be resolved into tension and shear components.
271
Glossary
SPACING: THIXOTROPIC — The ability of a fluid to become less viscous

(resistant to flow) under shear, then thicken when the shear force
SPACING (S) — The measure between anchors, centerline-to- is removed.
centerline distance.
TORQUE — The measure of the force applied to produce rotational
CRITICAL SPACING (Scr) — The least anchor spacing distance motion usually measured in foot-pounds. Torque is determined by
at which the allowable load capacity of an anchor is applicable multiplying the applied force by the distance from the pivot point to
such that the anchor is not influenced by neighboring anchors. the point where the force is applied.
MINIMUM SPACING (Smin) — The least anchor spacing at which ULTIMATE LOAD — The average value of the maximum loads that
the anchors are tested for recognition. were achieved when five or more samples of a given product were
installed and statically load tested to failure under similar conditions.
STAINLESS STEEL — A family of iron alloys containing a minimum The ultimate load is used to derive the allowable load by applying a
of 12% chromium. Type-316 stainless steel provides greater corrosion factor of safety.
resistance than Types 303 or 304.
UNDERCUT ANCHOR — A post-installed anchor that develops its
STANDARD DEVIATION — As it pertains to this catalog, a statistical tensile strength from the mechanical interlock provided by undercutting
measure of how widely dispersed the individual test results were from of the concrete at the embedded end of the anchor.
the published average ultimate loads.
UNREINFORCED MASONRY (URM) — A form of clay brick masonry
STATIC LOAD — A load whose magnitude does not vary appreciably bearing wall construction consisting of multiple wythes periodically
over time. interconnected with header courses. In addition, this type of wall
construction contains less than the minimum amounts of reinforcement
STRENGTH DESIGN (SD) — A design method in which an anchor as defined for reinforced masonry walls.
is selected such that the anchor’s design strength is equal to or
greater than the anchor’s required strength. WEDGE ANCHOR — A post-installed mechanical anchor consisting
of a steel stud with nut and washer, threaded on the top end and a
STRENGTH REDUCTION FACTOR (ϕ) — A factor applied to the formed uniform tapered mandrel on the opposite end around which
nominal strength to allow for variations in material strengths and an expansion clip formed from sheet steel is positioned. The anchor is
dimensions, inaccuracies in design equations, required ductility and installed in a predrilled hole and set by tightening the nut by torquing,
reliability, and the importance of the anchor in the structure. thereby causing the expansion clip to expand over the tapered mandrel
to engage the base material. A wedge anchor may also be referred to
TENDON — In pretensioned applications, the tendon is the
as a torque controlled expansion anchor.
prestressing steel. In post-tensioned applications, the tendon is a
complete assembly consisting of anchorages, prestressing steel, WYTHE — A continuous vertical section of masonry one unit in
and sheathing with coating for unbonded applications or ducts thickness.
with grout for bonded applications.
ZINC PLATED — A part coated with a relatively thin layer of zinc by
TENSION LOAD — A load applied parallel to the axis of an anchor.
Glossary of Terms
means of electroplating.
272
Alphabetical Index of Products

3GWSP Opti-Mesh Adhesive Screen Tube 71–72
ARC Adhesive Retaining Caps 70
AT-XP® Acrylic Adhesive 54–63
ATR All Thread Rod 75
ATS Steel Adhesive-Anchoring Screen Tube 73
AWSP Opti-Mesh Acrylic Adhesive Screen Tube 71–72
CD Crimp Drive® Anchor 175–178
CIP-F Crack Injection Paste Over 222
CI Crack Injection Epoxy 208–222
CIP-LO Low Odor Crack Injection Paste Over 222
CPFH Crack-Pac Flex-H20 Crack Sealer
® ™
220–221
CSD Countersunk Split Drive 179–180
CSS Composite Strengthening Systems ™
200–203
DIA Drop-In Anchor 165–169
DIAB Drop-In Anchor 160–164
DSD Duplex Head Split Drive 179–180
DXS Speed Clean Dust Extraction Drill Bits for Concrete and Masonry
™
236
EIF Injection Fitting 223
EIP Injection Port 223
EMN Epoxy Mixing Nozzle 223
ET-HP® Epoxy Adhesive 44–53
ETB Hole-Cleaning Nylon Brush — Standard 68
ETBR Hole-Cleaning Nylon Brush — Rebar 68
ETBS Hole-Cleaning Wire Brush — Standard 68
ETIPAC Crack-Pac® Injection Epoxy 218–219
ETR Paste-Over Epoxy 222
ETS Steel Adhesive-Anchoring Screen Tube 73

EWSP Opti-Mesh Epoxy Adhesive Screen Tube 71–72
EZAC Easy-Set Pin-Drive Expansion Anchor 141

E-Z-Click Injection System 223
FX-70® Structural Pile Repair and Protection System 206–207
FX207 Slurry Seal 202
FX505 Water-Based Acrylic Coating 202
GAC Angle Clip Pin 188, 190, 194
GCC Conduit Clip Pin 188
GCN-MEP Gas-Actuated Concrete Nailer 188
GCT Tie-Strap Holder Pin 188
GDP Gas Pin 188–189, 192–193, 195–197
GDPS Stepped-Shank Gas Pin 188, 196–197
GDPSK Spiral-Knurled Gas Pin 188, 197
GFC Gas Fuel Cell 188
GTH Tophat Pin 188–189, 192–193, 195
GTS Threaded Stud Pin 188
GW Washer Pin 188–189, 192–193, 195–197
HDIA Hollow Drop-In Anchor 170–173
HELI Heli-Tie Helical Wall and Stitching Tie 230–233
P22AC 0.22-Caliber “A” Crimp Loads — Single Shot 187
P25SL 0.25-Caliber Plastic 10-Shot Strip Loads 187
273

P27LVL 0.27-Caliber Single-Shot Loads — Long 187
P27SL 0.27-Caliber Plastic 10-Shot Strip Load 187
PBXDP BX Cable Strap 184, 186
PCC Conduit Clip 184, 186
PCLDPA Ceiling Clip 184–185, 190, 194
PDPA 0.157" Shank Diameter Drive Pin 184–185, 189, 192–193, 195–197
PDPAS 0.157" Shank Diameter Drive Pin 184–185
PDPAT 0.157" Shank Diameter Tophat Fastener 184–185, 189, 192–193, 195–197
PDPAWL 0.157" Shank Diameter with 1" Metal Washer 184–185, 189, 191–193, 195–197
PECLDPA Ceiling Clip 184–185, 190, 194
PHBC Highway Basket Clip 184, 186
PHD 0.140" Shank Diameter Drive Pin 184, 186
PHT-38 Manual Hammer Tool 186
PINW 100 through 300 – 0.300" Headed Pin with 1 7/16" Washer 184, 186, 189, 192–193, 195–197
PINWP 100 through 300 – 0.300" Headed Pin with 1 7/16" Plastic Washer 184, 186, 189, 192–193, 195–197
PKP 8 mm-Headed Concrete Forming Pin 184, 186
PP Piston Plug 69–70
PSLV3 3/8"-Headed Fasteners / Threaded Stud 184, 186, 189, 192, 196–197
PT-22A-RB .22 Cal. Powder-Actuated Tool 184–185
PT-22HA-RB Hammer-Activated Powder Tool 184–185
PT-27 General Purpose .27 Cal. Powder-Actuated Tool 184–185
PTP-27L Premium .27 Cal. Powder-Actuated Tool 184–185
PTRHA 0.157" Shank Diameter Threaded Rod Hanger 184, 186, 190, 194
RFB Retrofit Bolt 74
RND Rod Hanger Nut Driver 156
RSH Steel Rod Hanger – Horizontal 156–157
RSV Steel Rod Hanger – Vertical 156–157
RWH Wood Rod Hanger – Horizontal 158–159

RWV Wood Rod Hanger – Vertical 158–159
SET-3G ™
High-Strength Epoxy Adhesive 22–28
SET-XP® High-Strength Epoxy Adhesive 30–43
SL Sleeve-All Anchor
®
136–140
STB2 Strong-Bolt® 2 Wedge Anchor 108–122
STB2 SS Stainless-Steel Strong-Bolt 2 Wedge Anchor
®
108–122
SWN Sure Wall Anchor – Nylon 181
SWZ Sure Wall Anchor – Zinc 181
THD Titen HD® Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor 78–91
THD-CS Titen HD® Countersunk Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor 79
THD-CS-SS Stainless-Steel Titen HD Countersunk Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor
®
93-94
THD-RC Titen HD® Rod Coupler 104–106
THD-RH Titen HD® Threaded Rod Hanger 152–155
THD-SS Stainless-Steel Titen HD® Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor 92–103
THD-WH Titen HD Washer-Head Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor
®
79
TNT Titen Turbo™ Concrete and Masonry Screw Anchor 144–149
TTNSS Titen® Stainless Steel Concrete and Masonry Screw 150–151
TW Tie-Wire Wedge Anchor 142–143
WA Wedge-All Wedge Anchor
®
123–135
ZN Zinc Nailon™ 174
274
Titen Turbo ™
You’ve got to drive it

to believe it.
Reliable installation. Less torque. Superior holding power. Meet

the Titen Turbo™, the next-generation concrete and masonry screw
anchor from Simpson Strong-Tie. Its revolutionary Torque Reduction
Channel traps dust where it can’t obstruct the thread action,
drastically reducing binding, stripping or snapping.
For a fast, easy and high-strength fastening solution, try our new
Titen Turbo screw anchor. Visit go.strongtie.com/titenturbo
or call us at (800) 999-5099 to learn more.
C-A-2021 Effective 1/1/2021 Expires 12/31/2022
© 2021 Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.

Simpson Strong Tie

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Simpson Strong Tie

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Simpson Strong Tie

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Anchoring, Fastening, Restoration

and Strengthening Systems

It’s just another example of how we exceed other manufacturers’ practices to

Product Selection Guide

Tested Base Materials and Code Listings

C-A-2021 © 2021 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Product Selection Guide

Tested Base Materials and Code Listings

Titen HD® ESR-2713 (COLA), ESR-1056 (COLA),

Titen HD® ESR-2713 (COLA), ESR-1056 (COLA),

Stainless-Steel ER-493 (COLA), ESR-1056 (COLA),

Titen HD® ESR-2713 (COLA)

Wedge-All® ESR-1396, UL, FM,

Sleeve-All® UL, FM,

Product Selection Guide

Tested Base Materials and Code Listings

Drop-In Anchor Non-IBC

Drop-In 170 — Non-IBC — — IBC — UL,FM

C-A-2021 © 2021 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

DXS Bits 236 ESR-2508 (SET-XP®) — — — — — —